Docstoc

complete info LINKED Reduced

Document Sample
complete info LINKED Reduced Powered By Docstoc
					               MONTGOMERY COUNTY 4-H INFO BOOK

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2010 Auction Buyers and Fund Drive Donors…………………………...                                                        268
2011 Sale Order…………………………………………………………..                                                                       71/81
4-H Awards………………………………………………………………                                                                            38
4-H Building & Exhibit Hall General Rules…………………………….                                                         114
4-H Club, Inc. Board of Directors……………………………………….                                                             9
4-H Club Leaders………………………………………………………...                                                                      7
4-H Club Policy…………………………………………………………..                                                                       23
4-H Committees for 2011…………………………………………………                                                                    13
4-H Membership, Clover Buds, Mini, Regular 4-H, Jr. Leaders…………                                               20
4-H Pledge…………………………………………………………………                                                                           4
4-H Scholarship Programs………………………………………………..                                                                  47
4-H What Is It.............................................................................................   18
4-H Workshops, Trips & Activities………………………………………                                                              27
4-Her Responsibilities…………………………………………………….                                                                   22
Action Demonstrations……………………………………………………                                                                     117
Animal Abuse……………………………………………………………..                                                                         54
Cloverbuds………………………………………………………………..                                                                          73
Completion Requirements – Jr. Leaders………………………………….                                                           21
Deadlines, Participation, Exhibition and Completion…………………...                                                 24
Display Board…………………………………………………………….                                                                         118
Exhibition- Animals……………………………………………………                                                                       50
General Rules & Regulations for Animal Exhibitors……………………                                                     49
General Rules & Regulations for Exhibitors…………………………….                                                        114
Green Record Book………………………………………………………                                                                        25
Grievance Guidelines for County 4-H Program Issues…………………                                                     23
Grooming Rules………………………………………………………….                                                                         55
Important Dates to Remember…………………………………………..                                                                 6
Indiana 4-H Program Philosophy………………………………………..                                                               18
Instructions for State Fair 4-H Entry……………………………………..                                                         53
Junior Leader Eligibility………………………………………………….                                                                 21
Junior Leader Officer and Council………………………………………..                                                            12
Livestock Enrollment……………………………………………………..                                                                    49
Livestock Health and Identification Rules………………………………..                                                       57
Livestock Projects………………………………………………………….                                                                     81


                                                         1
Livestock Release……………………………….………………………. 49
Livestock Rules for Montgomery Co…………………………………… 56
Livestock Auction Rules………………………………………………… 71
Montgomery County Extension Staff and Directory…………………... 5
Mini 4-H Requirements and Enrollment………………………………… 74
Notebooks………………………………………………………………… 118
Ownership and Registration Requirements……………………………… 50
Personal Leadership Activities…………………………………………… 22
Poster Preparation………………………………………………………… 115
Policies……………………………………………………………………. 17
Projects………………………………………………………………….... 73
Premise ID Requirements………………………………………………… 52
Queen Contest Rules……………………………………………………. 35
Residence……………………………………………………………….. 19
Record of Achievement………………………………………………… 25
Showmanship…………………………………………………………… 68
Supporter-Volunteers and Donors……………………………………… 19
Trips and Activities……………………………………………………… 30
Workshops………………………………………………………………… 27




          Special thanks go to :
4-H Leaders and Parents of Montgomery
County and all those people who donate
  their time, labor, and service toward
    making the 2011 Fair possible!


                              2
4-H PROJECT EXHIBIT REQUIREMENTS
Aerospace (Rocketry)…………………………………………………... 119
Beef……………………………………………………………………... 81
Bees……………………………………………………………………... 121
Bicycle………………………………………………………………….. 123
Cake Decorating………………………………………………………… 124
Cat………………………………………………………………………. 83
Child Development……………………………………………………... 129
Clover Buds…………………………………………………………….. 73
Clowning………………………………………………………………... 132
Collectibles……………………………………………………………… 134
Computer………………………………………………………………... 137
Consumer Clothing……………………………………………………... 144
Crafts……………………………………………………………………. 146
Crops……………………………………………………………………. 148
Dairy……………………………………………………………………. 86
Dairy Beef………………………………………………………………. 85
Dog & Dog Obedience………………………………………………….. 88
Do Your Own Thing……………………………………………………. 154
Electric………………………………………………………………….. 155
Entomology……………………………………………………………... 158
Entrepreneurship………………………………………………………... 164
Fashion Revue…………………………………………………………... 165
Floriculture (Flowers)…………………………………………………... 168
Foods & Food Preservation……………………………………………... 175
Foods – Microwave……………………………………………………... 182
Forestry…………………………………………………………………. 183
Garden…………………………………………………………………... 187
Genealogy………………………………………………………………. 190
Geology…………………………………………………………………. 195
Gift Wrapping…………………………………………………………... 199
Goat……………………………………………………………………... 92
Health…………………………………………………………………… 201
Home Environment…………………………………………………….. 203
Horse & Pony…………………………………………………………… 96
Junior Leadership……………………………………………………….. 21
Llama…………………………………………………………………… 100
Mini 4-H………………………………………………………………… 74


                         3
Personality………………………………………………………………. 211
Photography…………………………………………………………….. 213
Poultry………………………………………………………………….. 103
Rabbit…………………………………………………………………… 106
Reading For Fun………………………………………………………… 218
Scrapbook……………………………………………………………….. 222
Sewing ………………………………………………………………….. 224
Sheep……………………………………………………………………. 107
Shooting Sports (Archery……………………………………………….. 233
Shooting Sports (Pistols & Rifles)……………………………………... 237
Small Animals…………………………………………………………... 111
Small Engines…………………………………………………………... 241
Soil & Water Conservation……………………………………………... 243
Sportfishing…………………………………………………………… 247
Sports…………………………………………………………………… 250
Swine……………………………………………………………………. 112
Tractor…………………………………………………………………... 252
Veterinary Science……………………………………………………… 254
Weather…………………………………………………………………. 255
Weeds & Weed Identification…………………………………………... 258
Wildlife…………………………………………………………………. 261
Woodworking…………………………………………………………… 265
Yesteryear………………………………………………………………. 266




                      The 4-H Pledge

           “ I pledge my Head to clearer thinking,
                  My Heart to greater loyalty,
                  My Hands to larger service,
               And my Health to better living…
  For my Club, my community, my country and my world.”



                            4
             COUNTY EXTENSION
             STAFF & DIRECTORY

CED/Ag & Natural Resources, CD Ed Sheldon
                               ejsheldo@purdue.edu

4-H Youth Development                Sherry Legg Young
                                     leggyoun@purdue.edu

Consumer & Family Sciences           Joy Dugan
                                     jvanest@purdue.edu

Office Manager


Family Nutrition Program Asst.       Debbie Threlkeld
                                     threlked@purdue.edu

Office Assistant                     Betty Simpson
                                     blsimpso@purdue.edu

Office Assistant                     Kelly Bielecki
                                     ksbielec@purdue.edu

Montgomery County Extension Office Address:
400 Parke Ave., Crawfordsville IN 47933

Montgomery County Extension Office Phone #:
(765)364-6363

Montgomery County Extension Office Fax #:
(765)362-7315

Montgomery County Extension Office Web site:
     www.ces.purdue.edu/montgomery/


                                 5
    IMPORTANT DATES TO REMEMBER

Beef Tagging for Steers and Commercial Heifers
3:00 p.m. - 6:00 p.m. Fairgrounds Arena        Mar. 11, 2011
8:00 a.m. – 10:00 a.m. Fairgrounds Arena       Mar. 12, 2011


Enrollment Deadline                           Mar. 15, 2011
Drop/Add Deadline                             May 16, 2011

All remaining livestock forms due             May 16, 2011

NO LATE PAPERS ACCEPTED

Sheep & Goat Tagging
2:00 p.m.-6:00 p.m. Fairgrounds Arena         May 6, 2011
8:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Fairgrounds Arena        May 7, 2011


2011 Indiana State Fair                       August 5-21




  Reminder: State Fair livestock entries are due June 1, but you only
        need to enter the number of animals, not the classes.




                                    6
      2011 MONTGOMERY CO. 4-H CLUB LEADERS

Breaks………………………………………………………………………………………..
Kathy Chastain 4135 N 275 W, Crawfordsville 47933 364-1528

Brown Lucky Leaf……………………………………………………………….
Kylene Simpson     10205 S 325 W, Waveland 47989 376-3264
Michele Mitchell   3663 W 950 S, Waveland 47989  435-2029

Clark Hustling Hoosiers…………………………………………………………
Pam Bradley            7076 S. 825 E, Ladoga 47954  942-2827
Roxanna Clark          9751 E 600 S, New Ross 47968 723-1267

Coal Creek Elite………………………………………………………………….
Mark & Linda Kelp   8377 N Old SR 55, Wingate 47994 275-2325

C’ville Clovers……………………………………………………………………
Marka McKeown      1213 E. Main St, Crawfordsville 47933 362-2726
Vivian Parker      92 S 600 W, Waynetown 47990           234-2896

Krazy K-9’s….…………………………………………………………………...
Robin Smith      9158 S 225 W, Crawfordsville 47933 866-0301
Roxie Roach      6291 E 850 N, Darlington 47940     794-8042

Franklin Anti-Cants……………………………………………………………..
Jennifer Kessler     8530 N 700 E, Darlington 47940 794-4811
Jayne Lough          5301N 800 E, Darlington 47940  794-0361

Franklin Can Do Crew…………………………………………………………..
Olivia Warren        195 N 525 E, Crawfordsville 47933 361-0760
Sina Parks           8864 N Old SR 55, Wingate 47994   376-8245

Hoover……………………………………………………………………………

Horse & Pony…………………………………………………………………….
Josh Tribby      2460 W 300 S, Crawfordsville 47933 361-9050
Julie Lovall     3557 E 200 S, Crawfordsville 47933 359-0611


Humming Hoosiers (Llama)…………………………………………………….
Matt Fruits           3283 E 350 N, Crawfordsville 47933 376-0261
Erin Fruits           3273 E 350 N, Crawfordsville 47933 376-0261




                                7
Madison Happy Hoosiers…………………………………………………….
Sina Parks            8864 N Old SR 55, Wingate 47994   376-8245
Olivia Warren         195 N 525 E, Crawfordsville 47933 361-0760

Nicholson………………………………………………………….…………...
Judi Kleine    4347 E US 136, Crawfordsville 47933      364-9222
David Cram      1919 Freemont St., Crawfordsville 47933 307-1519
Jan Cram        1919 Freemont St., Crawfordsville 47933 307-1518

North Union Barnyard Bunch……………………….………………………
Cassie McKeown        1213 E Main, Crawfordsville 47933 362-2726

Scott Friendly 4-Hers…………………………………………..….…………
Darla & Josh Tribby    2460 W 300 S, Crawfordsville 47933 361-9050

South Union Clever Clovers…………………………………………….…….
Bryan & Debbie Monts 111754 S Cornstalk Creek Rd, Ladoga 47954 942-0696

South Union Shooting Stars…………………………………………………..
Amethyst Crosby         8263 E 1100 S, Ladoga 47954 376-2074

Walnut Helping Hands………………………………………………………..
Amy Sloan            4131 S 550 E, New Ross 47968 362-5402
Abby Sloan           4131 S 550 E, New Ross 47968 362-5402

Walnut Willing Workers……………………………………………………..
Laura Leatherman      5763 E 500 S, New Ross 47968 918-0403
Cody Leatherman       5763 E 500 S, New Ross 47968 364-9138

Wayne Winners……………………………………………………………….
Janet Rivers     5504 N 750 W, Waynetown 47990 234-2690




                                   8
4-H CLUB LEADER OFFICERS AND INC. DIRECTORS
President………………………………………..………......Mark Kelp
Vice President……………………………………………...Olivia Warren
Secretary………………………………………………..…..Janet Rivers
Treasurer…………………………………………………....Matt Fruits



     4-H LEADERS SERVING AS 4-H INC. DIRECTORS
Bryan Monts……………………………………….…….........Janet Rivers
Jennifer Kessler…………………………………………….…Amy Sloan


         2011 4-H CLUB INC. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
President        Kenny Booth              362-0317
Vice President   Brad Scott               479-1051
Secretary        Janet Rivers             234-2690
Treasurer        Melissa Norman           918-4132
Exec. Comm.      Tek Smith                794-4230
                 Larry McMullen           942-2059
Past Pres.       Rex Tribbett             794-4831




                                  9
TOWNSHIP DIRECTORS
TERM: 2009. 2010. 2011
Brown…………………………………………………………………………...
Josh Tribby  2460 W 300 S, Crawfordsville 47933 361-9050

Clark……………………………………………………………………………...
Dick Fugate  2951 EOvercoatRd, Crawfordsville47933 362-2306

Coal Creek………………………………………………………………………
Sina Parks      8864 N Old SR 55, Wingate 47994 376-8245

Franklin…………………………………………………………………………..
Rex Tribbett   5902 E1000 N, Linden 47955 794-4831

TERM: 2010, 2011, 2012
C’ville East………………………………………………………………………
Randy Francis     909 Vandalia St, C’ville 47933 362-7748

North Union……………………………………………………………………..
Kelly Shannon   1434 E 600 S, C’ville 47933 376-2357

South Union………………………………………………………………………
Larry Lovall    3557 E 200 S, C’ville 47933 359-0611

Walnut……………………………………………………………………………
Cindy Bupp    613 S 1000 E, C’ville 47933 794-0674

Wayne…………………………………………………………………………….
Shannon Kessler 8530 N 700 E, Darlington 47940 794-4811

TERM: 2011, 2012, 2013
C’ville West…………………………………………………………………….
Kenny Booth       2321 W Offield Rd. C’ville 362-0317

Madison…………………………………………………………………………..
Brad Scott    11527 N 450 E, Linden 47955 479-1051

Ripley…………………………………………………………………………….
Loren Coon    7470 N 1000 W, Wingate 47994 275-2633

Scott……………………………………………………………………………..
Larry McMullen 4699 E 750 S, Ladoga 47954 942-2059



                            10
Sugar Creek…………………………………………………………............
Tek Smith       7521 E 400 N, Darlington 47940 794-4230

DIRECTORS AT LARGE
TERM: 2009, 2010, 2011
Matt Fruits             3283 E 350 N, C’ville 47933           376-0261
Melissa Norman          PO Box 332, New Market                918-4132
Judy McDonald           2256 N 275 E, Darlington 47940        794-4080
TERM: 2010, 2011, 2012
Olivia Warren           195 N 525 E. C’ville 47933            361-0760
Jayne Lough             5301 N 800 E., Darlington 47940       794-0361
Jason Stewart           1712 Eastwood Dr., C’ville            361-0102
TERM: 2011, 2012, 2013
Brady VanHook           1962 W 650 N, C’ville 47933           339-4755
Deb Lough               6793 N 800 E, Darlington 47940        794-4492
Carolyn Huber           2300 N Everett St, C’ville 47933      346-4982

4-H CLUB LEADER REPRESENTATIVES
TERM: 2009, 2010, 2011
Amy Sloan                4839 S 550 E, New Ross 47968         362-5402
TERM: 2010, 2011, 2012
Janet Rivers       5504 N 750 W. Waynetown 47990              234-2690
Bryan Monts        11175 S. Corn Stalk Cr. Rd, Ladoga 47954   942-0696
TERM: 2011, 2012, 2013
Jennifer Kessler        8530 N 700 E, Darlington 47940        794-4811




      4-H Volunteers make a                             of difference.




                                     11
                 Junior Leader Officers and Council

President…………………...………………. David Odle
Vice President………………………………Morgan Hepburn
Secretary…………………………………….Madison Fouty
Treasurer…………………………………….Gabe Kleine
Recreation Directors………...........................Austin Spurgeon
………………………………………………Dexter Odle
News Coordinators………………………….Clair Daron
………………………………………………Jordan Howell

                     Council Members
Northridge………………….. …………….                             Jesse Howard
North Montgomery………………………..                            Dakota Ramey
Southmont Jr. High……………………….                           Chase Gilliland
Southmont…………………………………                                 Reid Fouty
Crawfordsville……………..........................          Nathaniel Davis
Home School Assoc…..................................   Deanna Morrison

Junior Leaders Serving as 4-H Inc. Directors
David Odle                   Clair Daron
Jordan Howell                Deanna Morrison

Junior Leader Volunteers
Marc & Chelsea Roberts 6723 E 100 S Crawfordsville     765-362-5264
Matt & Rachel Stine    203 W Main, PO Box 40           765-366-0100
                          Wingate, IN                  765-366-1988




  Thank you – To all of our volunteers who make the Montgomery
                 County 4-H program a success!



                                        12
                     COMMITTEES FOR 2011
STANDING COMMITTEES
BUDGET AND FINANCE
Melissa Norman, Chr.  Larry McMullen   Randy Francis
Kenny Booth

NOMINATING COMMITTEE
Janet Rivers, Chr. Amy Sloan                Matt Fruits
Jayne Lough        Sina Parks               Olivia Warren

GROUNDS AND FUTURE PLANNING
Josh Tribby, Chr. Bryan Monts, Chr          Larry Lovall
Shannon Kessler   Rex Tribbett              Tek Smith
Brady VanHook     Jr. Leader                Kelly Bielecki

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS (Maintenance & Upkeep)
Brad Scott, Chr.  Loren Coon            Jason Stewart
Dave LaFollette   Dick Fugate           Jr Leader
Jr. Leader

AWARDS COMMITTEE
Kelly Shannon, Chr. Deb Lough               Cindy Bupp
Jennifer Kessler    Judy McDonald           Carolyn Huber
Jr. Leader

SPECIAL COMMITTEES: 4-H FAIR
ANIMAL WASTE DISPOSAL/RECYCLE
4-H Livestock Superintendents 4-H Clubs     4-H Families
Jr. Leader                    Jr. Leader

ARENA SETUP COMMITTEE
Jason Stewart, Supt. Dick Fugate            Bryan Monts
4-H Livestock Supt.  Brad Scott             4-H Clubs
4-H Families         Jr. Leader             Jr. Leader

AEROSPACE
Larry Lovall, Supt.    Judy Poynter         Andrew Poynter
Jason Stewart          Jr. Leader

BEEF
Tek Smith, Supt.       Dick Fugate, Supt.   Matt Kelp
Shannon Kessler        Rex Tribbett         Brady VanHook
Darrell Simpson        Max Melvin           Sherri Smith



                                  13
Jason Gilliland           Jennifer Kessler

CATS
Kelly Shannon, Supt.      Larry Lovall           Janet Rivers

CLEANUP
All 4-Hers and families

DAIRY
Brad Scott, Supt.         Carolyn Huber, Supt.   Frank Jones
Cindy Bupp                Sally LeJuene

DOG
Janet Rivers, Supt.       Robin Smith            Roxie Roach

FAIR LOT RENTAL
Loren Coon. Supt.         Kenny Booth            Melissa Norman

FIRST AID
Brad Scott, Supt.         Carolyn Huber          Jim Fulwider

GOATS
Cindy Bupp, Supt          Jill LaFollette        Deb Lough

4-H BUILDING
Judy McDonald, Supt.      Kelly Shannon          Tracy Martin
Susie Nichols             Karen Odle             Suzy Miller
 Jr. Leader               Jr. Leader             Jayne Lough

4-H EXHIBIT HALL
Janet Rivers, Supt.       Wendy Feller           Jill LaFollette
Deb Lough                 Bob Chastain           Michele Stucky
Jr. Leader

FAIRGROUND FUNDRAISER-Consignment Auction
Bryan Monts, Supt. Kenny Booth          Olivia Warren
Randy Francis      Larry McMullen       Terry Wilcox
4-H Clubs          4-H Families         4-H Board Members

HORSE & PONY
Josh Tribby, Supt.        Jennifer Kessler       Megan Westall
Larry Lovall              Darla Tribby           Loren Coon
Julie Lovall              Cindy Bupp



                                      14
LIVESTOCK AUCTION COMMITTEE (BARN)
Brady VanHook, Supt. Dave LaFollette           Josh Carrell
Gayle Lough          Tek Smith                 Terry Wilcox
Deb Lough            Josh Tribby               Jr. Leader
Jr. Leader

LIVESTOCK AUCTION PROMOTION COMMITTEE
Rex Tribbett, Supt. Amy Sloan      Jack Grimble
Bill Servies        Mike Merritt   Olivia Warren
Paul Stewart        Chris Merritt

LIVESTOCK AUCTION SETTLING UP COMMITTEE
Kenny Booth, Supt. Susan Vaught      Linda Powers
Melissa Norman     Larry McMullen    Tracy Martin
Cindy Bupp         Randy Francis

LLAMAS
Matt Fruits, Supt.      Jason Stewart          Erin Fruits

PARKING & SECURITY
Larry McMullen, Supt. Randy Francis            Jim Fulwider

POULTRY AND RABBITS
Matt Fruits, Supt Sina Parks, Supt.            Rhonda Ward
Mike Carrell      Josh Carrell                 Michele Stucky
Dan Davis         Wendy Feller                 Taylor Davis
Dustin Page

PUBLICITY/SPECIAL EVENTS
Loren Coon, Supt.   Larry McMullen             Kenny Booth
Kelly Shannon       Tek Smith                  Melissa Norman

QUEEN CONTEST
Melissa Norman, Supt.   Madi Smith             Heather Rhoads
Nikki Carpenter         Samantha Williams

SHEEP
Jayne Lough, Supt.      Olivia Warren, Supt.   Dick Fugate
Dan Hampton             Clarence Kemble        Sina Parks
Amy Sloan




                                   15
SHOWMANSHIP
Shannon Kessler, Supt.   Rex Tribbett       Olivia Warren
Sina Parks               Amy Sloan          Carolyn Huber
Livestock Supt.          Jennifer Kessler

SMALL ANIMALS
Kelly Shannon, Supt.     Janet Rivers

SWINE
Kenny Booth, Supt.       Brad Scott         Brady VanHook
Larry McMullen           Josh Tribby        Melissa Norman
Bryan Monts              Randy Francis      Brian Thompson
Dave McClaskey           Jeff McClaskey     Eric McClaskey
Karl Rhoads              Tyler Booth        Josh Bronough
Jim Fulwider             Krista Davis       Jr. Leader
Jr. Leader

GENERAL FAIR SUPERINTENDENT
Kenny Booth, 4-H Inc. President




                                    16
Policies

It is a policy of 4-H Inc. to not allow possession of
alcoholic beverages on the Fairgrounds. If possession of
alcoholic beverages is reported, the City Police will be
called.


Any trailers left on the Fairgrounds after the Horse and
Pony Show will be towed at the owner’s expense.

No bicycles, nor non-exhibit animals allowed on
fairgrounds.

No Smoking in any 4-H Buildings.

No 4-H youth may be on the fairgrounds from 10:00
p.m. until daylight unless accompanied by a parent or
legal guardian at all times.




                            17
4-H WHAT IS IT?
The overall objectives of 4-H Clubs are to:
    1. Gain new knowledge, skills, and attitudes through real life
        experiences.
    2. Realize the satisfaction and dignity of work.
    3. Develop leadership talents and abilities.
    4. Learn and recognize the value of decision-making process.
    5. Explore career opportunities and continue needed education.
    6. Practice helpful living and constructive use of leisure time.
    7. Appreciate nature and apply conservation principles.
    8. Strengthen personal standards and citizenship ideals.
    9. Cultivate desire and ability to cooperate with others.

These objectives are met by working on individual projects, attending trips
and award programs by becoming involved in the FFA and 4-H judging
activities and by working with other persons, both youth and adult.

THE INDIANA 4-H PROGRAM PHILOSOPHY
The Indiana 4-H program serves the youth of Indiana by providing a strong
educational youth development program. This program delivers educational
experiences in a variety of settings. Caring, capable, and contributing adults
assist in the 4-H program as models for young people. We treasure the rich
heritage of 4-H and want to ensure that 4-H is available to future generations
of Indiana youth.

This document sets out certain standards and guidelines to be used to assure
that 4-H is good for our youth. County 4-H policy is guided by the county
4-H policy-making or governing board (4-H Inc.) as provided by the County
Extension Board. Legal authority for the 4-H program rests with the
Director of Cooperative Extension, Purdue University. No county 4-H
policy may conflict with state 4-H policy or federal requirements.

It is the policy of 4-H to include as many youth as possible. No county
policy or practice should be used to arbitrarily exclude youth from
membership. Youth should participate in 4-H youth development
opportunities at levels and times that best suit the youth’s development and
support family involvement.




                                     18
SUPPORTER-VOLUNTEERS AND DONORS

The 4-H program could not be possible without the help of the many 4-H
supporters. A BIG THANK YOU goes out to all of them.

4-H Volunteers are individuals who have been appointed to program
responsibility by Purdue CES personnel and give their services to the
program without pay. Volunteers must apply and be screened utilizing the
Step-by-Step Process for 4-H Youth Development Volunteer Screening and
selection.

There are also many donors that make the 4-H program function. A donor is
considered a person who gives of their money toward the program. A list of
Auction and Fund Drive Donors are listed in the back of this book. Thank
you to all of you and any that we may have missed.

RESIDENCE

Indiana youth typically enroll in 4-H in the county or state in which they
reside. However, individuals living in one county may join 4-H in another
county. There may be educational or social reasons for an individual joining
4-H in a different county than that of their primary residence. During a
single calendar year, a 4-H member enrolled in a given project is expected to
enroll and exhibit that project only in one county of enrollment.

In the event that a project is not offered in the county of primary 4-H
enrollment, a 4-H member may enroll in that specific project in a different
county. Approval of this special exception rests with the county 4-H policy-
making or governing board (i.e. 4-H Inc.) and/or the Extension Board of the
receiving county. Participation in 4-H related activities and events (i.e.
judging, share-the-fun) must be in the county of primary enrollment.

The above policy is not intended to provide an escape mechanism for
troubled 4-H members and families who are unwilling to follow the terms
and/or conditions in their current county of 4-H membership. Decisions
regarding 4-H membership in a non-resident county (a county you do not
live in), rests with the Montgomery County 4-H Inc. and /or the Extension
Board in the receiving county.




                                     19
HOW IS MEMBERSHIP OBTAINED IN 4-H?

Clover Buds
Youngsters are often eager to participate in the 4-H program but are too
young for the traditional Mini 4-H (grade 2) or Regular 4-H (grades 3-12)
programs. The Clover Bud program was developed especially for these
special people. Some preschool and day care organizations use this as a way
for their classes to participate in the 4-H Fair and other youngsters can do it
individually with their family’s assistance. Projects are simple and they can
choose one of their completed projects to be on display at the fair. Project
manuals are available with instructions for their specific age on their
birthday within the year of participation.

Mini 4-H
This program is for second grade students. An enrollment form must be
completed and returned to a leader or the Extension Office by MARCH 15.
Forms may be received at the 4-H School Visits in February at your school
or at the Montgomery County Extension Office.

Regular 4-H
Youth may become 4-H members when they enter the third grade and may
continue their membership through the completion of grade 12. A member
may continue membership for maximum of ten (10) years.

An individual’s 4-H grade is determined by the school grade in which he or
she is classified regardless of the time of year he or she enrolls in 4-H. A
member does not advance in 4-H grade until he or she enrolls in 4-H for the
subsequent school year. Each member should enroll in the division of a
project that would best suit his/her interest and potential for personal growth
and would enhance their family involvement or in their grade level for those
projects that enroll by grade.

Opportunities in the 4-H program are available to all Indiana youth as
defined regardless of race, religion, color, sex, national origin or disability.
Married young men and women of 4-H age may participate in any of the
4-H projects and activities. However, married persons must participate by
the same terms and conditions and /or guidelines as unmarried participants.
Membership in 4-H is gained by annually enrolling through a Purdue
University Cooperative Extension Service Office located in each of
Indiana’s 92 counties.


                                      20
The 4-H club year usually extends from one annual 4-H exhibit to the next.
Enrollment is an annual process attained by completing a Montgomery
County 4-H enrollment form and returning it to a leader or the Extension
Office by March 15.

NOTE: Enrollment cards must be signed by a parent or legal guardian and
the 4-H member. Also, the Photo Permission space should be signed if
permission is given for the member’s picture to be taken for educational
purposes and promotion of 4-H and/or Purdue Extension programs.

Jr. Leaders
WHAT IS THE JUNIOR LEADER ORGANIZATION?
WHO IS ELIGIBLE TO JOIN JUNIOR LEADERS?
Any 4-H Member in Montgomery County who is in the 7th through 12th
grades at the time of enrollment and has been in 4-H at least two years
(including this year) can be a Junior Leader. Members must be enrolled in at
least one other 4-H project.

COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS
To be eligible to complete Junior Leaders and to hold an office in Junior
Leaders next year, a Member must meet all the following requirements.
   1. All members are encouraged to attend a minimum of 3 regular or
        optional Junior Leader county meetings. One meeting may be
        excused by contacting the Extension Office PRIOR to the meeting
        AND then working one extra assignment at the Fair.
   2. Work at least two (2) shifts during the Fair in the Junior Leader
        Food Stand or Arena Beverage Stand. Those members not working
        during the Fair will be invited to attend Junior Leader events the
        following year, but will be required to pay their own meeting
        expenses (i.e. food, tickets, bus transportation).
   3. Complete the record book and turn it in to the Extension Office
        within ONE week following the closing of the Fair. The entire
        record must be filled out completely. This is required to complete
        the project.
   4. Serve on a Junior Leader Committee.
   5. Help with Fair set up or Fair clean up.
   6. Complete a minimum of three (3) County Junior Leader
        responsibilities not including the Food or Beverage stands, at the
        Fair.
   7. Complete local responsibilities as assigned by the local club leader.




                                    21
PERSONAL LEADERSHIP ACTIVITIES

The purpose of Junior Leaders is to equip the members with the necessary
skills so that he or she may be of maximum value to others. The following
question should help you evaluate your own skills as well as areas where
more work is needed.
     1. How have you helped the Adult Leader in your Local 4-H Club?
     2. Mention ways you have helped younger members in 4-H.
     3. If you were to pick your strongest leadership trait, what would it be?
     4. How could you be a more effective leader?
     5. What could you do in your local club next year in the way of
         leadership that would have a positive impact?
The Junior Leader Volunteers will assist the Junior Leader Council in
planning the monthly meetings and trips for the members of the club.
Special awards and trips are designed for the most industrious Junior Leader
members.

WHAT ARE ALL 4-HERS RESPONSIBIITIES?

The following list of responsibilities is a general rule of acceptance for
members of 4-H Clubs:
   1. Enroll in 4-H by MARCH 15. NOTE, however, that 4-H animals
        have enrollment dates which are described later in this book.
   2. Select one or more projects with the assistance of parents and the
        4-H Club Leader.
   3. Complete the work outlined for each project in which you enroll.
   4. Attend your local 4-H Club meetings.
   5. Take part in your local and county 4-H activities and events.
   6. Inform parents of activities and events.
   7. Four-Hers are encouraged to exhibit their projects at the County
        Fair.
   8. You must turn in a project record sheet in order to complete the
        project. These should be given to you by your 4-H Leader with
        your manuals, or you may obtain them at the Montgomery Co.
        Extension Office. Place completed record sheets in a green 4-H
        folder given to you and bring it to the fair. It is highly
        recommended that you attend your local 4-H meeting to obtain
        these materials.
   9. Learn the 4-H Club Pledge and Motto.




                                     22
WHAT IS THE 4-H CLUB POLICY?
 A club should have five or more members and one or more adult leaders.
The club should have officers, particularly a president, vice president,
secretary, and treasurer. Other offices you may wish to consider are:
reporter, song leader, health & safety and recreation leader. A club should
have a minimum of six meetings. The club should also have an
Achievement Night Program following the 4-H Fair where recognition is
given to the members. This Achievement Night is to be conducted BEFORE
NOVEMBER 1.

In Montgomery County, 4-H Club activities are under the direction of 4-H
Incorporated which was organized in 1941. The membership is composed
of 14 township directors, 9 directors at large, 4 4-H Leader representatives,
plus 4 representatives from the Junior Leaders, one of which is to be the
Junior Leader President. (Junior Leader representatives are elected
annually). Each director is elected to a three year term and the terms of
office are staggered so that directors are elected annually.

The purpose of 4-H Inc. is to bring together, in a formal organization,
persons interested in promoting the 4-H Club Program for girls and boys of
Montgomery County. Also, to sponsor, promote and produce public
entertainment, shows, exhibits, and to solicit contributions for the purpose of
promoting interest in the 4-H Clubs, Inc., provided that all profits derived
there from shall be used solely for the activities of 4-H Clubs, Inc.

GRIEVANCE GUIDELINES FOR COUNTY 4-H PROGRAM
                   ISSUES

Activities, Programs, Projects
         1. Grievance regarding a project or activity during the county 4-H
              Fair will first be processed by 4-H Inc. The 4-H Inc. Executive
              Committee will conduct the original investigation and decide
              the outcome.
         2. Grievance is lodged with president of 4-H Inc. or the
              superintendent of the project. The burden of proof shall reside
              with the party filing the grievance.
         3. Grievance shall be filed and $25.00 non-refundable fee paid
              within 24 hours of incident. The grievance fee may be waived
              by the president of the 4-H Inc Board in hardship situations.



                                      23
        4. The 4-H Inc. Executive Committee will be called together to act
           within 24 hours of report or in a more timely manner if
           situation warrants.
        5. Persons filing the grievance must complete the form. Forms are
           available from the Montgomery County Extension Office.
           During the fair, the forms will also be available in the office of
           the livestock arena. Forms must be notarized before filing.
        6. The Executive Committee of 4-H Inc. renders a decision.
        7. Person filing grievance may appeal decisions to the 4-H Inc.
           Board. The Board reviews facts in evidence and renders a
           decision.
        8. Person filing grievance may appeal decision to Montgomery
           County Extension Board. Board reviews facts in evidence and
           renders decision. This is the final level in the appeal process.

    DEADLINES, PARTICIPATION, EXHIBITION,
  COMPLETION, GREEN BOOKS AND ACHIEVEMENT
                   CARDS

Deadlines: The proper compliance with established, stated, and published
final dates and deadlines is considered an appropriate expectation of 4-H
membership. Submitting things on time and following the rules is part of
the 4-H learning experience and is considered a reasonable thing to do.
Individuals not complying with these expectations may lose awards and
privileges. This is especially true in animal projects where animal
ownership, raising, and identification have a specific time period as part of
the project requirements. Members not complying with established and
published dates and deadlines for exhibition may be denied exhibition
privileges as well as premiums or awards for that project.

Participation: Attendance and participation at 4-H meetings is highly
encouraged as a part of the overall educational experience. However,
attendance or participation at club meetings cannot be required as criteria for
project completion. 4-H meetings should be of the quality that a 4-H
member should want to attend, participate, and learn something beneficial.
Also, rewarding 4-H clubs, 4-H members, and 4-H volunteers for attendance
and participation in meetings, tours, and activities should be significant
enough to cause the 4-H member to see the advantage of reacting positively.
4-H volunteers and members of local clubs may establish goals for
attendance, exhibits, completion, etc. to meet the criteria established for



                                      24
awards and recognition as long as they do not conflict with stated county,
area and/or state policies.

Exhibition:        Exhibition of 4-H projects in local, county or state
exhibits/fairs is considered a privilege and is voluntary on the part of the
exhibitor. The exhibition of 4-H projects provides 4-H members an
opportunity to display their 4-H projects, entertain wholesome competition
and enjoy an education/social environment with their peers. With the
privilege of exhibition also comes the responsibility for abiding by all of the
terms and conditions pertaining to the respective 4-H project. Not following
the established terms and conditions for the projects may result in the
member being lowered one placing.

Completion: The completion of a 4-H project must not be misinterpreted
as exhibition of said project at a local county or state fair. 4-H members are
considered complete in their project work for that year when they have:
    1. completed an “official” 4-H member enrollment form prior to the
        established and published date for enrolling,
    2. turned in a completed 4-H project record sheet prior to the
        established and published date, and
    3. had an officially recognized 4-H leader/extension educator verify
        existence of the completed project. Though exhibiting in the
        local/county and state exhibits/fairs is not required for project
        completion, as it does not necessarily directly relate to learning
        received in development of a 4-H project, project exhibition should
        be encouraged as a continuation of the education experience.

Green Record Books: 4-H Green Record Books may be obtained from
your 4-H Leader or the Montgomery County Extension Office. They should
be used to contain the Record Sheets that are required to be filled out and
signed by a leader for each project. Failure to fill out the record sheets result
in an incomplete on your permanent record. Separate Green Record Books
are needed for the Dog, Horse & Pony and Llama Clubs. Record Books are
to be brought with you at the time of check-in of the projects. After all of
your projects are entered, you must turn the Green Record book in to the
Extension Office, before the last day of the current fair.

Record of Achievement: The “Record of 4-H Achievement” card is a
white card given to you by your 4-H Leader, or picked up at the Extension
Office. It is used to keep an accurate record of your projects. The
information on this card will be used to put grades on your permanent


                                      25
records that are kept in the Extension Office. The records are used at the
time of selecting awards and scholarships and checking completion of your
projects. The 4-Her should record the year, division and placing of each
project on the card and place it in the front of your Green Record Book.
After your Green Record Books are returned to the leader, they will grade
your record sheets and place your grade on the Record of Achievement
Card. Also, add any record of accomplishments, meetings attended, 4-H
trips, activities and awards on the back of your card.
Following is an example of the “Record of Achievement Card.”




                                    26
4-H WORKSHOPS, TRIPS AND ACTIVITIES FOR 4-HERS

The younger 4-H member (grade 3-6) is eligible for all local and county events
and county phases of area, state and national programs. The older 4-H member
(grades 7-12) is entitled to participate in state and out-of-state activities and for
the state awards in national contests. A brief explanation of the activities
available follows. These activities generally require that the 4-H member apply
or register to participate.

Each year 4-H Inc. conducts a Fund Drive to help offset the cost of the trips and
activities offered by the state and county 4-H Programs. The Fund Drive usually
starts in December and lasts through the beginning of February. 4-H Inc. and
4-H members of Montgomery County greatly appreciate the donations received.

Workshops

Aerospace Science Workshop
This is a 3-day workshop conducted Wednesday, June 8- Friday, June 10, at
Purdue. Delegates are limited to Indiana 4-H members who are in grades 9, 10,
11, or 12 of the current year. Enrollment is limited to the first 50 applicants.

The workshop will provide each delegate with the opportunity to study:
principles of flight, mechanics in space, aerospace careers, construction skills
(build model airplanes), and flight review and flight in an airplane.

The fees for each delegate are partially sponsored by 4-H Inc. through the
Educational Fund Drive. Contact the County Extension Office by April 15 to
apply.

Ambassador Workshop
This is a 3 day workshop conducted Wednesday, June 8 - Friday, June 10, at
Purdue. Delegates are limited to Indiana 4-H members who are in grades 9, 10,
11, or 12 of the current year. Each county may enroll two delegates.

Objectives:
    • To train young people to be spokespersons for 4-H on the county level.
    • Assist young people in skill development in the area of radio, public
        presentations, news writing and marketing 4-H.
The fees for each delegate are partially sponsored by 4-H Inc. through the
Educational Fund Drive. Contact the Extension Office by April 15 to apply.




                                        27
Animal Science Workshop
This is a 3-day workshop conducted Wednesday, June 8 – Friday, June 10, at
Purdue. Delegates will be accepted on a first-come, first served basis until the
specific specie and/or workshop limit is reached. Indiana 4-H members who are
in grades 9, 10, 11, or 12 of the current year are eligible for the workshop. Each
county may enroll a maximum of two delegates per specie-aquaculture, beef,
dairy, dairy goat, horse, poultry, sheep, rabbit, swine and vet science. A
delegate may attend more than once, as long as they register for a different
specie group each time.

The objectives for the Animal Sciences Workshop for Youth are as follows:
    • To develop life skills through interaction with others
    • To teach the scientific principles of Animal Sciences to young people
    • To prepare delegates to assist and/or teach others in their local
        communities what they learned from Purdue faculty and staff
    • To increase awareness of Animal Industry issues
    • To inform participants about careers in animal agriculture and
        educational opportunities at Purdue University
The fees for each delegate are partially sponsored by 4-H Inc. through the
Educational Fund Drive. Contact the Extension Office by April 15 to apply.

Computer Science Workshop
This is a 3-day workshop conducted Wednesday, June 8 – Friday, June 10,
 at Purdue. Delegates must be 4-Hers who are in grades 9, 10, 11, or 12 of the
current year.

The computer science workshop will expose youth to new and emerging trends
in the computer science industry. Workshop topics might include using the
World Wide Web, designing a home page for the Web, learning and using Flash
designing and programming and interactive multimedia program, and using
specific software packages such as word processors, spreadsheets, databases,
and multimedia authoring packages, etc.

The fees for each delegate are partially sponsored by 4-H Inc, through the
Educational Fund Drive. Contact the Extension Office by April 15 to apply.

Electric Workshop, State 4-H
This is a 3-day workshop conducted Friday, June 17- Sunday, June 19,, at
Purdue. Delegate must be a 4-Her who is enrolled in Division III or above in
the 4-H electric program. Enrollment is limited to the first 50 participants.
The fees for each delegate are partially sponsored by 4-H Inc. through the
Educational Fund Drive. Contact the Extension Office by April 15 to apply.



                                       28
Engineering Science Workshop
This is a 3-day workshop conducted Wednesday, June 8 – Friday, June 10, at
Purdue. Delegates may be any 4-Her or other youth who are in grades 9, 10, 11,
or 12 of the current year. Enrollment is limited to the first 60 youth to register.
Costs include lodging and meals, except Wednesday and Thursday lunch.

Ever wonder what engineers do? The 3-day Engineering Science Workshop
will shed some light on this question. You will learn about how robots operate,
what makes a good fuel for internal combustion engines, how computers draw
without pencils, how to select the best vegetable/fruit variety for mechanical
harvesting, and how to surf the internet. The program will also introduce you to
careers in various engineering fields.

The fees for each delegate are partially sponsored by 4-H Inc. through the
Educational Fund Drive. Contact the Extension Office by April 15 to apply.


Foods Science & Nutrition Workshop
This is a 3-day workshop conducted Wednesday, June 8 – Friday, June 10, at
Purdue. Delegates are limited to Indiana 4-H members who are in grades 9, 10,
11, or 12 of the current year. Enrollment is limited to the first 72 applicants.
Are you interested in foods, science and being a part of an exciting and rapidly
expanding industry, but you are not quite sure where you fit in? The Food
Science and Nutrition Workshop is where you should be.

You’ll learn about:
   • The scientific principles related to food science and nutrition through
         hands-on experience in the laboratories
   • The actual operation of a food processing plant
   • Career opportunities in the fields and the educational programs
         available at Purdue
You will get the opportunity to:
   • Get acquainted with faculty members, university departments, and the
         Purdue campus
   • Have fun participating in leisure activities and meeting new friends
   • Share what you learned about food science and nutrition with other
         youth
The fees for each delegate are partially sponsored by 4-H Inc. through the
Educational Fund Drive. Contact the Extension Office by April 15 to apply.




                                       29
Plant Science Workshop
This is a 3-day workshop conducted Wednesday, June 8 – Friday, June 10, at
Purdue for Indiana 4-Hers or other youth who have completed grades 9, 10, 11,
or 12 of the current year. Number of delegates who may attend is not limited.

Delegates should (but not a requirement) have participated in one or more years
of 4-H in field crops or horticulture. These include projects in corn, soybean,
small grains, forages, flowers, garden, and strawberries.

This is a 4-H workshop for members primarily, but not solely enrolled in 4-H
field crops and 4-H horticulture projects, designed:
     • To train 4-H members to return to their county and serve as trainers or
         assist with county project workshops
     • To develop a high degree of visibility of staff assisted with workshops
         and departments
     • To upgrade the quality of 4-H experience, both in 4-H projects and
         activities
     • To acquaint 4-H members with individuals, university department, and
         Purdue University
The fees for each delegate are partially sponsored by 4-H Inc. through the
Educational Fund Drive. Contact the Extension Office by April 15 to apply.

Trips and Activities

Indiana 4-H Youth Congress
This is a one-day event conducted Saturday, November 5 at the Indiana State
Fairgrounds for 4-H members in grades 8-12.

Objectives:
    • Create an incentive program to retain youth, grades 8-12, in 4-H.
    • Provide significant scholarship opportunities to 4-Hers in areas of 4-H
        program/activity accomplishments.
    • Provide leadership/achievement role model for your young 4-Hers.
    • Create a focal point for the Indiana 4-H Foundation and Indiana 4-H
        program.
The fees for each delegate are partially sponsored by 4-H Inc. through the
Educational Fund Drive. Contact the Extension Office by Sept 25 to apply.




                                      30
4-H Camp
The 4-H Camp is for members who are in grades 3-6. The camp is held June
15-17. The individual pays for his or her own expenses for the 3-day camp.
The camping fee is approximately $55 varying with facility fees. The following
activities are usually a part of the program: boating, swimming, recreation,
nature studies, and training in crafts such as leather, plaster and painting. There
are also campfires and vesper programs.

4-H Camp Counselors
A 4-H member who has completed at least one year as a Junior Leader and has
completed at least the 9th grade can serve as a counselor for our county 4-H
Camp. Applications are available from the County Extension Office and must
be completed and returned by March 30.


2010 4-H Camp Counselors:
Jr. Director
Heather Thorson                               Walnut Helping Hands

Counselors
Ethan Miller                                  Walnut Willing Workers
Evan Miller                                   Walnut Willing Workers
David Odle                                    Happy Hoosiers
Sara Parker                                   C’ville Clovers
Brody Pickett                                 Walnut Willing Workers
Dakota Ramey                                  Breaks


CIT’s
Morgan Hepburn                                Clever Clovers
Jordan Howell                                 C’ville Clovers
Sara Jones                                    Hoover
Leeza King                                    Friendly 4-Hers
Dexter Odle                                   Happy Hoosiers

Citizenship-Washington Focus Trip
What does the term “citizenship” mean to you? For some it means many rights
American citizens enjoy, but citizenship also encompasses many
responsibilities. What are your rights, your responsibilities? How do 4-H
members in Indiana and across the United States practice good citizenship?




                                       31
How do your elected officials and the national government in Washington
function?

These are some of the areas that the Citizenship-Washington Focus program
explores. This summer you can join the ranks of more than 4,000 4-Hers from
across the United States who will participate in this program.

Participation: A total of 110 Indiana delegates, including Extension staff,
members and 4-H club members, will represent Indiana this summer during one
session of the Citizenship-Washington Focus program. Members must be high
school students, 15 years of age or older, at the time of participation. Delegation
sessions will be under the direction of Purdue Cooperative Extension Service.

Activities:
    • Participate in workshops and assemblies focusing on various aspects of
         citizenship
    • Meet your senators and representatives to discuss current issues
    • Serve on national committees to strengthen communication and
         leadership skills
    • Discuss and debate national issues with 4-H members, leaders, and
         representatives of national agencies and organizations
    • Develop a plan of action for conducting various citizenship activities in
         your club and county. This is a six day activity and dates for the trip
         will be July 2-9, 2011. Applications are due at the Extension Office by
         March 1, along with the registration fee. Scholarships are available
         through 4-H Inc. and Junior Leaders to partially or fully (depending on
         the number of participants) fund the $1000 fee. 4-H Inc. will pay for
         half the fee for up to two people attending.

2010 Participants were:    Gabe Kleine                          Nicholson
                           Alisha Burns                         Anti Cants


4-H Demonstration Contest
Contest for youth to show others how to do something and gain self confidence,
leadership, and public presentation skills. 4-H members are encouraged to give
demonstrations at local club meetings to teach others.




                                       32
Contests are available at county level for all regular 4-H members. At the state
level, junior and senior levels (grade 6 and above) are available. Contact the
County Extension Office or your leader for more information.

4-H Public Speaking Contest
This is a program to give all ages an opportunity to improve one’s public
speaking skills. 4-H members are encouraged to speak at local clubs, county,
area and state levels. Also, sharing the word about 4-H to any community group
or individuals is important.

Speech contest centers on the following theme for individual speeches to focus
on:
                  “I Pledge My Hands to Better Living…..”

This theme is broad in nature and 4-H members should be able to focus on
Generosity skills and attitudes that are important to themselves, 4-H and
country. Contact the County Extension Office or your leader for more
information.

International Four-H Youth Exchange – IFYE
This program is usually six months long, held from June to December. A three
month option is also available.

Outbound opportunity is available to 19-30 year olds 4-H alumni interested in
living and working with families in another country. Participants may elect the
country anywhere in the world.

4-H families may apply to host IFYE delegates from other countries for one to
three week stays. Cost to host families is room and board only. Contact the
County Extension Service for more information.


4-H/FFA Judging Contest
General: Contests are available at the Area, State and National levels.
   •      Purdue puts out a book called the “4-H/FFA AG JUDGING
   HANDBOOK” or 4-H 98, which describes all contests. This book is also
   the Official Rule Book for Area IX and State Contests.
   • For more information, contact the County Extension Service.



                                      33
National 4-H Congress Trip
    •   November 25- 29, 2011 at Atlanta GA. for 4-Hers Grade 10 through
        final year of 4-H eligibility.
    •   Winners will be notified at appropriate time and place between March 1
        and March 31, 2011 after completed judging.
National 4-H Conference Trip
   • April 2-7, 2011 at Washington DC – (Applications are due December
        1) 4-H members in grades 10 and above are eligible to apply; 1-3
        selected annually.
    •   To help selected youth and adults develop to their maximum potential
        by providing opportunities to participate actively in 4-H program
        development outside their states and at national levels.
    •   To assist states in the further development of a system for involving
        youth, volunteers, and professional staff in 4-H program planning in
        their states.
    •   To provide an opportunity for Conference delegates to update elected
        and appointed government officials, national associations, donor
        groups, etc. on current developments in 4-H program at national, state
        and local levels.
    •   To provide an opportunity for inputs of youth, volunteers, and
        professional staff into National 4-H Program Development Committee
        deliberations.
    •   To provide a system for an exchange of 4-H programming ideas among
        states at a national gathering of delegates from each state.

National 4-H Dairy Conference
This program is in Madison, WI and is conducted Sunday, October 2 –
Thursday, October 6 at Madison WI. All expenses are paid. Selection is made
on the basis of Dairy Achievement Records. Participants should be in grades
10-12. Applications are made by May 17, at the Extension Office. Applicants
must write a brief story about their dairy operation and management practices.
Be sure to include a completed copy of “My Record of Achievement.”
Objectives:
    • To increase understanding of the dairy industry
    • To learn about additional vocational and professional opportunities in
         the dairy industry



                                     34
    •   To practice good citizenship, group participation, and leadership
        responsibilities
    •   To develop additional individual initiative and competence in areas of
        special interest and aptitude in the dairy field and related areas.

4-H Queen Contest – Miss Montgomery County
Each entrant in the 4-H Queen Contest must meet certain criteria as listed
below:
     • Must be at least 16 years of age on or before the first day of the Indiana
          State Fair Queen Pageant. (This date is determined by the Indiana State
          Fair Board).
     • Must be a member of a Montgomery County 4-H Club.
     • Any contestant selected as Miss Montgomery County cannot compete
          again.
The contestants are expected to participate in several workshops and practices
prior to the contest as scheduled by the Queen Director and Queen Committee.
A list of attendance will be given to the judges and may impact their decision.
The Queen and her court will have their County Fair responsibilities scheduled
by the Director and Committee. The Queen will represent Montgomery County
in the Indiana State Fair Queen Contest.* The First Runner-Up will be the
representative if the Queen is unable to do so for any reason.

*All contestants in the Indiana State Fair Queen contest must be a citizen of
Indiana and the United States. One of the Queen’s parents must also be an
Indiana resident.
A Queen’s Handbook will be provided by the Queen Contest Committee.

2010 Montgomery County 4-H Queen and Court:
Miss Montgomery County                 Madison Smith
First Runner Up                        Colleen Grady
Second Runner Up                       Lydia Smith
Third Runner Up                        Katie Worm
Fourth Runner Up                       Shelby Phillips
Miss Congeniality                      Kirby Dopkowski
Elaine Chambers, Mental Attitude Award Kaitlin Black



                                      35
4-H Round-up
This is a 3-day conference held annually on the Purdue University Campus.
This year it will be Monday, June 20 – Wednesday, June 22. It is for 4-Hers
who have completed grades 7, 8, or 9.
It is three days of educational experiences where delegates can:
      • Experience in-depth “action learning”
      • Develop leadership abilities
      • Learn about college life
About 1200 4-H members from throughout Indiana attend this conference where
they stay in student dormitories and attend the program sessions and events.
4-H Inc. may pay a portion of the Round-Up fees. Contact the County
Extension Service or your local 4-H leader by April 15 to be considered for
Round-Up and for more information.

Delegates for 2010 were:           Marianna Carpenter         Breaks
                                   Dexter Odle                Happy Hoosiers
                                   Sierra Quigg               Friendly 4-Hers

State 4-H Band and State 4-H Chorus
State 4-H Band Workshop is held on Saturday, June 18 – Monday, June 20 at
Purdue. State 4-H Chorus Workshop is held on Saturday, June 18 – Wednesday,
June 22. Special application forms must be completed by the 4-H member and
signed by your Band or Choral Director. The completed forms must be in the
County Extension Office before April 1. The 4-H member must have completed
grade 9, 10, 11, or 12 in the current year. Both groups perform during 4-H
Round-Up at Purdue. The chorus also performs at the State Fair in August. A
portion of the cost may be sponsored by 4-H Inc. through the Educational Fund
Drive.

State Fair Youth Leadership Conference
Delegates must have completed grades 9, 10, 11, or 12. The dates for 2011 are
Tuesday, August 2 – Sunday, August 6 at the Indiana School for the Deaf. The
school provides delegates with experiences in relation with key leaders in
business, social, health, industry, and City and State governments. The school’s
program offers leadership training in group discipline and self-government,
shared leadership, and committee cooperation. Scholarships are available from
the Montgomery County Extension Homemakers for those interested in



                                      36
attending. A one-page application on, “Why I Would Like to Attend the State
Fair Leadership School” plus two recommendations are due in the County
Extension Office by July 1.

State Junior Leader Conference
Delegates must have completed grades 9, 10, 11, or 12. The dates for 2011 are
June 14-17. The program focuses on developing leadership, understanding of
group dynamics and an awareness of self and others. It is carried out with the
guidance of Junior Leader council members elected at each conference for next
year’s program.

Delegate for 2010 was:              David Odle                 Happy Hoosiers

4-H Awards

American Sewing Guild Award
This award will be awarded to 1st year, 3rd grade, 4-H participants who are in the
Sewing Construction Project. Upon completion of their work in compliance
with the 4-H Info book, the 4-H member will be receiving a pincushion/ snippet
bag. This award is sponsored by the American Sewing Guild.

The 2010 recipient was:    Evan Miller                Walnut Willing Workers

Barbara Allen Award
This award was established in honor of Barbara Allen’s forty years as a 4-H
leader of the Nicholson 4-H Club. Criteria includes 6th or 7th year members who
are chosen according to meeting attendance, offices held, demonstrations given,
participation in various local, regional and state activities, as well as projects
completed. This award is sponsored by the Nicholson 4-H Club.

The 2010 recipient was:    Jordan Howell              C’ville Clovers

Beef Award
This is an award presented to the 4-H Beef Project member who displays the
most courtesy, and cooperation, and willingness to help others during the 4-H
Fair. A committee will select the winner. Criteria includes helping with setup
and weigh-in, assisting other members, and overall good attitude. The winner


                                       37
will receive a trophy or plaque, and have his/her name engraved on a permanent
plaque in the County Extension Office. The Franklin Twp. Anti-Cants 4-H Club
sponsors the award in memory of Elaine Chambers.

Clothing
Advanced Sewing Construction Award
This is an award presented to an exhibitor who is selected for State Fair from
Division 6-10 in the Sewing Construction Project. The award will be selected
according to the judge’s choice for State Fair and may be received only once.

The 2010 award recipient was:
        Evan Miller                         Walnut Willing Workers

Jennifer Jo Spencer Memorial Award
This award will be presented to the outstanding Montgomery County 4-H
member who will be participating in Sewing and the Fashion Revue. Selection
will be based on number of years in 4-H, participation, character acceptance of
responsibilities and the example set for other 4-Hers. The number of categories
or placement does not determine the recipient of the award. Each 4-H Leader
may make two nominations. Forms are available in the Extension Office and
are due by July 15. This award is sponsored by the children of Jo Spencer and
Brenda Cassida. Recipient winner will be selected by the family and will be
presented at the 4-H Awards Program.

The 2010 award recipient was: Eva Truncellito                Breaks

Non-Wearable Sewing Award
These projects are items for the home such as pillows, accessories, tote bags,
etc. The award is sponsored by the Quilt Guild.

The 2010 award recipient was: Evan Miller           Walnut Willing Workers

Sew & Vac Central Donation
Sew & Vac Central donated a sewing machine to a sewing project member.

The 2010 winner was: Elizabeth Caldwell                      Nicholson




                                      38
Consumer Clothing Award
Recognition is given for the outstanding Consumer Clothing exhibit.          The
project judge makes selection. Marj Tribbett sponsors the award.

The 2010 recipient was: Amanda Feller                 Happy Hoosiers

Craft Award
The craft judges will select the outstanding Craft exhibit to receive this award.
Winners will receive a $20 gift card from Hobby Lobby. The sponsors are the
Janet Rivers Family.

The 2010 Craft Award winner was: Evan Miller          Walnut Willing Workers

Crops
Agrigold Seed Company Corn Award
This award, sponsored by Agrigold, is a $25 cash award given to the winner of
the highest placing crop of the Corn Project.

The 2010 recipient was:
        Shane Young                          Wayne Winners

Beck’s Seed Award
This award, sponsored by John Gable, is an award given to the winner of the
highest placing of crops in the Crop project.

The 2010 recipients were:
        Corn              Shane Young                Wayne Winners
        Soybeans          Ginny Lough                Anti Cants
        Small Grains      Ginny Lough                Anti Cants

Cargill Crops Award
This award, sponsored by Cargill, is a $25 cash award given to the winners of
the highest placing crop in the Corn, Soybean, and Small Grains Projects.
The 2010 recipients were:
         Corn               Shane Young              Wayne Winners
         Soybeans           Ginny Lough              Anti Cants
         Small Grains       Ginny Lough              Anti Cants


                                       39
Crops Award
L&L Ag Lime Crops Award is awarded to the crops member who has
accumulated the most points for their crops while enrolled in crops projects.
Points are awarded for years in crop work and crop exhibit placing at the fair.

A 4-H member may win the award more than once but not in consecutive years
providing he/she has continuous participation in the 4-H crops projects from the
first time he/she has won the trophy.

The 2010 recipient was:      Ginny Lough                       Anti Cants


Electric Award
This award is selected by the project judge to recognize the outstanding Electric
exhibit. Kirby-Risk Electric sponsors this award. The exhibitor will receive a
plaque. The award is presented during the 4-H Fair Awards Program.

The 2010 recipient is:     Clayton Mennen             Anti Cants

Electric Project Awards
The Indiana Electric Association and the Indiana Statewide Association of
REMCs, Inc. sponsor these awards.
The 2010 Electric Project Award recipients received notebooks. They were:
Div. 1                    Shane Young                Wayne Winners
                          Cameron Miller             Helping Hands
                          Autumn Duffy               Wayne Winners
                          Thomas Richardson          Hustling Hoosiers
Div. 2                    Dakota Baker               C’ville Clovers
Div. 3                    Luke Laube                 Anti Cants
Div. 4                    Clayton Mennen             Anti Cants
Div. 5 & Up Electric      Kaleb Kleine               Nicholson

The Fashion Award
This award, sponsored by Natalie Powers Ward and Lynn Robison, is presented
to a 4-Her who participated in the Senior Fashion Revue. The recipient may or
may not be a category winner. Criteria for selection include, but are not limited
to the following:




                                       40
    •    Image, both grooming and modeling
    •    Creativity with fabrics and patterns
    •    Development of one’s own sense of style
    •    Fit of garments
    •    Accessories that enhance both the model and the outfit
    •    Participation; the number of categories entered enhances but does not
         determine the recipient
    • This award may be received only once
Selection is made by the Fashion Revue Judge/Judges.

The 2010 recipient of this award was: Evan Miller     Walnut Willing Workers

Garden Award
This award is sponsored by Davidson Greenhouse & Nursery, Inc. and is
presented at the County Awards Program during the Montgomery County 4-H
Fair. The exhibitor of an outstanding garden exhibit, selected by the garden
judge, receives a Garden Award plaque.

The 2010 recipient was:            Ryan Richmond             Nicholson

Geology Award
The Geology Award is given in recognition of the Montgomery County
outstanding 4-H Geology exhibit and is given annually during the Awards
Program at the 4-H Fair. The award is an engraved plaque and is selected by the
Geology judge as the overall best Geology exhibit and is sponsored by Mr. and
Mrs. Richard Jones.

The 2010 recipient was:    Olivia Grady                      C’ville Clovers

Ten Year Member Recognition
The Jack Grimble Family sponsors a Composite Picture of all Montgomery
County Ten Year Members. Ten year members will be asked to submit a
picture to be included. The Composite will be displayed in the 4-H Building.




                                      41
David A. Stephens Memorial Award
This award is presented by David Stephens Jr., Areaka Maddux, Michelle
Hadley, Hilltop Archery. It will be presented to the Advanced Archery Member
who displayed the most improvement over the course of the 4-H shooting
season. The selection of the Most Improved Advanced Archer is based upon the
improvement in their individual shooting as measured by comparing their
shooting knowledge. The number of years participating in archery, or
placement within the archery project will not be considered when determining
the recipient of the award. The annual selection will be made by the
Montgomery County Advanced Archery Leader.

The 2010 recipient was:     Jared Myers                       Friendly 4-Hers

I Dare You Award
This award is presented by the Danforth Foundation on a national level. The
award consists of a book entitled “I Dare You” and a certificate. It is selected
locally by the Junior Leader Officers and recognizes the leadership, character
and personal development of two officers. The award is based on leadership,
character and personal development. Winners are selected by the Junior Leader
Council.

The 2010 recipients were:
        Madison Fouty                       Southern Shooting Stars
        Kaleb Kleine                        Nicholson

Rory Kerns Memorial Award
This award is presented to 2 outstanding 7th year 4-H members. The criteria are
based on 4-H achievement, number of projects completed and placings, as well
as number of years as a Junior Leader. The award was presented for the first
time in 1986.

The 2010 recipients were:
        Logan Endicott                               Anti Cants
        Alex Carpenter                               Breaks




                                      42
Ron Langworthy Ten Year Sheep Award
This award established in 2010 is in memory of Ron Langworthy and is
presented to all 4-Hers who have completed the Sheep project for ten years.

The 2010 recipients were:
        Kendall Jeffries                             Coal Creek Elite
        Olivia Lough                                 Anti Cants
        Sara Parker                                  C’ville Clovers
        Shelby Phillips                              Friendly 4-Hers
        Abby Sloan                                   Helping Hands

Jennah Smith Memorial Award
This award is in memory of Jennah Sue Smith who lost her life in an automobile
accident Sept. 8, 2007. Jennah was a 7 year Anti Cant Club member who
participated in the Foods project throughout her entire 4-H career. This award is
given to a 7 year foods member. The recipient is selected by the foods judge for
the most creative project. The winner will receive a gift card to a craft or
kitchen specialty store. This award is sponsored by the Anti Cants Club.

The 2010 award recipient was:
        Logan Endicott                      Anti Cants


Key Club Award
This is an award presented at the state level to acknowledge outstanding 4-Hers.
There is not an obligation or meeting for the 4-Her to attend. The award is a
certificate of accomplishment. Applications are available at the County
Extension Office and are due by June 15.

Woodworking Award
This award was started in 1997 and is sponsored by the Montgomery County
Woodworkers. The project judge makes selection.

The 2010 recipients were:
        Grade 3                    Ellie Chastain    Happy Hoosiers
        Grade 4                    David Clark       Hustling Hoosiers
        Grade 5                    Jennifer Guard    Wayne Winners
        Grade 6                    Clayton Fugate    Can Do Crew


                                      43
        Grade 7                    Caleb Martin     Hustling Hoosiers
        Grade 8                    Ariana Sowers    C’ville Clovers
        Grade 9                    Brittany Doyle   Friendly 4-Hers
        Grade 10                   Brady Rogers     Breaks
        Grade 11                   Aaron Clark      Hustling Hoosiers
        Grade 12                   Kevin Amstutz    Happy Hoosiers


Soil & Water Conservation Award
This is the Jennifer Dowden Memorial Award for the Outstanding Soil & Water
Conservation Project. The winner is selected by the project judge and will
receive a personal plaque as well as have their name added to a permanent
plaque located in the Extension Office. The Coal Creek Elite 4-H Club sponsors
the award.
The 2010 recipient was: Andrew Wolf                           Nicholson

Soil & Water Award
The Overall Soil & Water Champion will receive a $100 Savings Bond. T-shirts
will be handed out at check-in for all participants. This award is sponsored by
the Montgomery County Soil & Water Conservation District (SWCD).

The 2010 recipients were:
        Layla Bennett                      Happy Hoosiers
        Luke Laube                         Anti Cants
        Andrew Wolf                        Nicholson
        Ethan Miller                       Walnut Willing Workers

Lenora Mathews Award
This award is sponsored by the Mathews family and will be presented to an
outstanding 4-H family. Selection will be made by a committee of three
members (1 member of the Mathews family and 2 others selected by the family).
Selection will be made on the basis of leadership, involvement, and years of
dedication of both parents in the nominated family. Nominations may be made
by 4-H members, leaders, or individuals. The form will be available in the
County Extension Office and the deadline for nominations is July 15. Nominees
DO NOT have to have members currently enrolled in 4-H. The award will be
presented at the 4-H Awards Program.

The 2010 recipients were:                  Josh & Darla Tribby



                                      44
Goldie Priebe Trophy and Award
This award is presented in honor of Goldie Priebe. The award consists of a
trophy that is the personal possession of the winner and an engraved plaque that
remains in the County Extension Office. The winner must be a 10-year 4-H
member. The criteria for the award is based on 4-H Achievement, including
Fashion Revue, Demonstrations, Junior Leadership, and Public Speaking as well
as the number of 4-H projects completed and placing received. Projects to
consider are: Clothing, Child Development, Flowers, Foods, Food Preservation,
Health, Home Environment, Crafts and Personality. Selection of the recipient is
done by the 4-H Inc. Awards Committee. The award is presented during the
4-H Fair at the Awards Program.

The 2010 recipient was:   Ginny Lough                         Anti Cants

Gordon Sowers Award
This award is presented to the outstanding Montgomery County 4-H member.
The criteria for the award are based on 4-H achievement, including number of
years in 4-H, number of projects completed and placings on the projects.
Community activities shall also be considered when making the selection. The
award is presented during the 4-H Fair at the Awards Program. The
Crawfordsville Kiwanis Club is the sponsor of this award in honor of Gordon
Sowers. The 4-H Inc. Awards Committee makes the selection.

The 2010 award recipient was:     Ginny Lough                 Anti Cants

Tenure Awards
The State Farm Bureau Women’s Department presents these awards. The 4-H
Inc. Awards Committee selects two 4-Hers each year. The awards are based on
the number of years in 4-H and the number of projects completed.

The 2010 award recipients were:
        Ginny Lough                         Anti Cants
        Shannon Joyce                       Barnyard Bunch

Flower, Advanced Foods, & Food Preservation
These three awards are each selected by the project judge to recognize an
outstanding exhibit. The awards are sponsored by the Krukewitt Family in



                                      45
memory of Esther Krukewitt who served as a 4-H Leader in Montgomery
County for 14 years. An exhibitor may receive the award as many times as the
judges selects them.

The 2010 recipients were:
        Jenna Davis                Happy Hoosiers         Flowers
        Logan Endicott             Anti Cants             Foods
        Sheraya Smith              Anti Cants             Food Preservation

Ten Year Foods Award
This award is sponsored by the Montgomery County Extension Homemakers. It
is given to all ten year Foods/Food Pres. Members.

The 2010 recipients were:

        Stephanie Ferling                   Wayne Winners
        Shannon Joyce                       Barnyard Bunch
        Ginny Lough                         Anti Cants
        Lagora Paxton                       Southern Shooting Stars

Ted J. Mitchell Award
This award is presented annually to the outstanding 4-H Junior Leader.
Selection will be based on participation, acceptance of responsibilities, and the
example set for other 4-Hers. Nominations may be made by 4-H Leaders, 4-H
Inc. Directors, the Youth Educator, or Jr. Leader sponsors. Nominations are due
in the Extension Office by July 15. Selection will be made by the 4-H Inc.
Awards Committee. The Leonard Mitchell Family sponsors the award.

The 2010 recipient was:     Kaleb Kleine             Nicholson




                                       46
4-H Scholarship Programs
The application material for these scholarships varies.     Contact the County
Extension Office for more complete information.

4-H Club
VARIABLE RATE OF FEE REMISSION – Freshman in Purdue Ag or CFS
School majoring in Ag or Consumer and Family Sciences. Must have a
Financial Aid Form on file in the Financial Aids Office; 4-H white achievement
cards must accompany application from Extension Office. APPLICATION
DEADLINE IS JANUARY 15.

4-H Foundation
$500 – Available for any schooling beyond high school. The recipient needs to
be enrolled in any post high school study or training and have filled out the 4-H
Foundation Scholarship Application. It is paid for by Junior Leaders and 4-H
Inc.. Montgomery County is guaranteed two recipients. APPLICATION
DEADLINE IS JANUARY 15.

2010 Scholarship Winners:
        Tanner Wilson                       Coal Creek Elite
        Kaleb Kleine                        Nicholson

Indiana 4-H Congress Accomplishments Scholarship
$500 – Available for any schooling beyond high school studies or training and
submit complete 4-H resume. APPLICATION DEADLINE IS JANUARY 15.

Livestock Scholarships
Various breed organizations and individuals sponsor these scholarships.
Deadlines and amounts vary. Check with the County Ext. Office for details.

Montgomery County Beef Scholarship
Montgomery County Beef Association will award a $500 scholarship for any
4-Her continuing their education. They must exhibit a beef animal at the County
Fair or State Fair each of the 10 years they are in 4-H.

Plant Science Achievement Scholarship
4-H members in grades 9 and above and enrolled in 4-H field crops or 4-H
horticulture projects are eligible. There will be four winners from the state.
They each will receive an Educational Scholarship. Applications are to be
forwarded to the State 4-H Office by February 1.



                                      47
Sennett Family Scholarship
The Livestock Production Scholarship was established by the Clark Sennett
Family to promote livestock production by 4-Hers as a future business. The
recipient must be a 10-year member of one of the following livestock projects:
Beef, Swine, Dairy, or Sheep. The 4-Her must have a present and future
livestock production plan established. The scholarship will be paid jointly to the
individual and the chosen educational institution. The Sennett family chooses
the recipient from applications completed by the 4-Hers.

The 2010 recipient was:     Kendall Jeffries          Coal Creek Elite

William McClamroch Scholarship
This scholarship is awarded to a 4-H boy or girl who will attend college. The
criteria are leadership skills, civic involvement, and commitment to the
principles of 4-H. An application form can be picked up at the Extension
Office. The award is presented during the 4-H Fair based upon selection by the
McClamroch family. The scholarship will be paid jointly to the individual and
the chosen educational institution.

The 2010 recipient was:     Haley Grundy              Happy Hoosiers




Thanks to all of the people who sponsor an award,
 scholarship, or an activity. Your involvement is
              very much appreciated!




                                       48
     GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR ANIMAL
                    EXHIBITORS

Livestock Enrollment
1.    The 4-H member must be enrolled in Montgomery County 4-H by
      March 15. The 4-H member must have Indiana Animal Enrollment
      Forms completed, signed and into the County Extension Office by May
      16.
2.    Any enrollment form that is not completely filled out will prohibit the
      4-H member from showing at the county and State Fair.
3.    Read the back of the specific species enrollment forms for individual
      requirements.
4.    All copies are to be returned to the Extension Office and the blue copy
      will be mailed to the 4-H member prior to the County Fair.
5.    Animals may not be enrolled by more than one 4-H member except for
      brothers and sisters and then only on separate forms. 4-H members
      with Beef, Horse & Pony, Sheep, Goats and Swine may co-enroll;
      however, animals may be entered and shown by only one 4-H member.
      All animals to be entered and shown by a 4-H member must be
      enrolled on the 4-H member’s form.
6.    Retinal scanning, earnotching, etc. required by each species must be
      done by the deadlines given.
7.    No State Enrollment Forms are needed for dogs, poultry (chickens,
      pigeons, waterfowl), and rabbits, but animals need to be in 4-Hers
      ownership prior to May 16.

Livestock Release
Any exhibitor removing his/her exhibit before the release time without
permission will be barred from exhibition of this project the following year.

Green Record Book
A Green Record Book, with a Record Sheet for each project, signed at least
once by the 4-H Leader, is required to check in all projects. The Green
Record Book should be turned in to the Extension Office during the fair after
all placings, awards and activities have been recorded by the 4-Her. 4-H
members intending to participate in the 4-H livestock auction, but failing to
turn in the Green Record Book or failing to have record sheets completed
and signed by the leader will forfeit their right to participate in the auction.
Animals may still be sold through the Appraisal. Record Books must be




                                      49
turned in prior to the start of the livestock auction. 4-Hers failing to turn in
Green Record Books will receive an “incomplete.”

Exhibition
Exhibition may be completed by one or more of the following: (Project
completion must include a completed record sheet per project.)
1.      Participation in the 4-H species show
   a. Consult general record rules for each livestock species for
        maximum number of animals that can be exhibited. Rabbit meat
        pen count as one exhibit. Cow/calf counts as one exhibit. Egg
        layers & pigeon pairs count as one exhibit.
   b. Educational Poster (See Page 115 for “Proper Poster Preparation”)
        Posters should be educational and could be developed around the
        educational topics in the manual or according to the directions of
        each particular project.
   c. Action Demonstration

Ownership and Registration Requirements
Each 4-H member must continuously own his/her own exhibit from the state
enrollment date until show day at the county and/or State Fair. Registration
certificates must show that the exhibitor has owned the animal either entirely
or in part according to the following methods of registration, continuously
from the state enrollment date until show day at the county and/or State Fair.

Acceptable registrations are:
     1. In the 4-H member’s name
     2. John Smith & Sons
     3. John Smith, Sons & Daughters
     4. John Smith & family (family includes sons, daughters, and legal
          guardian youth only)
     5. Mark Smith (brother) & Mary Smith (sister)
     6. Family Corporations, where the 4-H member’s name appears as a
          holder of stock in the corporation, and proof of the same must be
          supplied on or before the enrollment date.
     7. Family partnership where the 4-Hers father, mother, brother,
          sister, aunt, uncle, grandparent, and/or legal guardian is also in the
          family partnership and the 4-H member’s name appears on the
          legal, notarized partnership. A copy of the written document
          must be attached to the enrollment form before the enrollment
          deadline.




                                      50
8. 4-H breeding beef, boer goats, dairy goats, sheep and swine
   WILL NOT be accepted in the State Fair 4-H show if they are
   registered in a father’s name only, farm name only, or
   partnerships with unrelated persons (such as “Smith View”,
   “Smith Oak”, John Doe & Williams Smith (4-H member)”, Long
   Oak & William Smith (4-H member)”, etc).
9. Horses, ponies, dairy and llamas may be leased, subject to
   approval of both the county 4-H horse and pony/llama/dairy
   committee and the respective County Extension Educator.
         • For 4-H dairy cattle, partnerships of the 4-H member
             with unrelated persons or dairy operations are
             acceptable (i.e. John Doe and William Smith (4-H
             member) or Long Oak and William Smith). Dairy cows
             and heifers, owned in a partnership, may not be
             exhibited by more than one person from May 15th until
             the conclusion of the State Fair 4-H Dairy Show. This
             person must be the exhibitor of the animal in current
             State Fair 4-H Dairy Show or the animal will be
             ineligible for this show. 4-H dairy cattle will not be
             accepted in 4-H classes at the State Fair if they are
             registered in the father’s name only or in a farm name,
             such as “Smith View:, “Smith Oak”, etc.
         • 4-H Dairy members can show leased heifers in the 4-H
             Diary show at the Indiana State Fair. The dairy lease
             program is only for 4-H members who do not own their
             own dairy cows and/or heifers. Only diary heifers that
             will be less than two years-of-age at the time of the
             Indiana State Fair 4-H Dairy Show may be leased. Just
             like the 4-H Horse and Pony lease program, leasing a
             dairy heifer will be considered the equivalent of
             ownership. The 4-H member should be regularly
             involved in the care of the heifer, regardless of where
             the heifer is kept, and the 4-H member should have
             exclusive show rights to the heifer during the 4-H lease
             period from May 15 until the 4-H Dairy Show at the
             Indiana State Fair.
         • Leased 4-H dairy heifers must be registered (to be
             shown at the Indiana State Fair 4-H Dairy show,
             although it is not necessary to have the registration
             paper transferred to the 4-H member’s name) by May




                             51
                      15th and their registration paper and a lease agreement
                      signed by them and the person they are leasing the
                      heifer from.
      10.   4-H animals purchased, sold or offered for sale after the animal
            enrollment deadline and prior to the Indiana State Fair, shall not
            be eligible to be shown in the 4-H show at the Indiana State Fair.
      11.   4-H animals registered or shown under different ownership (than
            they are listed on the 4-H enrollment form) after the 4-H animal
            enrollment deadline shall not be eligible to be shown in the 4-H
            show at the Indiana State Fair. Animals that will be shown in
            various open and non-4-H shows must be entered and registered
            under the 4-Hers name at these different shows. Animals being
            shown under any other name after the 4-H animal enrollment
            deadline shall not be eligible to be shown in the 4-H show at the
            Indiana State Fair.
      12.   4-H animals are expected to be in the personal possession and
            regular care of the 4-H member who owns/leases them (unless
            other arrangements have been agreed upon by the county 4-H
            Inc.) from the animal enrollment deadline until the conclusion of
            the county and/or State Fair.
      13.   No animals can be offered for sale or advertised for sale at the
            County Fair.

 READ THE STATE FAIR 4-H/FFA PREMIUM BOOK FOR SPECIFIC
     OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENTS OF A GIVEN PROJECT.

Premise ID Requirements

ATTENTION: New Livestock Members
Please note that Premise ID numbers will be required on all 4-H livestock
enrollment forms for the following animals: Beef, Boer Goats, Dairy, Dairy
Goats, Meat Goat Wethers, Pygmy Goats, Sheep and Swine. Exhibitors of
Cats, Dogs, Horses, Poultry, and Rabbits are exempt. There is a line on your
livestock enrollment form where you can list your Premise ID number, if
applicable.

If you do not have a required Premise ID number, you will not be
eligible to show your livestock at the Montgomery County Fair and the
Indiana State Fair. Premise ID numbers will also be required for the 4-H




                                      52
Livestock Auction for Beef, Boer Goats, Dairy, Dairy Goats, Meat Goat
Wethers, Poultry, Pygmy Goats, Sheep and Swine.

If you have not applied for your Premise ID you can go to the following
links for information and needed paperwork.

Indiana Board of Animal Health
http://www.in.gov/boah/info/

Premise ID Information
http://www.in.gov/boah/premiseid/

Questions and Answers about the Premise ID
http://www.in.gov/boah/premiseid/factsandmyths.pdf


Instructions for State Fair 4-H Entry
Complete list of State Fair Rules are in the Indiana State Fair 4-H/FFA
Premium Book which is available through the Extension Office or on the
Web after April 1, 2011 at www.indianastatefair.com.

1.    By June 1, the 4-H member must do the following to enroll Swine,
     Sheep, Beef and Dairy. Goats, Cats, Dogs, Llamas, Poultry, & Rabbits
     must be enrolled by July 1. To enroll Horse and Pony, see instructions
     on page 97.
2.   Obtain a State Fair entry form from the Extension Office.
3.   Exhibitors of Beef, Boer Goats, Dairy Cattle, Dairy Goats, Meat Goat
     Wethers, Poultry, Pygmy Goats, Sheep and Swine must have Premises -
     ID Numbers on this year’s State Fair entry form. Exhibitors of
     Alpacas, Cats, Dogs, Horses, Llamas, Mules and Rabbits are exempt
     from this rule.
4.   Send ONLY the Entry Form and a $15 fee to the Entry Dept.,
     Indiana State Fair, 1202 E. 38th St., Indianapolis, IN 46205-2869, by
     June 1. A fee of $50 must accompany entries postmarked from June 2-
     July 31. Only hand delivered entries will be accepted from August 1
     until check-in time and must be accompanied by a $50 late fee plus an
     additional $50 fee per animal. Make check or money order payable to
     the Indiana State Fair. No cash accepted.
5.   Mail State Fair Entries as follows:




                                    53
          a.     Secure a Certificate of Mailing from the clerk at the Post
                 Office Window.
           b. Fill out certificate: To “Indiana State Fair” and from
                 name(s) of sender(s).
           c. Ask Post Office clerk to hand stamp Certificate of Mailing.
           d. Pay regular first class postage plus $0.75.
           e. Keep Certificate as proof of mailing and bring it to the State
                 Fair.
6.   After the County Auction:
           a. The 4-H member must have the Extension Educator draw a
                 line through animals sold at the county auction and obtain
                 the yellow copy of this form. If auctioned animals are also
                 listed on brother’s and/or sister’s forms, they must be
                 marked out on their forms as well.
           b. The yellow copy MUST BE HAND CARRIED by the 4-H
                 member when animals are brought to the State Fair. The
                 yellow copy is also the 4-H member’s initial entry into the
                 State Fair.
           c. The yellow copy can be picked up from the Extension
                 Educator in the Extension Office on Saturday, July 23
                 between 8 a.m. and noon.
           d. Original signatures are required for valid State Fair Entry.
7.   Show officials reserve the right to require mandatory drug, steroid and
     tissue testing and examination as a condition for entering. Refusing the
     tests will result in disqualification.

Animal Abuse
Any exhibitor using excessive abuse on his/her exhibit animals will be
eliminated from the show, all premiums forfeited, and may be ineligible to
show that specie at the Montgomery County 4-H Fair the following year.
Excessive abuse shall include burning, stabbing, gouging, punching, use of
electric shocker, ice and/or rubbing alcohol, either one applied directly or
indirectly, or other treatment considered cruel and inhumane treatment to
show animals.

If an animal requires medication or assistance, 4-Her must contact the
species Superintendent before any action is taken. Such medical assistance
is to be done under supervision of the Superintendent. 4-H market animals
shall not contain any identifiable or unidentifiable foreign substance
including: drugs, steroids, or chemicals, greater than those standards




                                     54
established by the USDA or FDA as permissible for sale for consumption as
human food both on the day of the show and the day of shipment to market
from the fair.

If any 4-H market animal or 4-H animal exhibit tests positive for any of the
above, the exhibitor of that animal will be disqualified and forfeits all
awards, trophies, and premiums including auction money, and will be
banned from showing any 4-H animals at the Montgomery County Fair for a
period of 1 year including the following year, no matter who administered
the drugs or foreign substance (including injected fat, air etc.) The
Montgomery County 4-H Inc. board reserves the right to hire an independent
veterinarian to examine any 4-H animal exhibit for abuse, tampering,
altering or misrepresenting the natural look of the animal. When signing the
4-H enrollment, this gives 4-H Inc. the right to examine or have examined
any 4-H animal exhibit.

See the current Animal Affidavit (4-H 836) for a list of drug withdrawal
times.

Grooming
All livestock exhibits are intended to provide the basis for each 4-H Member
to learn the discipline of daily feeding requirements and the requirements in
preparation for exhibits at the Montgomery County Fair.

Exhibiting at the County Fair is not required to complete a 4-H project, but
instead is considered a privilege. The 4-H member may complete the project
by turning in his/her Green Record Book and project records.

Any 4-Her needing assistance in preparing their animal for show may
contact the Project Superintendent. The Superintendent will request
groomers to assist with animals that are not in direct class or breed
competition against members of the groomer’s family.


                               REMINDER:
    4-HERS FAILING TO TURN IN A GREEN RECORD BOOK
   WILL RECEIVE AN INCOMPLETE ON THEIR PROJECT AT
                         THE COUNTY LEVEL.




                                     55
   LIVESTOCK RULES FOR MONTGOMERY COUNTY
1. Your Green Record Book must accompany all animals at CHECK-IN-
    TIME during the Fair to complete that project or participate in any
    show. A Record Sheet for each project, signed at least once by your 4-
    H Leader must be included in the Green Record Book. This specifically
    includes Beef, Dairy, Dairy Beef, Goats, Horse & Pony, Poultry,
    Rabbits, Sheep, and Swine. Any variations are noted under the rules for
    each species. The Green Record Book should be turned in at the
    Extension Office during the fair after all placing, awards, and activities
    have been recorded by the 4-Her on the “Record of Achievement” page
    that should be placed in the front of the Green Record Book. Books
    must be turned in prior to the start of the livestock auction.
2. Indiana 4-H Livestock Ownership Enrollment and Entry forms are due
    by the tagging date for Beef Steers, Dairy Beef and non-registered Beef
    Heifers born on or before August 31 of the previous year. State
    Ownership Enrollment and Entry Forms are due MAY 16 for Dairy,
    Horse & Pony, Sheep, Swine, and registered Beef Heifers and Goats.
    No State Enrollment Forms are needed for Dogs, Poultry (Chickens,
    Pigeons, Waterfowl) and Rabbits.
3. All exhibitors must remove from the premises any livestock or poultry
    that exhibit symptoms of disease that may be infectious or contagious
    when requested by the 4-H Inc Board. Failure to meet all health
    requirements will necessitate removal of all animals presented by
    exhibitor.
4. Premise ID is required or Proof of Application must be attained by July
    1, 2011.
5. Exhibitors must show their own exhibit, except when they have two or
    more animals in the same class. In case of sickness, a substitute may
    show the animal upon approval of the General Fair Superintendent. The
    substitute must be a 4-H Club member from Montgomery County.
6. No animal may be shown by more than one exhibitor.
7. All 4-H records must include a feed record and data on all animals
    shown in the County and State 4-H Club Shows.
8. Any livestock sold privately or offered for sale at Public Auction prior
    to the Indiana State Fair is not eligible to show in 4-H classes at the
    Indiana State 4-H Fair.
9. No early releases are allowed from the County Fair except for dairy
    cows in milk.
10. All breeding animals must be purebred (except crossbred heifers and
    gilts, grade ewes, and commercial dairy and Boer does).




                                     56
11. No painting, coloring or altering of any animal’s natural color is
    permitted.
12. No testicular tissue can be visible.
13. No Mini 4-Her is allowed to show any livestock.
14. All exhibitors are to hang fans blowing towards the north in order to
    assist air flow.
15. If livestock pen requests are not received by June 1, a late fee will be
    charged. Refer to your pen assignment request papers for the amounts.


HEALTH REQUIREMENTS AND IDENTIFICATION FOR
              EACH SPECIES:


General Requirements for all species
Please call the Indiana State Board of Animal Health at 1-877-747-3038
with questions concerning animal health requirements.

A. Limitations on Exhibition
This section describes limitations on exhibiting animals in Indiana. There
may be other exhibitions limitations that are described in the specific species
requirements.

    1.    Failure to meet all animal health requirements will result in
         removal of animals from the exhibition premise.

    2. The following animals are not eligible for exhibition in Indiana:
       a. Animal that originates from a herd that is under quarantine.
       b. Any animal classified as a brucellosis “suspect”.
       c. Animals showing symptoms of any infectious or communicable
           disease or that are an area health hazard to persons or other
           animals.
       d. Any animal that does not meet state animal health
           requirements.

    3.    Any animal that develops or shows signs of any infectious or
         communicable disease during exhibition must be removed from the
         premise including the surrounding exhibition grounds. An owner




                                      57
       that is disputing the exclusion of their animal from exhibition may
       not exhibit the animal in question pending any appeal.

B. Certificates of Veterinary Inspection

   1. For animals that originate in Indiana: Health papers are no
      longer required for livestock to show at the Montgomery
      County or Indiana State Fair.

   2. Animals that originate outside the State of Indiana
      The exhibitor must have a properly completed official certificate of
      veterinary inspection (CVI commonly known as “health papers”)
      for the animal. This CVI requirement applies to the following type
      of animals:
      a. All animals of the family Bovidae, including cattle, sheep,
           goats, and buffalo.
      b. All animals of the family Equidae (horses, donkeys, etc…).
      c. All animals of the family Suidae, such as domestic and feral
           swine.
      d. All animals of the family Cervidae, such as deer and elk.
      e. All animals of the family Camelidae, such as camels, llamas,
           and alpacas.
      A certificate of veterinary inspection on any animal coming from
      outside Indiana for exhibition in Indiana is valid for 30 days.
   3. Certificates of veterinary inspection accompanying animals for
      exhibition must be completed by a licensed and accredited
      veterinarian who has personally inspected the animals and must
      clearly include a description of each animal including the age, sex,
      and breed of the animal, and the official identification for each
      animal.
   4. Certificates of veterinary inspection for all out-of-state swine and
      cattle going to the Indiana State Fair must have the import permit
      number for the 2011 Indiana State Fair, “INSF11”, written on the
      certificate.
   5. A copy of the official certificate of veterinary inspection for each
      animal exhibited must be on file at the state veterinarian’s office
      prior to the opening day of the exhibition.




                                   58
C. Identification
All exhibition animals must be permanently and individually identified by
an acceptable method. Acceptable methods vary by species but may include
an eartag, legible tattoo, retinal scanning, RFID tag, standard earnotch, and
individual brand or breed registration number. Official identification
acceptable for specific species of livestock exhibited in Indiana are as
follows:
    1. Swine: standard earnotch for breeding & exhibition swine.
    2. Cattle: official eartag, retinal scanning, RFID tag. tattoo, or
         individual brand or registration number if accompanied by
         registration papers. Indiana steers that do not require testing may
         use an eartag (e.g. plastic eartag).
    3. Sheep and Goats: Official scrapie eartag, RFID tag, scrapie
         tattoo,or breed registration tattoos that are enrolled in the scrapie
         program.       Wethers younger than 18 months of age may be
         identified using any form of permanent identification. Electronic
         chips may be used if pre-approved by the Indiana Board of Animal
         Health.
    4. Horses: lip tattoo, individual brand, description of markings with
         name, or a registration number if accompanied by the registration
         papers.
    5. Cervidae: tattoo or official eartag.
    6. If any additional identification other than the official identification
         is present, one of the additional identifications should also be listed
         on the certificate of veterinary inspection.

Testing
All tests required for exhibition must be conducted at the Animal Disease
Diagnostic Laboratory (ADDL) at Purdue University, a laboratory approved
by the Indiana Board of Animal Health or a state-federal-approved
laboratory.




                                      59
Beef:
  1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES

  2. No cattle may be exhibited that are showing signs of warts or
     ringworm.

  3. Cattle from Indiana do not need a brucellosis test or a tuberculosis
     test for exhibition in Indiana.

  4. The following cattle from outside the state must test negative for
     tubercolosis within 60 days prior to the date of arrival to the
     exhibition:

        a.   All sexually intact female dairy cattle that are six (6) months
             of age or older that will be sold or otherwise not removed from
             the state within ten (10) days of the fair.

        b.   Cattle from states that are not designated tuberculosis free
             by the U.S. Department of Agriculture must meet additional
             requirements for entry into Indiana. Contact the Indiana Board
             of Animal Health for specific information.


  5. Cattle from outside the state do not need a brucellosis test as long
      as the state origin is classified as brucellosis free by the United
      States Department of Agriculture.

  6. All cattle, including Indiana cattle, that are to be offered for sale as
     an exhibition must have the necessary testing and other
     requirements completed within 30 days prior to the sale date.


  For more information on cattle health requirements, call the Indiana
  Board of Animal Health at (317)544-2397.




                                    60
Cats:
  1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.

  2. No cats may be exhibited that test positive for or show any
     symptoms of any communicable diseases.

  3. Each cat presented for exhibition must be accompanied by a
     certificate of vaccination or other statement that is signed by a
     licensed and accredited veterinarian and that indicates the
     vaccinations each animal has been given. A certification of
     veterinary inspection may be used to document vaccinations but is
     not required. (You may pick up the Certificate of Completion at the
     Montgomery Co. Extension office or from your leader. It must be
     brought by the 4-H member to the 4-H Cat Show)

  4. All cats must be vaccinated at least 2 weeks prior to the Cat Show.
      Vaccinations are good for 1 (one) year. Cats must:

              a. Be vaccinated for feline panleukopenia
              b. Be vaccinated for feline rhinotracheitis
              c. Be vaccinated for calcivirus

  5. All cats must be tested for the feline leukemia virus within one
     hundred eighty (180) days of exhibition or vaccinated within 1 year
     of the show.

  6. All cats over 3 months of age must be vaccinated for rabies by a
     licensed and accredited veterinarian in accordance with the state
     rabies vaccination law.

  7. The Board of Animal Health recommends, but does not require that:

              a.  Exhibitors consult with their veterinarian about
                 preventative program for heart worms for all of the
                 cats.
              b. Cats have a negative fecal exam for parasites not more
                 than thirty days prior to exhibition.




                                 61
                c.   Exhibitors consult with their veterinarian about
                     vaccination for feline immunodeficiency virus (FIV)
                     prior to exhibition.

  8. NOTICE: Indiana State 4-H imposes vaccination requirements
     for Cat Show participants beyond the requirements of the
     Indiana State Board of Health Minimum Requirements. Check
     with your local 4-H County Extension Educator for those
     requirements.

        For more information on cat health requirements, call the Indiana
        Board of Animal Health at (317)544-2387.

Dogs:
  1.    SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.

  2. No dog may be exhibited showing any symptoms of a
     communicable disease and are parasite free (including fleas).

  3. Female dogs in season will not be admitted.

  4. Each dog presented for exhibition must be accompanied by a
     certificate of vaccination or other statement that is signed by a
     licensed and accredited veterinarian and that indicates the
     vaccinations each animal has been given. A certificate of veterinary
     inspection may be used to document vaccinations but is not
     required.

  5. All dogs must have received a Rabies & DHPP vaccination either
     one (1) or three (3) years prior to exhibition. Leptospitosis and
     Bordetella (Kennel Cough) must be received within one (1) year of
     the date of exhibition.

                a.   Rabies
                b.   DHPP
                c.   Leptospitosis
                d.   Bordetella (Kennel Cough)




                                   62
    6. All dogs 3 months of age and over must be vaccinated for rabies by
       a licensed and accredited veterinarian in accordance with the state
       rabies vaccination law. A certificate of vaccination for rabies must
       accompany the animal to the exhibition. (You may pick up the
       Certificate of Completion at the Montgomery Co. Extension office
       or from your leader. It must be brought by the 4-H member to the
       4-H Dog Show).

    7. The Board of Animal Health recommends, but does not require that:

                a.   Exhibitors test their dogs that are six (6) months of age
                     and older for heart worms. It is recommended that
                     dogs that test positive for heart worms not be shown.
                     Exhibitors should implement a preventative program
                     for heart worms.

                b. Dogs have a negative fecal exam for parasites not more
                   than thirty days prior to exhibition.

NOTICE: Indiana State 4-H imposes vaccination requirements for Dog
Show participants beyond the requirements of the Indiana State Board
of Health Minimum requirements. Check with your local 4-H County
Extension Educator for those requirements.

For more information on dog health requirements, call the Indiana Board of
Animal Health at (317)554-2387.

Horses:
    1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES

    2. Horses coming from outside Indiana for exhibition in Indiana must
       meet the following requirements:
       a. Each horse must test negative for E.I.A. Equine Infectious
          Anemia (Coggins test) within 12 months of the date of
          exhibition. Each horse must be accompanied by an official
          certificate of veterinary inspection that indicates the results of
          the E.I.A. test.


                                     63
       b. A suckling foal accompanying a dam that has tested negative for
           E.I.A. within twelve months of the exhibition is exempt from the
           E.I.A. testing requirements.
    3. The following applies to horses coming from Indiana for exhibition
       in Indiana:
       a. A certification of veterinary inspection is not required.
       b. An E.I.A. (Coggins) test is not required.

For more information on horse health requirements, call the Indiana Board
of Animal Health at (317)544-2387.

Horse Identification:
Lip tattoo, individual brand, description of marking with name, or
registration number if accompanied by the registration papers.


Llama:
    1.   SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.

    2. No test is required on any llamas or alpacas for exhibition in
       Indiana.

For more information on llama/alpaca health requirements call the Indiana
Board of Animal Health at (317)544-2397.

Llama Identification:
Must be accompanied by ILR registration paper.

Poultry:
    1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.

    2.    Must originate from NPIP approved flocks or hatched from eggs
         originating from NPIP flocks. All poultry presented for exhibition
         shall be accompanied by an official certificate of veterinary
         inspection or an appropriate National Poultry Improvement Plan
         (NPIP) certificate.

    3. All poultry presented for exhibition must meet one of the following
       requirements:



                                    64
         a.   Test negative for pullorum-typhoid within 90 days prior to the
              date of their exhibition.
         b.   Be hatched from eggs originating from certified NPIP pullorum
              typhoid clean flocks.
         c.   Originate from a flock where the entire flock is certified NPIP
              pullorum-typhoid clean.
         d.   No poultry may be exhibited showing signs of an infectious
              or communicable disease.
         e.   No mite, lice and maggots.

    4. No poultry may be exhibited showing excessive signs of external
       parasite infestation.

For more information on poultry health requirements, call the Indiana State
Board of Animal Health at (317)544-2387.

Poultry Identification:
Leg Band

Rabbits:
SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.

Health Requirements:
Subject to health inspection on the grounds.

No rabbit may be exhibited showing signs of infectious or
communicable disease.

No rabbit may be exhibited showing signs of external parasite
infestation. (lice or mites)

Rabbit Identification:
Tattoo




                                      65
Sheep and Goats:
    1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.

    2. Blankets must be removed from all sheep at the time of arrival.
    3. All sheep wethers must be presented slick shorn for inspection at
       arrival.
    4. No sheep or goats may be exhibited that are showing signs of being
       infected with ringworm.
    5. For more information on sheep and goat health requirements, call
       the Indiana Board of Animal Health (317)544-2397.

Goats Identification:

All goats must have RFID tag to be eligible to show at the county fair unless
they are under two weeks of age. The only exception to this is for pygmy
goats that may be microchipped as long as the exhibitor provides a scanner
and the goat is scanned at tag-in, check-in, and before entering the show
arena.

Meat goat wethers, unregistered females and unregistered pygmy goats are
to be retinal scanned in addition to a 5 digit ear tag or tattoo

Sheep Identification

Market Lambs are to be retinal scanned in addition to a 5 digit county visual
tag.

Registered ewes are to be retinal scanned in addition to a 5 digit county
visual tag/tattoo/or flock tag.

Swine
    1. SEE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SPECIES.
    2. Brucellosis Testing.
          Swine from Indiana do not need a brucellosis test. Swine from
          outside the state do not need a brucellosis test as long as the
          state of origin is classified brucellosis free by the United States
          Department of Agriculture.           A certificate of veterinary
          inspection is still required.




                                     66
    3. Pseudorabies Testing
          Swine from Indiana do not need a pseudorabies test.
           Swine from outside the state do not need a pseudorabies test as
           long as the state of origin is classified pseudorabies free by the
           United States Department of Agriculture. A certificate of
           veterinary inspection is still required.

    4. All swine that are to be sold at a breed sale should have a certificate
       of veterinary inspection issued within 30 days prior to the sale to
       facilitate interstate movement after the sale.

For more information on swine health requirements, call the Indiana Board
of Animal Health at (317)554-2396.

Swine Identification:

Hogs must have standard earnotches for breeding and exhibitions by May
16. If there are fresh earnotches found in any of the swine exhibitor’s pigs
ears, then they will not be able to show at the Montgomery County 4-H Fair
nor the Indiana State Fair.

Individual animal earnotch numbers must be submitted to the County
Extension Office on a State Swine Identification and Enrollment form prior
to May 16. Earnotches will not be changed on State Enrollment forms after
May 16 for any reason. It is the 4-H member’s responsibility to make sure
that the earnotches that are marked on their enrollment forms are identical to
the earnotches in their 4-H barrows and gilts. Any discrepancy in the actual
earnotches from those listed on the white copy of the swine enrollment form
will result in disqualification of the animal from the 4-H swine show at the
Montgomery County and Indiana State Fair. Except registered gilts, no 2
animals of the same breed from the same family may have the same
earnotches.




                                     67
Showmanship
(You must use your own animal and have exhibited it during the Show.)

    •    All grades specified pertain to grade 4-Her was in at the time of 4-H
         enrollment in March.
    • Alternates will be chosen for each species in each age division.
    • Advanced registration on the day of the show will be required.
    • Classes may be broken at the discretion of the specie
superintendent. (Beef will be broken if there are 10 or more entries in a
division.)

Beef, Dairy, Goats, Sheep and Swine
Beginner Showmanship for those 4-Hers in grades 3 and 4.             Previous
Beginning Showmanship winners are ineligible.

The winners of Beginning Showmanship in Beef, Sheep and Swine will be
awarded custom-made show boxes (as long as support is available). Those
donating in 2010 were:

Beef …………………… New Ross Grain
    …………………… Smith Farms
Sheep ………………….. Charlie Quigg in memory of Chad Quigg
Swine .………………... Dave McClaskey & family
       ………………… New Ross Grain

Junior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grades 5, 6, 7, and 8. Previous
Beginning Showmanship winners are eligible and previous Junior winners
are ineligible.

Senior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grades 9, 10, 11, or 12.
Previous Junior Showmanship winners are eligible. Previous Senior winners
are eligible unless he/she has won the Overall Showmanship. Once an
individual has been declared a senior showmanship winner for a species,
that person is not eligible to compete in another species for senior
showmanship during the current year.




                                     68
Llamas
Beginner Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in the grades 3, 4, or 5.
Previous Beginning Showmanship winners are ineligible.

Junior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grades 6, 7, or 8. Previous
Beginning Showmanship winners are eligible and previous Junior winners
are ineligible.

Senior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grades 9, 10, 11, or 12.
Previous Junior Showmanship winners are eligible. Previous Senior winners
are eligible unless he/she has won the Overall Showmanship.

Horse & Pony
English Showmanship:
Junior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grades 3, 4, or 5.
Junior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grades 6 or 7.
Senior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grades 8 or 9.
Senior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grades 10, 11, or 12.

Western Showmanship:
Junior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grade 3.
Junior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grade 4 or 5.
Junior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grade 6 or 7.
Senior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grades 8 or 9.
Senior Showmanship is for those 4-Hers in grades 10, 11, or 12.

Senior Showmanship for County Overall Champion
Overall Showmanship
The Senior Showmanship winners from Beef, Dairy, Goat, Horse & Pony,
Llamas, Sheep and Swine are eligible to show in this contest. Participants
must remain in the show arena throughout the entire contest. If an animal
cannot be provided for the Overall Showmanship Contest, that species will
not be represented in the contest. Previous Advanced winners are eligible
unless he/she has won the Overall Showmanship.

1 to 3 judges, at Chairman’s discretion, will be used to judge this contest.




                                      69
2010 Overall Showmanship Winner – Haley Kessler

Thanks to Jamie Albrecht, Brice Murphy, Lucas Neumayr, Denhart Feed &
Mercantile, the Dave Rhoads family and Pace Dairy for donating the prize
for the Overall Champion Showman.

                    2010 Showmanship Winners

          Beginning            Junior               Senior
          Showmanship          Showmanship          Showman
Beef      Sami Karle           Ellie Sennett        Haley Kessler
Dairy                          Abbigayle Benge      Taylor Benge
Goats Kendall Kerns            Rachel Ellington     Dexter Odle
Llama Logan Slovacek Destynee Nelson                Kinsey Lano
Sheep Tori Warren              Andrew Gregg         Brooke Karle
Swine     Peyton Wininger Kennedy Black             Paige Wininger
Horse & Pony – English Showman
Junior– 3rd , 4th , & 5th grades                    MaryAnn Tribby
Junior – 6th & 7th grades                           Makhalea Young
Senior – 8th & 9th grades                           Eleri Vice
Senior –10th, 11th, & 12th grades                   Kiera Bonebrake

Horse & Pony – Western Showman
Junior – 3rd grade         Shane Young
          th    th
Junior – 4 & 5 grade       Mary Ann Tribby
Junior – 6th & 7th grade   Makhalea Young
           th    th
Senior – 8 & 9             Mallory Tolin
Senior – 10th & above      Kiera Bonebrake

Senior Horse & Pony Overall        Kiera Bonebrake




                                  70
   Montgomery County 4-H Club Livestock Auction
   2011 Sale Order - Sheep, Goats, Beef, Rabbits, Poultry, Swine
    2012 Sale Order – Swine, Poultry, Sheep, Goats, Rabbits, Beef
    2013 Sale Order – Beef, Rabbits, Poultry, Swine, Goats, Sheep

1. Sign-up for all Auction and Appraisal animals will be done on the
   Sunday prior to the Auction between the hours of 3:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
   NO ADDITIONS TO THE AUCTION WILL BE TAKEN AFTER
   THIS TIME. All Swine members MUST BE PQA CERTIFIED and
   must present a PQA card at sign-up. Sign-ups will be done in the Arena
   Office.
2. Hogs must have at least ½ inch of hair in order to show or sell in the
   auction.
3. Beef, Dairy Beef, Sheep, Swine, Goat, Champion Meat Pen of Rabbits,
   and Overall Grand Champion Poultry make up the Livestock Auction.
        a. 4% of the sale price will be deducted from the 4-H checks on
            Swine, Sheep, Goats, Poultry & Rabbits.
        b. 2% of the sale price will be deducted from the 4-H checks on
            Beef and Dairy Beef animals.
        c. No deductions will be taken from the appraisal animals.
        d. The money from these deductions will be used to upgrade the
            livestock facilities and help pay for auction expenses.
4. A 4-H member shall be permitted to sell ONLY ONE OF HIS/HER
   ANIMALS IN THE SALE except Rabbits, where the Champion Meat
   Pen may sell. Other animals may sell at the appraised price but NOT IN
   THE SALE.
5. Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion ONLY (excluding
   Grand and Reserve Grand Montgomery County Bred & Raised Beef)
   may be INSERTED into the Auction or SUBSTITUTED for an animal
   signed up previously for the Auction. The exhibitor of the Grand
   Champion or Reserve Grand Champion will be allowed to sell only
   ONE (1) as stated in Rule 4. The Reserve Grand Champion may not
   precede the Grand Champion in the Auction. The cut-off time for
   insertion or substitution will be 8:00 a.m. on sale day. If the Grand
   Champion or Reserve Grand Champion wishes to be pulled from the
   Auction, another animal may be substituted. If the animal is of a
   different species, it will go to the end of that species sale order.
6. Swine must weigh a minimum of 190 pounds before they can be sold
   through the 4-H Auction.




                                   71
7. Sheep must weigh a minimum of 70 pounds to be sold at the appraisal
    and Livestock Auction. No yearling ewes can be sold at the auction or
    appraisal.
8. Goats must be a minimum of 30 pounds, identified by either an official
    scrapie ear tag or an RFID tag, and one year of age or under with milk
    teeth in place to be able to go through the Auction.
9. All livestock will be weighed once during the Fair, with that weight
    being used as the weight on Auction night.
10. 4-H animals purchased, sold or offered for sale after the May 16th
    Livestock Enrollment deadline, and prior to the Indiana State Fair
    (Including animals that have gone through a “Premium Only Auction”),
    shall not be eligible to show in the 4-H show at the Indiana State Fair.
11. An exhibitor must sell his/her own exhibit, except in the case of illness.
    A substitute may sell the animal upon approval of the 4-H Inc.
    President. If a 4-Her has a substitute sell his/her animal without
    permission of the 4-H Inc., he/she will not be allowed to participate in
    the auction the following year. There must be an announcement stating
    this substitute is a 4-H Club member from Montgomery County.
12. Any animal sold through the 4-H Auction must have been previously
    shown in the respective 4-H Livestock Show and have the Montgomery
    County ID Tag in place.
13. 4-H market animals shall not contain any identifiable or unidentifiable
    foreign substance including: drugs, steroids, or chemicals, greater than
    those standards established by the USDA or FDA as permissible for sale
    for consumption as human food both on the day of show and the day of
    shipment to market from the fair.
14. A $2.00 sign-up fee will be assessed for each 4-H member wishing to
    sell an animal in the Auction and for each appraisal animal sold.
15. 4-Hers will have numbers drawn for order of sale. Auction entry forms
    must be completed, signed and turned in by the Auction Sign-up
    deadline during the Fair.
16. For the last specie in the auction: Any ten year member selling in that
    specie must be in the upper 75% of the sale order.

   Checks for the Auction will be mailed as soon as payments
              from all buyers have been received.

They will NOT be given out the night of the Auction! All Auction
 Buyers are expected to settle accounts within 7 days of the Sale.




                                     72
                               Projects
                               Cloverbuds
Youngsters are often eager to participate in the 4-H program but are too
young for the traditional Mini 4-H (grade 2) or Regular 4-H (grades 3-12)
programs. The Clover Bud program was developed especially for these
special people. Some preschool and day care organizations use this as a way
for their classes to participate in the 4-H Fair and other youngsters can do it
individually with their family’s assistance. Projects are simple and they can
choose one of their completed projects to be on display at the fair.

Project manuals will be sent in the mail to each child for their age as of
March 15th of the current year if you have enrolled individually. Those who
enroll through a day care will receive manuals when the day care chooses to
implement it. Either way is fine. If you are to receive the manual in the
mail, it will be mailed to you around the middle of April. You must fill out
an enrollment form either through your preschool, when they offer them, or
individually through the Montgomery Co. Extension Office. Enrollment
forms may also be in the 4-H Newsletter sent out in April. March 15
deadline is appreciated, but not required for Cloverbuds, only.

Below are a few examples of projects for various ages. Please refer to your
Cloverbud manuals for all of the current activities.

Project options include:
Paper Plate Sun, Tissue Paper Flowers, No-Bake Cookies, Button Photo
Frame, Stepping Stone, Noodle and /or Bead Necklaces, Bird Feeder, Craft
Stick Door Hanger, Seat Cushions, About My Community Scrapbook, Plant
Pals, Lamb’s Face, Pom Pom Scarf, Carboard Tube Crusier




                                      73
                                Mini 4-H

What is Mini 4-H?
Mini 4-H is a program for youth who are in second grade at enrollment time.
It is a one-year program designed to encourage youth to join 4-H when they
are in third grade.

Mini 4-H Enrollment
The enrollment for Mini 4-H should be completed by March 15 of the
current year. Members must complete an enrollment form and sign up for at
least one or two of the nine project areas.

Exhibit Requirements:
Mini 4-Hers can participate in workbook activities in livestock projects but
will not be allowed to show an animal at the Fair. Mini 4-H Record Sheets,
Posters and Folders will be turned in with their projects at the fair. Name
labels will be provided at the fair check-in.

NOTE: All posters for Mini 4-H projects are 14”x22”.


Bicycle – Choose one:
    1. Make poster (14”x22”) on any of the activities in the manual.
    2. Draw a picture of you and your bike based on one activity.
    3. Take a picture of you and your bike. Add a picture of Traffic Signs.
        Label Bike parts. Tell why it is important to wear a helmet. Have
        pictures taken of you with your decorated bicycle and use on the
        poster.
    4. Plan a short trip to the grocery store, to a friend’s house, etc. Make
        a map showing your route. Draw traffic signs, speed limits, danger
        points, corners, one way streets, etc. Include a picture of yourself
        with your bicycle, things you need for your trip, and anything else
        you can imagine for your exhibit.
    5. Write a story about you and your bicycle. Include all the things you
        and your friends can do with your bicycles. You may want to add
        pictures to decorate your exhibit.
Collections – Choose one:
    1. Collect and exhibit 5 items or 5 pairs of items. These articles can be
        rocks, coins, insects, salt and pepper shakers, pencils or any kind of




                                     74
        fun collection. Attach a 3x5 inch card that tells what you are
        collecting and why you are collecting the items.
   2. Go to a museum and look around at the collection of things. Write
        a short report on your visit. Here are some things that you might
        want to put in your report:
            a. Why do museums collect stuff? List some things that they
                 collect.
            b. Ask someone who works at a museum how they get things
                 for the collection.
            c. What is the best collection of items? What is the most
                 unusual? (If a museum is not in your home area, try a
                 library.)
            d. Talk to family and friends. Ask them what they like to
                 collect and why they like to collect it. Then make a chart to
                 show your information.
Crafts – Choose one:
   1. Splatter Painting
   2. Beaded Necklace
   3. Decoupage
   4. Hand Print
   5. Drawing
   6. Craft Kit
   7. Dress the Clown
   8. See Picture
   9. Gift Bag
   10. Your Creative Craft
   11. Pre-Cut Woodcraft
Dinosaurs – Choose one:
   1. Make a fossil cast. Use something that will make a fossil that
        might have been around 200 million years ago. (Example: bones,
        leaves, and twigs.)
   2. Find four pictures of dinosaurs. Answer these questions for each
        picture. You can use the dinosaurs in this book. Put the pictures
        and information in a self-made notebook.
        a. Name of dinosaur
        b. Size of dinosaur
        c. Weight of dinosaur
        d. Type of dinosaur
   3. Make a poster (14”x22”) that shows how big dinosaurs were. Draw
        pictures of yourself, your house, your school, and your favorite




                                     75
         dinosaur. Answer these questions for each thing. Name of thing –
         Size of thing.
    4.   Make a model of your favorite dinosaur. You can use model
         materials of your choice.
    5.   Make a dino-time Dinorama.
         a. Find a large shoebox.
         b. Paint the inside of the box to look like the Earth when dinosaurs
              were alive.
         c. Put soil in the bottom of the box. Put enough in to make hills
              and swamps. You can use poster board painted blue for water.
              Collect rocks for your dinorama.
         d. Collect small twigs, leaves and other plants.
         e. Make models of dinosaurs and put them in your box. You can
              use poster board to add stiffness. Clay works too!
    6.    Make a model of your favorite dinosaur. Put your model on the flat
         surface and add other items to make it look like it is standing in a
         swamp.
    7.   Collect five types of plants that dinosaurs would be able to eat if
         they lived today. (Hint: the plants that dinosaurs ate did not have
         flowers.) Put the plants in a self-made notebook. Answer the
         following questions next to each plant.
         a. Name of plant
         b. Why a dinosaur would eat it
         c. Where you found the plant

4-H Farm Animals – Choose one:
   1. Write a story about your favorite farm animal
   2. Make a poster (14”x22”) showing the different things that farm
       animals make for us. (Example: hamburgers, wool, eggs, etc.)
   3. Make a poster showing the different kinds of farm animals. You
       can use the pictures in Activity 1.
   4. Talk to a farmer. Ask him questions about working on a farm, the
       farm animals he raises, and the feed that he uses. You can ask him
       your own questions. Write a story about the farmer.
   5. Write or rewrite your favorite fairy tale using farm animals (ex.
       Cinderella on the Farm)
   6. Make a model of your favorite farm animal. If you want, add it to a
       farm scene made in a shoebox. (See Activity 4)




                                     76
Foods – Choose one:
   1. A peanut butter sandwich cut into two or four pieces. Use two
        slices of bread, peanut butter and your choice of an added
        ingredient.
   2. Popcorn snack displayed in a small plastic sandwich bag. Start with
        popped corn and add other ingredients to make it your own.
   3. Two No Bake cookies using recipe in your mini 4-H food book.
   4. Display a poster (14”x22”) you made that shows the food pyramid.
   5. Two Marshmallow Treat squares using recipe in your mini 4-H
        food book.
Forestry- Choose one:
   1. Choose 1 of the 8 activities to exhibit.
   2. Poster (14”x22”) suggestions.
        a. Poster board should be displayed horizontally.
        b. Title should be at the top of the poster.
        c. Exhibit 5-7 items on the posters.
   3. In some of the exhibit activities, there is a choice of exhibits.
        Choose one of the choices – both exhibits are not required.
   4. Books may be made with white paper for the activities and colored
        paper for the cover and back and stapled. There should be 5-7
        pages in the book.
Gardening – Choose one:
   1. Exhibit one plant in a pot (no larger than 10 inches in diameter).
        You must have taken care of your plant for at least the last two
        months before judging. A Chia pet you have grown can be
        substituted for the potted plant.
   2. A plant with a maximum of three vegetables.
   3. A scrapbook of pictures of different types of vegetables. Label each
        vegetable with its name.
   4. Exhibit 3 like vegetables on a paper plate.
Models –Choose one:
   1. Make one snap together plastic model – Do not glue or paint your
        model.
   2. Make a model made out of clay or Popsicle sticks.
   3. Make a model using two to four different items of your choice.
        Examples: clay, toothpicks, sticks, ceramics, sugar cubes, etc.
   4. Visit a museum and look around at different models. Write a short
        report on your visit. Here are some things that you might want to
        put in your report:
        a. What kind of models did you see?




                                   77
        b. Ask someone who works at the museum how they build their
            models. Or, do they buy the models already done?
        c. What was your favorite model? How big would the real life item
            be?
    5. Make a model using as many different items of your choice. Make
        a model background to display your model. Example: paint a
        shoebox so that a plastic model car looks like it is driving down the
        road, across the field, through the water or the air.
My Pet & Me –Exhibit:
    1. Make your very own scrapbook or a poster (14”x22”) about your
        special pet. Inside you may want to put some of these things:
             • My Name is……..
             • I am this old…….
             • My pet is a ……..
             • My pet’s name is……..
             • My pet is this old…….
             • My pet likes to eat this food………..
             • My pet sleeps in a ………
             • I like my pet because……
             • A funny story about my pet would be………
Plants & Flowers –Choose one:
    1. Three cut flowers in a vase. The flowers can be the same kind or
        different kinds. Attach a small label that tells the kind of flower.
    2. A flowering plant in a pot. Attach a small label that tells the kind of
        flower plant.
    3. A house plant. Attach a small label that tells the kind of plant.
    4. Cacti. Attach a small label that tells the kind of cacti.
    5. Exhibit a colored flower. (See Activity 6 for directions.)
    6. Make a poster (14”x22”) that shows the different parts of a plant.
    7. Find at least three pictures of flowers. Write the name of the flower
        next to it. You can use the flowers in this book. Put the pictures in
        a self-made notebook.
    8. Make a plant maze. Bring a shoebox maze with a plant inside. (See
        Activity 3 for directions.)
Reading for Fun - Read 2 books and choose one of the following activities:
        (Mini posters need to be 14”x22”)
    1. Make a poster that tells about a book or literary character that you
        liked.
    2. Make a poster that would encourage people to read.




                                     78
   3. Make a map that shows the locations of favorite stories from one
        land or from around the world-display map and other information
        on a poster
   4. Make a poster of interesting words and/or unusual expressions
        found in a book.
   5. Make a poster on a community service activity that you did (based
        on books and/or reading.)
   6. Make a poster showing the time line of the works of one author.
   7. Design a book jacket for a book that you liked.
   8. Make a mobile which contains characters from favorite books.
   9. Make a story book/picture book for a child.
   10. Create original illustrations for a story (be creative! Use a variety
        of materials!)
   11. Make puppets or mask of favorite book characters.
Sewing –Choose one:
   1. Sewing Kit – Project A. You may want to include a few items in
        your sewing kit that you will be using with your future sewing
        project.
   2. Pin Cushion – Project B.
   3. Kool Cat and Honey Bear – Project C.
   4. Machine Practice Pages – Project D. Attach your practice pages to
        a poster (14”x22”) according to your county poster requirements.
   5. Throw Pillow – Project E. Exhibit one pillow that you have made.
Sun, Stars & Space – Choose one:
   1. Make a solar system mobile. You may use any materials that you
        want. Make sure that you label each planet.
   2. Exhibit the asteroid that you made in Activity 3.
   3. Exhibit the comet that you made in Activity 4.
   4. Make a model or poster (14”x22”) of the shuttle. Label the main
        parts of the shuttle.
   5. Make a poster showing one or two different constellations. You can
        use the ones in the manual or can find new ones.
   6. Make a poster about one or two different planets. Label the planets
        and tell something about them. You can use the information in this
        manual or find your own.
   7. Make a poster about Planet X. Be creative. If you were going to
        visit this planet, what would you find?
Whales & Dolphins –Choose one:
   1. Find four pictures of whales. Answer these questions for each
        picture. You can use the whales in this book. Put the pictures and




                                    79
         information in a self-made notebook. Name of whale, Size of
         whale, Weight of whale, Type of whale.
    2. Find four pictures of dolphins. Answer these questions for each
         picture. You can use the dolphins in this book. Put the pictures and
         information in a self-made notebook. Name of dolphins, Size of
         dolphins, Weight of dolphins. Type of dolphins.
    3. Make a poster (14”x22”) that shows how big whales are. Draw
         pictures of yourself, your house, your school, and your favorite
         whale. Answer these questions for each thing: Name of thing, Size
         of thing.
    4. Make a model of your favorite whale or dolphin. You can use
         model materials of your choice.
    5. Make a Whalarama.
         a. Find a large shoebox.
         b. Paint the inside of the box to look like an Ocean.
         c. Make models of whales, dolphins, ocean, mountains and
              valleys and put them in your box.
Wildlife –Choose one:
    1. Birds poster 14”x22”
    2. Birds mobile
    3. Bird feeder
    4. Paper airplane
    5. Three insects
    6. Bird watching chart poster
    7. Animal characteristics poster
Yesteryear- Project can be no larger than 36”x36”x36”
This project can be on an event or person in history. Topics may include
period-appropriate homesteads, toys, recipes, games, clothing, etc., as well
as historical information about the person or event. Choose one of these
things to bring to the fair:
    1. Poster
    2. Notebook
    3. Display




                                     80
                        Livestock Projects
2011 Sale Order - Sheep, Goats, Beef, Rabbits, Poultry, Swine

2012 Sale Order – Swine, Poultry, Sheep, Goats, Rabbits, Beef
2013 Sale Order – Beef, Rabbits, Poultry, Swine, Goats, Sheep

Swine and sheep exhibitors are responsible for bringing appraisal
animals to the loading dock area Thursday 4:00-5:30 p.m.

                                    Beef

Manual:                 4-H117 R: Beef Resource Handbook

Record Sheet:           (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                        Montgomery County Livestock Record Sheet
                        4-H 528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit

Exhibit Options:        Enter livestock or
                        Display an educational poster about Beef, OR
                        Action Demonstration (see page 117)

                        For all poster projects:
                        Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                        For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                        For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                        For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57

1. All Beef (including calves) must be enrolled on the 2010 INDIANA 4-H
   BEEF AND DAIRY STEER OWNERSHIP, ENROLLMENT &
   ENTRY FORM & have an identification number to be eligible to show
   at the County or State Fair.
2. All Steers and Crossbred Heifers must be enrolled, weighed and
   identified prior to March 1 of the current year.
3. All Steers, Dairy Beef Steers and Crossbred Heifers must be taken to the
   4-H Fairgrounds in Crawfordsville on March 11-12, 2011 for tagging
   and weighing. These animals will be enrolled on the State Livestock
   Form at this time. A MAXIMUM of 7 Beef calves may be shown per 4-
   H member. This shall include no more than 6 (six) steers (maximum of
   4 breeds) or not more than 6 (six) heifers (maximum of 4 breeds).


                                       81
FANS:
No foggers or misters on the fans allowed.
Hang fans so that all of the fans are blowing to the North in order to
help air flow.
All fans must be at or in front of the animal’s shoulders.


Beef Heifers
1. Registered Heifers must be enrolled and identified PRIOR TO MAY
   16TH OF THE CURRENT YEAR.

2. ALL Registered Heifers MUST have registration papers from their
   breed association and be identified by registration number or dam
   registration number and birth date at time of enrollment.

3. A member may show both Purebred and Crossbred Heifers.             The
   member may enter NO MORE than 3 heifers per class.

4. Members may show a MAXIMUM of 4 breeds of heifers. Crossbred is
   considered a breed.

Crossbred Heifers
1. Crossbred Heifers (Commercial Heifers) may be entered at the State
   Fair.
2. Crossbred Heifers will be divided by weight rather than age to
   determine classes.

Purebred Heifers
1.  Will be shown in the following heifer age groups:
   a. Sr. Yearling………………….. Sept. 1 to Dec. 31, 2009
   b. Jr. Yearling…………………….. Jan. 1 to Apr. 30, 2010
   c. Summer Yearling………………. May 1 to Aug. 31, 2010
   d. Senior Calf……………………… Sept. 1 to Dec. 31, 2010
   e. Jr. Calf………………………….. Jan. 1 to Mar. 31, 2011
2. If seven (7) or more Heifers are in one class, the class may be divided
   based on age.

Beef Steers
1. All Steers will be checked for eartags at the County Fair and the State
   Fair before they can be unloaded.


                                   82
2. Weight classes will be determined after all Steers are weighed. There
   will be no more than 15 animals in any one class.
3. A minimum of 2 Purebred Steers are required for a breed to be shown.
   If the minimum is not met, they will be shown in an All Other Breeds
   Class.
4. All steers must be dehorned. All Steers must follow State Fair age rules.
5. The rate-of-gain class will be open to Beef Steers and Dairy Beef Steers.
   All animals will be combined to form one class.
6. Any Beef animal that has to be led with a bull nose ring will not be
   allowed to unload!
7. All lost identification tags MUST be replaced BEFORE the 4-H Fair!
8. Members may show a MAXIMUM of 4 breeds of steers. Crossbred is
   considered a breed.

Cow/calves
1. A class will be offered if there are enough entries, as determined by the
   Beef Committee.
2. Rules are the same as for Beef Heifers except for classes.
3. Classes will be determined by the Beef Committee based on the number
   of entries.
4. Cows should be no more than 5 years old within the year.

Beef Grooming
Beef Grooming will be held every year. The competition is based on
individuals or teams of two working on the same animal. There is
competition for both Junior (grades 3-7) and Senior (grades 8-12) groomers.
The winner of the Junior Grooming Contest must move on to the Senior
Grooming Contest the next year.

                                  Cats
Manual:            Level 1 (grades 3, 4, 5) BU-8148 Purr-fect Pals
                   Level 2 (grades 6, 7, 8) BU-8149 Climbing Up
                   Level 3 (grades 9-12) BU-8150 Leaping Forward

Record Sheet:      (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                   Montgomery Co. Cat Record Sheet
                   4-H 777 Certification of Vaccination
                   4H-528 General Record Sheet for poster

Exhibit Options:   Exhibit animal, OR



                                    83
                   Display an educational poster about cats, OR
                   Action Demonstration (see page 117)

                   For all poster projects:          Please see “Proper Poster
                   Preparation” on page 115.

                   For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                   For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                   For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.

Poster Exhibit Topics:          The following suggestions are ideas for
development of educational cat poster. 4-Hers need not be limited by or to
just these mentioned topics.
Novice: cat care, cat breeds, litter training, treating my cat with care and
respect, cat responsibilities, grooming skills, training my cat, de-clawing
good or not?, neutering/spaying, I lost my cat, determining cat costs,
traveling with my cat, my cat’s safety.
Junior: National cat fancier associations, a cat clinic, here comes the
judges, training with extra praise, let’s decide for my cat, careers related to
cats, should my cat have kittens?, types of cat food, feeding my cat, things
I’ve learned, insect pests, cat tails talk, symptoms of ill health, my visiting
pet therapy program, cats get old too! – saying goodbye.
Senior: understanding a cat show, planning a cat business, am I a role
model?, cat genetics, cat organs and systems, exploring careers, learning
about leadership, my cat quiz bowl, teaching others, having fun learning, it’s
the law!, protecting our environments, issues of animal welfare/rights.

Project Rules:
The Outstanding Household Pet Award will be presented to the Grand
Champion Cat.
1. Only ONE animal per exhibitor may be shown.
2. All animals must be fed, trained, and cared for by the 4-H member and
   owned by him/her and/or family by APRIL 1.
3. Refer to Certification of Vaccination for list of inoculations required.
   The certificate with the name of the veterinarian giving them shall be
   attached to the 4-H Cat Record Sheet. Papers will be checked at the
   Fair.
4. Vaccinations MUST be received by JULY 7 in the year of exhibition.
   Those vaccinated after that date will not be allowed to show.
5. Each member is encouraged to exhibit his/her animals at the Fair. The
   cat is to be brought in a suitable cage or pet carrier with kitty litter



                                       84
   included. A good size is 18 x 24 inches, where the height of the cage
   permits the cat to stand. Each cat must wear a collar.
6. The Record Sheet must be submitted with the animal.
7. Cats will be brought to the Fairgrounds for the Show and taken home
   afterwards. CATS WILL BE DISPLAYED DURING THE SHOW
   ONLY!!

Exhibit requirements:
1. Each animal will be suitably caged in a cage furnished by the 4-H
   member; Cats MUST be on a leash when not caged!
2. Household Pet classes:
   a. Short Hair Cat over 8 months
   b. Long Hair Cat over 8 months
   c. Kitten – 4 to 8 months
   d. Purebred over 8 months
   e. Purebred Kitten 4 to 8 months
   f. Costume Class
   g. Cage Decorating Class
3. Animals will be judged on the following points:
   a. Head – Well shaped
   b. Body – Well shaped with no excess fat
   c. Eyes – Good color with no discharge
   d. Ears – Free of Mites; clean & well-shaped
   e. Coat – Color, Condition and free of Fleas
   f. Legs & Feet – Condition and Claws clipped
   g. General Physical Condition
   h. Balance - Physical & Temperamental

                                  Dairy Beef
Manual:             4-H 117 R    Beef Resource Handbook

Record Sheet:       (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                    Montgomery County Livestock Record Sheet
                    4-H 528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit

Exhibit Options:   Enter livestock or
                   Display an educational poster about dairy beef, OR
                   Action Demonstration (see page117)

                   For all poster projects:
                   Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.


                                    85
                     For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                     For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                     For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.

Dairy Beef means raising a Dairy Steer for meat purposes. The Steers used
in a Dairy Beef project must be 100% Dairy animals. (Holsteins, Brown
Swiss, Guernsey, Ayrshire, Milking Shorthorn, or any cross of the six).

1.   All 4-H Beef Rules apply to the 4-H Dairy Beef Project.
2.   Each member may exhibit two (2) Steers in each Dairy Beef class.
3.   Steers may be divided into classes by weight.
4.   Steers must be born after August 1, 2009 (must be under 2 years of
     age).
5.   Steers must be dehorned to show at the 4-H Fair.
6.   Steers will be judged by the Beef Judges during the Beef Show. A
     minimum of 2 Purebred Dairy Beef Steers are required for a breed to be
     shown. If the minimum is not met, the animal will be shown in All Other
     Breeds Class.
7.   All Dairy Steers must be tagged and weighed on the announced date (see
     Beef Information). They must be enrolled on the 2011 INDIANA 4-H
     BEEF OWNERSHIP, ENROLLMENT AND ENTRY FORM on the
     announced date.
8.   The Champion Dairy Beef Steer will be eligible to compete in the
     Champion Beef Steer Show.

                                          Dairy

Manual:                     4-H 127R                  Dairy Resource Handbook
Record Sheet:               (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                            Montgomery County Livestock Record Sheet
                            4-H528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit

Exhibit Options:            Enter livestock, OR
                            Display an educational poster about Dairy, OR
                            Action Demonstration (see page117)

                            For all poster projects:
                            Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.
                            For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                            For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                            For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.



                                           86
     General Rules:
1.  All Dairy Animals will be enrolled on the 2011 4-H INDIANA DAIRY
   OWNERSHIP, ENROLLMENT & ENTRY FORM.
2. A maximum of seven (7) head, and two (2) breeds, may be shown by a
   4-H Club Member. (Two (2) County Rule only.) Ayrshire, Jersey,
   Milking Shorthorn, Guernsey, Brown Swiss and Holstein are the breeds
   offered at the Montgomery County 4-H Fair.
3. All Dairy breeds will have the same age classification as the State Fair,
   subdivided as follows:

     5 year old and over- Ayrshire,           Born prior to August 31, 2006
     Holsteins and Jersey
     4 year old and over Brown Swiss,         Born prior to August 31, 2007
     Guernsey and Milking Shorthorn
     4 year old Ayrshire, Holstein and        Born September 1, 2006 to August
     Jersey                                   31, 2007
     3 year old Ayshire, Brown Swiss,         Born September 1, 2007 to August
     and Milking Shorthorn                    31, 2008
     Senior 3 year old Holstein,              Born September 1, 2007 to
     Guernsey and Jersey                      February 28, 2008
     Junior 3 year old Holstein,              Born March 1, 2008 to August 31,
     Guernsey and Jersey                      2008
     2 year old cow                           Born September 1, 2008 to
                                              February 28, 2009
     Junior 2 year old cow                    Born March 1, 2009 to August 31,
                                              2009
     Fall yearling                            Born September 1, 2009 to
                                              November 30, 2009
     Winter yearling                          Born December 1, 2009 to
                                              February 28, 2010
     Spring yearling                          Born March 1, 2010 to May 31,
                                              2010
     Summer Yearling                          Born June 1, 2010 to August 31,
                                              2010
     Fall calf                                Born September 1, 2010 to
                                              November 30, 2010
     Winter calf                              Born December 1, 2010 to
                                              February 28, 2011
     Spring calf                              Born March 1, 2011 or later (at
                                              least 4 months old)




                                         87
4. Cows in milk will be tied the morning of the Dairy Show. ALL COWS
   THAT ARE IN MILK PRODUCTION WILL BE RELEASED AFTER
   THE SHOW.
5. SENIOR CALVES MAY SHOW ALL IN ONE CLASS.                             The
   Superintendent has the right to divide this class, if necessary.
6. All animals for State Fair must be registered. They must be identified at
   time of enrollment with a Registration number, OR Dam’s Registration
   number, and birthdays.
7. All animals not registered should be so indicated as “NOT
   REGISTERED” in the identification column on the Enrollment Form.

                      Dog & Dog Obedience
Manual:                  BU-8166 Dog 1: Wiggles & Wags
                         BU-8167 Dog 2: Canine Connection
                         BU-8168 Dog 3: Leading the Pack
                         4-H 716-W Dog Showmanship       All levels
                         4-H 357-W Dog Obedience

Record Sheets:           (Complete and put on your Green Record Book)
                         4-H 390W Dog Record
                         4-H671 Certification of Vaccination
                         4-H 528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit

Exhibit Options:         Exhibit animal, OR
                         Display an educational poster about dogs, OR
                         Action Demonstration (see page117)

                         For all poster projects:
                         Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                         For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                         For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                         For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.

If a member does a dog poster only, he/she may belong to either the Dog
Club or a local club.

Poster Exhibit Topics: The following suggestions are ideas for development
of educational dog poster. 4-Hers need not be limited by or to just these
mentioned topics.




                                       88
Novice: dog care, dog breeds, me and my dog, helping the handicapped

Junior: purpose of dogs, responsible dog ownership, uses of dogs,
disease/parasite prevention, careers with dogs

Senior: learning life-skills with the dog project, your dog and the law, food,
a dog’s sense of smell, dog over-population problems, animal health, animal
welfare

General Rules:
1. A participant can show only one dog.
2. Dogs may be purebred or mixed breed.
3. A dog being shown in the Dog Obedience project must belong to the 4-H
   member or to a member of his/her immediate family on or before
   MARCH 1, or at the time the local project begins.
4. Dogs should be six (6) months or older.
5. All dogs must be vaccinated as listed on Page 62.
6. Each trainer is to keep a complete record of his/her dog, including
   feeding costs, health care costs, training record and time spent grooming.
7. Identification of dog that will be shown during the fair must be turned
   into the Extension Office by May 16.

Training Program:
1. All members will start meeting after MARCH 1.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the Member to sign the roll book at each
   class.
3. All members are encouraged to attend half of all training classes due to
   progressive training. More than TWO MEETINGS MISSED IN
   SUCCESSION will have to be made up with the assistance of one of the
   leaders.
4. Members’ dogs must be equipped with a 6 foot lead and a proper fitting
   training collar. Either a slip collar (choke chain), Gentle Leader, or a flat
   buckle collar is acceptable for exhibition.
5. Each member should train his/her dog for 30 minutes each day. This
   may be broken into two (2) fifteen minute periods.
6. Female dogs in season must be left at home, but 4-H members must
   attend class and continue to work with their dog at home.
7. Female dogs in season will not be allowed to show at the County level.
   They cannot be shown at the State level. All other dogs shown at the
   county level are eligible to show at the State level.



                                      89
8. All county judging classes and judging exercises will comply with State
   Fair Rules.

Judging Classes:
All 4-Hers and their dogs must show in the right class and follow the
instructions on their respective score sheets during the dog show or be
disqualified.

Class 1A – Score Sheet 4-H 498 – For 4-Hers with no previous formal dog
training experiences with a dog which has received no obedience training
prior to January 1 of the current year. (Not repeatable.)

Class 1B – Score Sheet 4-H 580 - For 4-Hers with previous dog training
experience, (4-H or otherwise) coming back with a new dog, or for 4-Hers
with no experience whose dogs have had training which disqualifies them
for 1-A. (Not repeatable with the same dog.)

Class 2A – Score Sheet 4-H 499 – For 4-Hers and dogs which have
completed 1-A or 1-B. (Not repeatable with the same dog.)

Class 2B – Score Sheet 4-H 712 – For 4-Hers and dogs, which have
completed the second year. – Class 2-A

Class 3A – Score Sheet 4-H 500 – For 4-Hers and dogs which have
completed the second year work, (Not repeatable with the same dog.)

Class 3B – Score Sheet 4-H 500 – For 4-Hers and dogs which have been in
3- A, but are not ready for fourth year work.

Class 4A – Score Sheet 4-H 501 – For 4-Hers and dogs which have
completed third year work. (Not repeatable with the same dog.)
Class 4B – Score Sheet 4-H 501 – For 4-Hers and dogs which have been in
4-A, but are not ready for fifth year work.

Class 5A – Score Sheet 4-H 502 – For 4-Hers and dogs which have
completed forth year work. (Not repeatable with the same dog.)

Class 5B – Score Sheet 4-H 502 – For 4-Hers and dogs which have been in
5-A, but are not ready for sixth year work.




                                   90
Class 6A – Score Sheet 4-H 581 – For 4-Hers and dogs which have
completed the fifth year work. (Not repeatable with the same dog.)

Class 6B- Score Sheet 4-H 581 - For all 4-Hers and dogs which have been
in 6-A.

Veterans Class – Score Sheet 4-H 870 – For 4-H members whose dogs are
at least seven (7) years old or are physically challenged. The dog must have
completed at least Class 2-B in previous years. Dogs that are physically
challenged must be accompanied by a letter from a veterinarian stating that
the dog is unable to perform jumping and/or retrieving exercises. A dog
may not be shown in any other obedience class once they have competed in
the Veterans class.

Showmanship
Novice Showmanship is for any exhibitor in First Year – Section A.

Junior Showmanship is for any exhibitor grades 3 through 8. Once an
exhibitor is the Junior Showmanship winner, then he/she is only eligible to
compete in Senior Showmanship.

Senior Showmanship is for any exhibitor in grades 9 through 12. Exceptions
only for previous Junior Showmanship winners.

Showmanship Score Card Criteria:
      Ring Presentation……………............................. 50 points
      Examination of Dog………………………........... 50 points
      Gaiting or Moving of Dog……………...………… 40 points
      Appearance and Attitude of Handler………………30 points
      Knowledge of Dog Anatomy……………………... 30 points
      TOTAL……………………………………….......200 points

Drill Team – County Entry only for Exhibition at the State
Fair:

County 4-H Dog Drill Teams will perform immediately following the
conclusion of the 4-H Obedience Trials. Drill Teams will not be limited in
size, format, or number of entries from a given county. Total time allotted to
each Drill Team’s performance not to exceed 10 minutes.




                                     91
4-H Fair Dog Awards
      Awards                                  Trophies
200 -165 points         Blue Ribbon           3or less Exhibitors              1
164 – 125 points        Red Ribbon            4-8 Exhibitors                   2
124- 0 points           White Ribbon          9-13 Exhibitors                  3
                                              14-18 Exhibitors                 4
                                              19- 25 Exhibitors                5

Trophies will be given at the end of each class. First Place winners should
remain until the High Scoring Trophy is given at the end of the Show. IF
YOU DO NOT REMAIN, YOU WILL FORFEIT THE RIGHT TO
THE HIGH SCORING TROPHY.

During the Dog Show: All exhibitors MUST STAY IN CHAIRS BY THE
RING OR WITHIN CALLING DISTANCE outside the building. The
judging will not wait on anyone.

                                   Goats
Manual:                 BU-08352 Getting Your Goat

Record Sheet:           (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                        Montgomery County Livestock Record Sheet
                        4-H 528 General Record Sheet for Poster

Exhibit Options:        Enter livestock or
                        Display an educational poster about goats, OR
                        Action Demonstration (see page117)

                        For all poster projects:
                        Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page115.

                        For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24
                        For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                        For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.

For more information on goat health requirements, call the Indiana Board of
      Animal Health at (317) 544-2397 or toll-free at 1-877-747-3038




                                      92
General Rules:
1.    All goats must have a RFID tag to be eligible to show at the County
      Fair unless they are under two weeks of age. The only exception to
      this is for pygmy goats that may be microchipped. For any pygmy
      goats that are microchipped, the exhibitor provide their own chip
      reader and the goat must be scanned at tag-in, check-in, and before
      entering the show arena.
2.    4-H members may enter more than one breed of goats.
3.    Goats may be of grade or registered stock for the County Fair. For the
      State Fair, all animals except Recorded Grades must be registered and
      registration papers are required. Recorded papers are required for the
      Recorded Grade animals. 4-H exhibits may not show on a signed
      transfer.
4.    Each 4-Her may exhibit seven (7) goats at the County Fair.
5.    All goats must wear a collar or choker chain.
6.    All goats must have trimmed hooves and clean presentation. Dairy
      Goats must be cleaned clipped leaving the tail in a pom-pom or
      brushed out. EXCEPTION: Kids under 6 months of age need not be
      clipped entirely.
7.    Dairy Goats with horns are not permitted. The animal must be
      disbudded.
8.    Boer Goats/Meat Goats can be shown with natural horns. The horns
      must be tipped or the animal can be disbudded.
9.    Pygmy Goats can be shown with natural horns.
10.   Intact male goats are not permitted. No testicular tissue can be visible.
11.   Goats for 4-H must be owned and under the care of the 4-Her no later
      than May 16th.
12.   All exhibitors must keep pens and walkways clean at all times.
13.   Wether Goats will be shown in dairy, pygmy, Boer and meat goat
      categories. Classes will be divided according to the weight of the
      animals. The champion of each category will be judged for the Grand
      Champion Wether.
14.   Provided there are 3 does in a breed, the following breeds will have
      classes broken down by age group:

Goat Classes: Alpine, LaMancha, Nigerian Dwarf, Nubian, Oberhasli,
Saanen, Toggenburg and Recorded Grade goats. Alpine, LaMancha,
Nigerian Dwarf, Nubian, Oberhasli, Saanen, and Toggenburg animals must
be full blooded but not necessarily papered. Recorded Grade animals must
have paper to be shown as such. All others will be shown in a commercial




                                      93
dairy class. If there are not 3 goats per breed, they will show in an All Other
Breed class.

    Commercial Dairy Doe: Class will be offered for any dairy cross
    goats. These must be crossed with Dairy bloodlines (an example
    would be Alpine/LaMancha cross). No Boer bloodlines/crosses will
    be included in the dairy goat show.

                 Junior Dairy Doe Show (dry)
  Junior Dairy Doe                          Born on or after April 1 current
                                            year
  Intermediate Doe                          Born between Mar. 1 to Mar. 31
                                            current year.
  Senior Doe                                Born between Jan. 1 to Feb 28
                                            current year
  Unfreshened Yearling                      1 year and under 2 years, dry

               Senior Dairy Doe Show (milking)
  Yearling Doe                              One year and under two years
                                            (milking)
  Doe                                       Two years and under three years
                                            (milking)
  Doe                                       Three years and over (milking)


  Pygmy (Female): Should be full blooded and exhibit the Pygmy goat
  characteristics. Female Pygmy/Dairy and Pygmy/Boer crosses will not be
  allowed.
  Junior Doe Kids                        Under 3 months of age
  Intermediate Doe Kid                   3 months to under 6 months
  Senior Doe Kid                         6 months to under 12 months
  Unfreshened Yearling                   12 months to under 24 months
  Senior Doe                             Freshened yearling or does 24
                                         months and over

  Boer: (Full blooded or ¾ blood) FEMALE: Boer females must be at
  least ¾ blood or greater.

  Commercial Doe: The class is for Boer crosses that do not meet the ¾
  or greater bloodlines, pygmy/diary crosses, pygmy/Boer crosses or
  dairy/Boer crosses.


                                      94
                      Junior Boer Show
Junior Doe                         Under 3 months of age
Intermediate Doe                   3 months old to under 6 months –
                                   of –age
Senior Doe Class I                 6 months old to under 9 months-
                                   of-age
Senior Doe Class II                9 months old to under 12 months-
                                   of -age
                      Yearling Boer Show
Yearling Class I                   12 months old to under 16
                                   months –of-age
Yearling Class II                  16 months old to under 20
                                   months-of-age
Yearling Class III                 20 months old to under 24
                                   months-of-age
                       Senior Boer Show
Senior Class I                     24 months old to under 30
                                   months-of-age
Senior Class II                    30 months old to under 36
                                   months-of-age
Senior Class III                   36 months old and older

                        Wether Classes
Junior Pygmy Wether                Full blooded animals who are
                                   one (1) year old or younger
Senior Pygmy Wether                Full blooded animals who are
                                   over one (1) year of age
Dairy Wether                       Full blooded, one year old &
                                   under with milk teeth in place.
                                   This animal may be a dairy cross
                                   only (i.e. Nubian/Alpine cross).
                                   No Dairy/Boer crosses.
Boer Wether                        ¾ blood and above, one year old
                                   or under with milk teeth in place.
Meat Goat Wether                   All Boers less than ¾ blood,
                                   Pygmy/Dairy crosses,
                                   Pygmy/Boer crosses and
                                   Dairy/Boer crosses. One year old
                                   or under with milk teeth in place.



                              95
                     Showmanship Shown Together
                        Dairy, Pygmy, Boer
  Beginning             4-Hers in grades 3 & 4. Previous Beginning
                        Showmanship winners are ineligible.
  Junior                4-Hers in grades 5, 6, 7, & 8. Previous Beginning
                        Showmanship winners are eligible and previous
                        Junior winners are ineligible
  Senior                4-Hers in grades 9, 10, 11, and 12. Previous Junior
                        Showmanship winners are eligible. Previous Senior
                        winners are eligible unless he/she has won the
                        Overall Showmanship.


                             Horse & Pony

Manuals:        4-H CCS BU-08056 Riding the Range                           Grades 3-7
                4-H CCS BU-08057 Jumping to New Heights                     Grades 8-12

Record Sheet:      (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                   901 A 4-H Horse & Pony Record Grades 3-5 Beginner
                   901 B 4-H Horse & Pony Record Grades 6-8 Intermediate
                   901 C 4-H Horse & Pony Record Grades 9-12 Senior
                   4-H 528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit
                   4-H 869 4-H Horse & Pony Lease Agreement

Exhibit Options:          Exhibit animal, OR
                          Display an educational poster about horses, OR
                          Action Demonstration (see page117)

                          For all poster projects:
                          Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                          For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                          For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                          For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.

Dues: Dues in the amount of $10 per person, $5 for any additional
family member, are payable the day of the show. Mini 4-Hers are
exempt from dues.

Measuring Date: To be announced by the Club Leader.



                                         96
1.    All horses that are to be shown at the county, area, or state level must
     be enrolled on the entry form (4-H 516) by MAY 16. The enrollment
     form has a box on it for members to check if their horse is over 56” or
     56” and under. If a member selects 56” and under, the horse must be
     measured by a certified measuring individual. If the 4-Her selects over
     56”, they do not need to be measured.
2.   If no box is checked, then the horse will be shown as over 56”.
3.   Weanlings, yearlings, and two-year-old animals must be shown at the
     height of the dam, unless their height exceeds that of the dam. If the
     dam’s height is unknown, the animal will show in the over 56” class.
4.   The age of the animal shall be computed on the basis of the calendar
     year starting on January 1 of the year foaled. The animal is one year old
     on January 1 following the foaling date.
5.   The Horse & Pony Committee reserves the right to re-measure any
     animal in question.

County Horse & Pony- General Rules
(County rules override state rules)
1. The Horse & Pony Committee follows the HANDBOOK of the
   INDIANA HORSE & PONY PROGRAM, except in cases where the
   Horse & Pony Committee has made specific County requirements.
2. A Club Member must do his/her own work. In case of illness or other
   emergency, the Horse & Pony Fair Superintendent may give approval to
   have the animal shown by another Montgomery County 4-H Member of
   the same age category (i.e. a Junior must show for a Junior.) A
   substitute will not be allowed to show in performance classes.
3. All 4-H Horse & Pony project members must be a member of the
   Montgomery County Horse & Pony Club and be ENROLLED in 4-H by
   MARCH 15.
4. Animal should be owned as per rule on Page 50. If leased, Form 4-H
   869 is required to record leasing arrangements.
5. An exhibitor may enroll and show a maximum of five animals but not
   more than one entry in any one class. Mare and Foal are considered one
   entry. If showing a mare and foal, indicate it on the enrollment form at
   the time of enrollment, even if the mare has not foaled yet.
6. NO STALLION OR STUD COLTS ALLOWED!! No testicular tissue
   can be visible.
7. Records of feed and labor must be started by April 1.
8. The County Show Bill will be prepared and given to the members ahead
   of time, and the members will be encouraged to pre-register for all



                                     97
      anticipated classes prior to the county show. (Adding and dropping
      classes the day of the show will be permitted.)
                    Ages for show purposes are: Juniors – Grades 3-7
                                                Seniors – Grades 8-12
9.    The Horse & Pony Committee reserves the right to cancel or combine
      comparable classes.
10.   The decision of the Judge is final.
11.   Tack and dress for each class are clearly stated in the Indiana Horse &
      Pony Handbook. Please refer to it for proper attire and tack
      requirements. This includes legal and illegal bits.
12.   U.S. Pony Club approved helmets are required AT ALL TIMES WHEN
      MOUNTED in all English, Western, and Gaming classes and during
      practices related to these activities. (Helmets should have a “meets or
      exceeds the ASTM 1163” sticker attached to the helmet.)
13.   Trainers and parents are not allowed to ride the horses on the day of the
      show.
14.   NO riding or driving is permitted in the show ring on the day of the
      show except during designated periods.
15.   Impolite behavior, poor sportsmanship or inhumane treatment of an
      animal may cause disqualification by the Judge, the Show Steward, or
      the Horse & Pony Superintendent. NO CRUELTY WILL BE
      TOLERATED!! Spurs should be blunt or dull.)
16.   Health inspections will be done by the Horse & Pony Committee when
      the animal arrives for exhibit. A licensed veterinarian may be removing
      any questionable animal.
17.   Use of drugs is prohibited. Animals may be checked at random for
      conformance to the rule.
18.   The Horse & Pony member will show his/her record book to the leaders
      for signature and to receive their exhibitor’s number to be able to show
      their animal.
19.   Champion Classes at Halter:
               a. Both 1st and 2nd place animals in all qualifying classes shall
                    be judged in choosing the Champion and Reserve
                    Champion. Only Champions will return to be judged for
                    Grand Champion.
20.   The Versatility Class will consist of four events: Hunt Seat Pleasure,
      Western Pleasure, Horsemanship and Barrels. Contestants will work all
      four events. The contestant with the most points will be the winner. In
      case of a tie, the contestant with the most wins will be the winner. If
      tied again, it will be the judge’s decision. The contestants will be
      allowed two grooms for the tack change with three minutes allowed to



                                       98
    be “back up” on your horse for the next class. The winner will be
    announced at the completion of the event. A horse/rider combination
    who wins is not eligible to compete in the class again. A rider may
    compete again if he has another horse/pony.
21. A Green Record Book, with a Record Sheet for each project, signed at
    least once by the 4-H Leader, is required to check in all projects. The
    Green Record Book should be turned in to the Extension Office during
    the fair after all placings, awards, and activities have been recorded by
    the 4-Her. Books must be turned in prior to the start of the livestock
    auction.
22. Parents will be expected to conduct themselves in such a manner as to
    set a good example for the 4-H exhibitors and other spectators at the
    show.

Horse & Pony State Fair Entry Process
The Indiana State Fair Board determined that qualification was no longer
required for the Indiana State Fair 4-H Horse and Pony show. Following is
the State Fair entry process:
    1. All State Fair 4-H Horse and Pony entries will be due July 1, 2011.
             a. Entries may be made electronically (preferred) or on paper.
    2. 4-H members may enter a total of two classes.
             a. 1 in-hand class (halter or showmanship)
             b. 1 performance class (riding or driving; includes Color
                  Guard)
    3. It is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED that 4-H members have
         successfully completed the skills in the class they wish to enter at an
         Area or County Show.
    4. More details regarding the Indiana State Fair 4-H Horse and Pony
         show will be available in the 2011 State Fair 4-H/FFA Premium
         Book.




                                      99
                                       Llamas

Manuals:        4-H 996-Llamas 1 (grades 3-5)
                        4-H 997-Llamas 2 (grades 6-8)
                        4-H 998-Llamas 3 (grades 9-12)

Record Sheet:           (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                        Montgomery County Livestock Record Sheet
                        4-H 528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit

                        Enter livestock or
                        Display an educational poster about llamas, OR
                        Action Demonstration (see page117)

                        For all poster projects
                        Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page115.

                        For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                        For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                        For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.

General Rules:
1. A llama may be owned or leased by the 4-H Member and kept on the
    4-Her’s or lessor’s farm. You are not required to own a llama to
    participate in this project.
2. The 4-H Member will respect the dignity and personality of the llama
    and treat it with gentle kindness.
3. Lease agreements will be between the owner of the llama and the
    member.
4. Each exhibitor may show up to three (3) llamas.
5. Proper dress for showing is a white top and black or dark blue bottom.
6. No intact males over 24 months old may be shown. No testicular tissue
    can be visible.
7. The Obstacle Course will be set up for judging by the Superintendent,
    Project Leader, and Committee. Additional obstacles will be added for
    intermediate and advanced divisions.
8. Each llama may be shown for an unlimited number of years.
9. All divisions may do the Pack Class and P.R. Class.
10. Lease agreement with a picture must be on file with enrollment
    form in order to show.




                                      100
Divisions and Expectations:
Beginner: Grades 3, 4, & 5
1. Members are encouraged to attend all regular meetings due to
   progressive training.
2. Learn about basic llama health, nutrition, and conformation.
3. Complete the project book questionnaire and record keeping sections.
   Leaders will grade.
4. Train your llama in basic training techniques, including obstacle course
   and showmanship.
Intermediate: Grades 6, 7 & 8
1. It is recommended that members attend all regular meetings.
2. Learn about basic llama health, nutrition, and conformation.
3. Complete the project book questionnaire and record keeping sections.
   Leaders will grade.
4. Train your llama in basic training techniques, including obstacle course
   and showmanship.

Advanced: Grades 9, 10, 11, & 12
All of the requirements of Beginner and Intermediate plus:
   •     May become a mentor to younger 4-H members and assist in the
         training of that member’s llama.

Halter Class
Halter Class has been added to the list of classes. Classes are as follows:
        Suri Female
                Juvenile
                Yearlings
                2 Year Old
                Adult
        Suri Male
                Juvenile
                Yearling
        Light Wool Female
                Juvenile
                Yearlings
                2 Year Old
                Adult
        Light Wool Male
                Juvenile
                Yearlings


                                   101
Medium wool female
                 Juvenile
                 Yearlings
                 2 Year Old
                 Adult
Medium Wool Male
                 Juvenile
                 Yearling
Heavy Wool Female
                 Juvenile
                 Yearling
                 2 Year Old
                 Adult
Heavy Wool Male
                 Juvenile
                 Yearling
Non-Breeders
                 Yearlings
                 2 Year Old
                 Adult
Classes will be combined until there are at least 3 in a class.

Judging:
All 4-H members are critiqued and placed by the judge. Awards are given
according to placement. 4-H Members with special needs may be placed in
a division matching their ability rather than age.
Exhibition may be completed by one or more of the following:

1. Participation in one or more of the following classes during the Llama
   show.
   Beginning & Intermediate
   a) Showmanship
   b) Obstacle Course
   c) Costume Class
   d) Pack Class
   e) Halter Class
   f) P.R. (Public Relations) Obstacle Course
   Advanced
   a) Showmanship
   b) Obstacle Course


                                    102
   c)   Costume Class
   d)   Pack Class
   e)   Halter Class
   f)   Special Project
   g)   P.R. (Public Relations) Obstacle Course

2. Llama Educational Poster
3. Action Demonstration

                                 Poultry
                 (All Chickens, Pigeons, Waterfowl)

Manual:                 BU-06363 – Scratching the Surface – Gr. 3-5
                        BU-06364 – Testing Your Wings - Gr. 6-8
                        BU-06365 – Flocking Together – Gr. 9-12

Record Sheets:          (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                        Montgomery County Livestock Record
                        4-H 528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit

 Exhibit Options:       Exhibit poultry, OR
                        Display an educational poster about poultry, OR
                        Action Demonstration (See page 117), OR
                        Display Board, see page 118, OR
                        Science Display

                        For all poster projects:
                        Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page115.

                        For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                        For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                        For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.

State Fair:              Live Bird(s) Any Poultry Exhibitor may enter birds
                         by the announced deadline

                        Display Board           One per level
                        Science Display         One per level




                                      103
General Rules:
1. Individual bird identification is required. All birds must be banded and
   enrolled on a county enrollment form by June 1.
2. The exhibitor must show all entries!
3. It is recommended that 4-H birds be hatched prior to April 15, except
   birds show in meat classes. Poultry, Pigeons, Waterfowl are to be owned
   by May 16.
4. In each Commercial 4-H Chicken Class, two (2) pullets or two (2) hens
   constitute one entry.
5. In each Exhibition 4-H Chicken Class, one (1) pullet or one (1) cockerel,
   or one (1) hen, or one (1) cock bird of RECOGNIZED STANDARD
   BREED, INCLUDING BANTAMS CONSTITUTES ONE ENTRY.
   These birds are to be of different breeds. You may not show the same
   breed in the same class. Birds may not be crossbred birds or they will be
   disqualified. If the bird cannot be found in the Poultry Standard of
   Perfection book they will not be able to be shown.
6. In each Pigeon Class, one (1) cock (any age) and one (1) hen (any age)
   constitute one entry. Birds will show as pairs.
7. In each Waterfowl Class for both Ducks and Geese, one (1) male or one
   (1) female constitutes one entry.
8. Each 4-H member may enter a maximum of seven (7) birds.
             a. A maximum of three (3) entries per class in Commercial
                 Chicken Classes and a maximum of three entries per class
                 in Exhibition Chicken Classes.
             b. A maximum of three (3) entries in the Pigeon Classes and
                 no more than two (2) varieties in each class (i.e. Fancy,
                 Sporting or Utility). Maximum of 12 birds total.
             c. A maximum of six (6) entries in the Waterfowl Classes
                 with no more than two (2) entries per class (i.e. Pekin
                 Ducks, Rouen Ducks, Other Breeds of Ducks, Embden
                 Geese, Toulouse Geese, and Other Breeds of Geese.)
             d. The only classes that will be offered at the County Fair are
                 those that are listed below.
             e. All birds must be free of external parasites (mites & lice).
                 Any bird with parasites will be sent home.
9. Dirty birds will be lowered one placing.
10. All entries must be on the pen assignment. No switching after the pen
    assignments are in. No changes will be made at the Fair. (Cages are
    hung by class. This order is determined by the pen assignments.) The
    NPIP Clean Flock Certificate must be sent to the Extension Office with
    the Pen Assignments.



                                   104
Chickens:
           (All Chickens must be dry when entered at the Fair)

4-H Commercial Chicken Classes
Description of Classes:
Pullets:         Two Pullets less than one (1) year of age on the day of
                 show.
                 White egg shell pullets
                 Brown egg shell pullets
Hens:            Two Hens more than one (1) year of age on the day of
                 show.
                 White egg shell hens
                 Brown egg shell hens

4-H Exhibition Chicken Classes
(Chickens bred for Exhibition Purposes)
These birds will be judged according to the American Standard of Perfection
authorized by the American Poultry Association.

Standard Breed and Bantams:
One Pullet or One Cockerel: less than 1 (one) year of age on the day of
show.

Pigeons:
Fancy Breeds, Sporting Breeds & Utility Breeds
Cocks: Any Age                         Hens: Any Age

Waterfowl:
These birds will be judged according to the American Standard of Perfection
as authorized by the American Poultry Association. There will be separate
classes for male and female Waterfowl.

Pekin, Rouen & All Other Breed of Ducks:
One Drake                                One Hen

Embden, Toulouse, & All Other Breeds of Geese:
One Gander                               One Goose

                   NO WET BIRDS ALLOWED



                                   105
                                  Rabbit

Manual:                  4-H 228 R            Rabbit Resource Handbook

Record Sheet:           (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                        Montgomery Co. Livestock Record Sheet
                        4-H -528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit

Exhibit Options:        Enter animal, OR
                        Display an educational poster about rabbits, OR
                        Action Demonstration (see page117)

                        For all poster projects:
                        Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                        For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                        For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                        For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.




 1.   4-H members may exhibit up to 7 rabbits, including meat pen. Meat
      pen rabbits count as 1 entry.
 2.   One meat pen per member. They must weigh 3-5 pounds, not over 5
      pounds each. They may not exceed 69 days of age. All breeds show
      together.
 3.   ALL RABBITS SHOWN MUST BE PUREBRED! Pedigree papers
      will be checked when animals are checked in.
 4.   4-H Rabbits sold or purchased privately or offered for sale at public
      auction after May 16 and prior to the County 4-H Fair shall not be
      eligible to show.
 5.   All rabbits, except meat pens, must be owned and tattooed prior to
      May 16. A workshop will be held to provide this service for those
      needing it.
 6.   4-H Rabbits shown at other shows after May 16 under different
      ownerships will not be allowed to show.
 7.   Any Rabbit showing signs of disease will be barred from the show!
 8.   ALL RABBITS MUST BE TATTOOED! THE TATTOO MUST BE
      IN THE LEFT EAR! NO EXCEPTIONS!
 9.   All 4-H members will carry only their own rabbits to and from the
      judging table on the day of the show. The only exception allowed is


                                      106
     to show other livestock at the same time. ONLY EXHIBIITORS will
     be allowed in the show arena area.
 10. 4-Hers must clean and water Rabbits TWICE DAILY.
 11. EACH MEMBER WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING
     UNDER THEIR RABBIT CAGES TWICE DAILY.

                                    Sheep

Manual:                 4-H 194              Sheep Resource Handbook

Record Sheet:          (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                       Montgomery County Livestock Record Sheet
                       4-H 528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit

Exhibit Options:       Enter livestock, OR
                       Display an educational poster about sheep, OR
                       Action Demonstration (see page117)

                       For all poster projects:
                       Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                       For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                       For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                       For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.


No blankets will be allowed on any sheep at the time of arrival.
BOX FANS ONLY are allowed in the Sheep barn. All others
                        will be removed.
 All wethers must be presented slick shorn for inspection at
                             arrival.
              No testicular tissue can be visible.

 For more information on sheep health requirements, call the
   Indiana Board of Animal Health at (317)227-0315 or toll-
                    free at 1-877-747-3038.
General Rules
    1. All wethers and all Ewes must be tagged by the date 4-H Inc. has
        set. All registered Ewes must be identified by flock number, ear



                                     107
    tag, tattoo and date of birth on the sheep enrollment form to be
    eligible for state fair exhibit.
 2. All lambs must be in the member’s possession by the tagging
    deadline.
3. Premise ID is required or Proof of Application must be attained by
    July 1, 2011.
4. Any sheep showing signs of sore mouth, ringworm, foot rot, any
    contagious disease or sickness will NOT be admitted to the
    fairgrounds.      Barn Superintendents may request veterinarian
    assistance if necessary.
5. All exhibitors may show a maximum of seven (7) animals of which
    no more than three (3) may be Market Lambs.
6. An exhibitor may show two (2) animals in each of the Single Ewe
    Lamb and Single Yearling Ewe classes.
7. Exhibitors showing in both breeding and Market Lamb classes may
    show Market Lambs of another breed.
8. Exhibitors are limited to two (2) breeds of ewes and three (3) breeds
    of wethers. Crossbred is considered a breed.
9. Each breed will show separately; all crossbred and grade animals
    will show together.
10. The number of animals in all pen breeding classes shall be two (2).
11. Market Lamb classes will be divided by breeds. Each breed must
    have a minimum of two (2) Market Lambs to form a class.
12. Breeds which have less than two (2) Market Lambs will be placed in
    an All Other Breeds Class.
13. All Breed champions will show for Grand Champion Market Lamb.
14. All Wethers should be docked and sheared after June 1 of the
    current year. Market Lambs are not to be blocked.
NOTE: ALL WETHERS MUST BE SHOWN SLICK SHORN!
15. The following will be the classes at the Montgomery Co. 4-H Fair.
    a. Pair of Yearling Ewes – Two ewes shown in the same class
         may be shown in the pair’s class. Exhibitor must own both
         ewes.
    b. Single Yearling Ewe – Breeding yearling lambs may be a ewe
         lamb shown in the prior fair year. Being born September 1 of
         the previous fair year to May 1 of the previous fair year. Not to
         exceed two years of age.
    c. Pair of Ewe Lambs
    d. Single Ewe Lamb - Breeding ewes born after September 1 of
         the year preceding the fair and before May 1 of the current fair.




                                 108
       e.  Single Market Lamb – Shall not be a breeding lamb. May be a
           wether or a ewe. A lamb that is bred for meat production.
           Breed and weight will divide market lamb classes. Lambs will
           be weighed at check in. Market lambs are eligible for auction.
           ALL Market lambs will be slick shorn. No market lambs will
           be shown with wool.
      Montgomery County Fair does not have a Ram or Ram Lamb Class.
  16. Commercial Lamb – is a slick shorn lamb that has no registration
      papers. This can be a wether, breeding lamb or ewe. A commercial
      lamb will be shown in the crossbred class. A commercial lamb
      cannot be shown as a purebred due to lack of registration papers.
  17. All sheep (with exception to Jacobs, Dorpers, and St. Croix due to
      breed characteristics) will have docked tails. All sheep *NO
      EXCEPTIONS* will have no testicular tissue.
  18. Classes will be posted in the Sheep Barn on Saturday morning until
      11:00 a.m. Corrections to class postings can be made until that
      time. It is the exhibitor’s responsibility to ensure their lambs are in
      the correct classes. Changes will not be made after noon on
      Saturday. Programs will be printed at noon and no further changes
      will be made.
Fraud and Deception Rules
   1. The Sheep Superintendent has the right to resolve any unforeseen
       matters not covered by general terms and conditions listed in the
       Montgomery County Info book, to amend or add to these terms and
       conditions as it may determine, and to withdraw all premium
       offerings in livestock departments should any emergency exits
       and/or circumstances demand.
   2. Tampering, altering, and/or misrepresentation relative to any exhibit
       is prohibited. This includes but is not limited to breeding, age,
       ownership, and/or method of preparation for completion. (Ex. In
       livestock this includes, but is not limited to, coloring that alters or
       misrepresents breed characteristics, pumping and filling.)
   3. Unethical fitting of animal exhibits is defined as the administration
       of any substance (to include, but not limited to, drugs, blood, oils,
       steroids, air, chemical substances) or performance of any surgical or
       nonsurgical procedure altering the animal’s configuration or natural
       conformation of any part of the animal’s body, or rendering its
       tissues unfit for human consumption is prohibited.
   4. An exhibitor or person representing an exhibitor may not take
       exception to the decisions of the Superintendent or Judge in an
       unprofessional and/or public manner.



                                    109
  5. Animals painted or colored by any means that alter or misrepresent
     breed characteristics will be penalized.
  6. The application of ice, ice water, alcohol, Freon or any other
     refrigerant to the lamb is strictly prohibited. Any other applications
     deemed inhumane or cruel will not be tolerated. These deceptive,
     fraudulent practices will cause the exhibitor and their animal(s) to
     be disqualified immediately.

SHEEP BLOCKING CONTEST
 1. Participants must be 4-H members enrolled in the Montgomery
       County Sheep Project.
 2.    Contestants may furnish their own lamb with no less than ¾” fleece.
       Washing and shearing bellies prior to the Fair is optional. If the
       Trimming Contest Judges determine this rule has been violated, the
       contestant will be required to use another Lamb or be eliminated
       from the contest.
 3.    Each participant will trim the Lamb without assistance or advice
       during the contest.
 4.     Participants will be judged for handling, trimming, and appearance
       of the fitted animal, and conditioning of the fleece in accordance
       with 4-H-535, “A Score Sheet for Sheep Trimming.”
 5.    Time will be limited.
 6.    The contest will be scored by one (1) to three (3) Judges who have
       experience in fitting for show.
 7.    Contestants should register at the County Extension Office prior to
       the County 4-H Fair.
 8.    Awards will be given to the 1st place winner of the Beginner
       Division, Junior Division and the Senior Division.
 9.     The Beginning Division includes grades 3 through 4, Junior Division
       includes 4-Hers in grades 5 through 8. Senior Division includes 4-
       Hers in grades 9 through 12.
 10.   Participants in each division will be limited to winning trophies in
       each division once. Awards will be the permanent property of the
       winner.




                                   110
                             Small Animals
The purpose of the 4-H Small Animal project is to give youth an opportunity
to learn about the care of an animal. It will be your responsibility to feed,
water, and care for your pet. Any animal that is offered as a project cannot
be exhibited as a small animal, with the exception of non-pedigreed rabbits.

Manuals:         Level 1 (grades 3, 4, 5) BU-6359 Pet Pals
                 Level 2 (grades 6, 7, 8) BU-6360 Scurrying Ahead
                 Level 3 (grades 9-12) BU-6361 Scaling the Heights

Record Sheets: (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
               Montgomery County Small Animals Record
               4-H 528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit

Exhibit Option: Enter livestock , OR
                Display an educational poster about small animals, OR
                Action Demonstration (see page117)

                Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page115.

                For Completion and General Exhibition information, see page 24.
                For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                For Health Requirements and Identification, see page 57.

State Fair:      None

       1. 4-H Members may exhibit no more than ONE Small Animal.
       2. Doing the activities in the manual is suggested but not required.
       3. All animals must be fed, trained, and cared for by the 4-H
          member and owned by him/her and/or family by APRIL 1.
       4. Small Animals will be brought to the Fairgrounds for the Show
          and taken home afterwards. SMALL ANIMALS WILL BE
          DISPLAYED DURING THE SHOW ONLY!!




                                       111
                                Swine

Manual:                4-H 134R         Swine Resource Handbook

Record Sheets:         (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                       Montgomery County Livestock Record Sheet
                       4-H 528 General Record Sheet for Poster Exhibit

                       Exhibit Options:Enter livestock or
                       Display an educational poster about swine, OR
                       Action Demonstration (see page117)

                       For all poster projects:
                       Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                       For Completion and General Exhibition information,
                       see page 24.
                       For General Livestock Rules, see page 49.
                       For Health Requirements and Identification, see pg.
                       57.
General Rules:
   1. All Swine (Barrows & Gilts) MUST BE earnotched. See Page 67
      for more information. A 4-H member may show four (4) breeds of
      swine. (Crossbred is considered a breed for the County and State
      Fair Swine Show.) The Indiana Spotted Breeders Association has
      approved the following Spotted barrow and gilt terms and
      conditions. A purebred Spotted barrow or gilt, with a purebred
      Spotted pedigree is eligible to show. Also a Spotted-Pietrain
      barrow is eligible to show if the following criteria are adhered to:
      a. Must meet specific Spotted Breed Specification:
          1) no red tinted hair or brown sandy spots.
          2) no distinct white belt pattern encircling and /or extending
              down and onto each shoulder.
          3) Spotted Breed character is required (ears down and
              reasonably sized, black and white or any combination of,
              etc.)
      b. Must be 75% Spotted blood concentration or higher-with the
          remaining percentage being Pietrain.
      c. Must be officially registered through the National Spotted
          Swine Record “Appendix Registry Program” and an official




                                  112
          Spotted Appendix Registry certificate of AR registry for the
          specific barrow or gilt must be furnished at the State Fair.
2.   The exhibitor may show a maximum of four (4) animals with not
     more than four (4) breeds of swine not to exceed three (3) animals
     of one sex.
3.   All animals must be farrowed after January 1 of the year of the
     show.
4.   Hogs must have at least ½ inch of hair in order to show or sell in the
     auction.
5.   Swine must be kept penned during the Beef show.
6.   GILTS: All purebred gilts must have registration papers. Papers
     will be checked before the show by the Swine Superintendent and
     Committee. Gilts will be entered as crossbreds if there are no
     papers. Purebred Gilts will be divided into January, February and
     March classes. Crossbred Gilts will be divided by weight into
     classes of eight (8).
7.   BARROWS; All purebred barrows must have registration papers.
     See page 50 for acceptable formats of registration names. Papers
     will be checked before the show by the Swine Superintendent and
     Committee. Barrows will be entered as crossbreds if there are no
     papers. If there are eight (8) or more Barrows in a class, the class
     will be divided into light and heavyweight classes. The dividing
     weight will be determined after barrows are weighed at time of
     entry. If there are less than two (2) barrows of any one breed, they
     will be shown in the All Other Breeds category.




                                 113
            4-H Building & Exhibit Hall
General Rules and Regulations for Exhibitors
1.   A Green Record Book, with a Record Sheet for each project,
     signed at least once by the 4-H Leader, is required to check in all
     projects. The Green Record Book should be turned in at the
     Extension Office during the fair after all placings, awards, and
     activities have been recorded by the 4-Her. Record Books must be
     turned in prior to the start of the livestock auction. 4-Hers failing
     to turn in their Green Record Book will receive an incomplete.
2.   All exhibits must be checked in within the allotted time period. Late
     exhibits will automatically be lowered one ribbon placing. Exhibits
     arriving too late to be judged will receive a Green Ribbon.
3.   Projects not meeting minimum requirements of the specific projects
     will be lowered one placing.
4.   If a 4-H member takes more than one division of a project, the higher
     division only will be exhibited. Your Leader will check the lower
     divisions for completion.
5.   Blue ribbons will not be awarded to exhibits that, in the opinion of the
     Judge, are unworthy of them. Red ribbons can be a Champion or State
     Fair. Judge does not have to give a Champion, State Fair, or Reserve
     Champion.
6.   Superintendent makes the final decision. That decision may be
     appealed.
7.   ALL ARTICLES ARE TO REMAIN IN THE EXHIBIT
     BUILDINGS UNTIL CHECK-OUT TIME. Please remove all
     exhibits at check-out time. Exhibits must be checked out with the
     Superintendents.
8.   All 4-Hers will have a name label provided for them at check-in per
     project, however posters should also include 4-Hers name on the back.
9.   See page 115 for information on the “Proper Preparation of Posters.”
     These directions should be followed for ALL posters unless otherwise
     specified. Posters will be lowered one placing if not displayed
     horizontally, be the correct size, and properly covered.

Completion Requirements:
Exhibition may be completed by one or more of the following:
   1. Display Project




                                    114
    2. Educational Poster (see below for “Proper Poster Preparation”)
       Posters should be educational and be developed around the
       educational topics in the manuals.
    3. Action Demonstration

Displaying a Project:
When displaying a project be sure to include a record sheet (supplied with
your manuals), filled out and signed by a leader, and placed in a Green
Record Book. Bring it with you when you enter your project on the dates
and times announced. Failure to supply a record sheet with your project will
result in an incomplete on your project and on your permanent records. Also
a Record of Achievement Card should be placed in the front of your Green
Record Book to record your placings before the end of the fair. The record
book will then be turned into the Montgomery County Extension office by
the end of the fair. After being graded, your leader will return the Green
Record Book to you to use again the following year. To see an example to
how to fill out the “Record of Achievement” card, please refer to page 26.

Creating an Educational Poster:
Posters must be displayed horizontally and meet all size and
preparation requirements as given below. Posters that do not meet
these requirements will be lowered one placing.



          Correct
                                     Incorrect




Posters for regular 4-H must be 22x28 inches. (Mini 4-H posters should be
22x14 inches.) Stiff backing must be attached or the use of the proper size
of foam board is acceptable. The thickness of the poster board plus backing
must be no more than ¼ “. Objects may be placed on the board giving it a 3-
D effect.

Stiff backing may be masonite, wall paneling, plywood, foam-core or piece
of heavy cardboard with no folds, all with the appropriate thickness. It is
also acceptable to use poster board that is already attached to foam-core. It


                                    115
is best if the poster board is attached to the backing with rubber cement. If
you use rubber cement, you can usually use the backing again.

You may either fasten the poster board to the backing before or after
attaching pictures, labels, leaves, etc. Attaching the poster board before
putting anything on it works best. After cementing the two together, make
sure to let them dry for a few days. If not, the cement may retain moisture
and ruin your poster.

Leave a 2”x4” space for label in the lower right hand corner of the poster.
This space will be used for the label should the poster be chosen for State
Fair. The 4-Hers name and club should be put on the back of the poster
board.

When finished, cover the poster with clear plastic that is heavy enough not
to wrinkle. DO NOT USE PLASTIC FOOD WRAP!! Plastic sleeves for
this purpose are available at the Extension Office or you can purchase
plastic at a home center. Lay a sheet of plastic (approximately 28”x34”)
on a hard surface. Place the poster face down on the plastic. Wrap the
plastic edges around to the back side of the poster and tape in place.
Masking tape works best. The final thickness of your poster should not
exceed 1/4 inch with the exception of objects placed on the poster that
makes a 3-D effect. A frame kit can also be used as long as it is the correct
size.

Posters must have a title on them. Unless otherwise noted under the specific
project information, the title should be the project name and division.
Subtitles may be added to explain poster topic. If the project manual or
other materials are to be exhibited with the poster, attach a manila envelope
to the back of the poster and put the manual inside.

Posters should be educational and should be developed around the
educational topics in the manuals.

Posters should “tell a story” or be informative to the audience. Will the
viewer of your poster learn something from the exhibit?

When designing your poster you should consider: lines, shapes, textures,
colors and placement of items.

Pictures, graphics, and artwork are encouraged.



                                    116
Make sure the poster accurately meets the guidelines and objectives of the
activities in the manual.

Information printed directly off the web will not be accepted.

Materials included in the poster need to be educational, both for the youth
and the audience, and should demonstrate that the youth was able to take
what he or she learned from their research (experiment, or on the web, in the
library, etc) and/or activities to create the poster.

Action Demonstration
1. Many projects give members the option of doing an Action
   Demonstration. An Action Demonstration is a fun way to share with
   others what you learned in your 4-H project. It’s a kind of “Show and
   Tell”, but with more action. An action demo is not like a regular
   demonstration where the audience sits and listens to a prepared talk.
   Action means that you need to get the audience involved in what you
   are doing, not just show them what you have learned.

    An action demonstration can be given anywhere there are a lot of
    people, such as a county or state fair, a shopping mall, or any
    community event. A 4-H meeting or a Junior Leader meeting is also a
    great place to give a demonstration.

    An action demonstration can be on almost any topic. Here are some
    questions to ask yourself when choosing a topic:
                   • Is it something that can be given in 3-5 minutes?
                   • Is it something that would interest the general public?
                   • Is there something “hands on” for the audience to do?
    Can the supplies for the “hands-on” activity be used over and over
    again, or will they have to be replaced every time? (Note: If they have
    to be replaced, this will add to the cost).

    Your demonstration should last about 3-5 minutes, and you may need to
    do it over and over with many different people. There is no prepared
    speech in an action demo; it is a two-way conversation.
    Your goal is to involve the audience, and you can do this by having
    them:




                                    117
               •        Do what you are doing
               •        Play a game.
               •        Answer questions.
               •        Do a hands-on- activity.
2. If you choose this option, check with your 4-H leader as to the location
   and time when your action demonstration will be presented.

Display Board
Some projects have an option of making a display board for your project. A
Display Board consists of a three-sided display not to exceed 30” deep x 48”
wide x 72” high. Three-dimensional items may be attached to the board.
Consult your project requirements for other size requirements.


Top View                                Dotted lines represent hinged areas




Notebooks
Notebooks need to be a sturdy 3 ring binder (with stiff covers) or a bound
type notebook (with stiff covers). No report covers or similar styles. Make
sure the notebook accurately meets the guidelines and objectives of the
activities in the manual. Information printed directly off the web will not be
accepted.

Materials included in the notebook need to be educational, both for the youth
and the audience, and should demonstrate that the youth was able to take
what he or she learned from their research (experiment, or on web, in
library, etc) and/or activities to create the notebook. Work should include
references where appropriate.          Pictures, graphics, and artwork are
encouraged.

    Display a label given to you at check-in in the lower right corner.

   CHECK WITH PROJECT REQUIREMENTS FOR ANY EXCEPTION




                                    118
                           Aerospace
Manual:               Stage 2 (grades 3-5)      BU-6843
                      Stage 3 (grades 6-8)      BU-6844
                      Stage 4 (grades 9-12)     BU-6845

Record Sheet:         (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                      4-H 528 – General Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:      Exhibit according to Stage, and/or

                      Display an educational poster on a topic in your
                      manual, and/or

                      Action Demonstration: If you choose this option,
                      check with your 4-H leader as to the location and
                      time when your action demonstration will be
                      presented. See page 117 for details. and/or

                      Display Board: See page 118 for details.

                      For all poster projects: Please see “Proper Poster
                      Preparation” on page 115.

                      For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                      see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:           One rocket and one poster/display board in each
                      grade category (3-5, 6-8, and 9-12) will be chosen for
                      State Fair competition with a maximum of six
                      exhibits to the state fair, 3 rockets and 3
                      poster/display boards.

County:               One County Champion and One County Reserve
                      Champion will be given in each grade. HOWEVER,
                      each County Champion will not necessarily be going
                      to the State Fair. Exhibits chosen for the State Fair
                      will be awarded an additional “Selected for State
                      Fair” ribbon.

An Overall Champion and Overall Reserve will be given at the judge’s
discretion.




                                 119
Note: Grades are based on grade at time of enrollment. All Aerospace exhibits
must have been made by the exhibitor SINCE the last County Fair. Your
completed record sheet will be required to launch your rocket. Rockets will
be judged on construction, launch, and recovery.

NO “READY TO FLY” OR E2X ROCKETS ARE ACCEPTABLE IN
THE 4-H AEROSPACE PROJECT.

Stage 2- Grades 3-5
Project Recommendations: Complete the activities as indicated in the
manual.
Exhibit Requirements for Stage 2:
    1. Rocket of your choice, Estes Skills Level 1, 2, 3 or comparable
        difficulty with no plastic fins. No prefinished or RTF rockets,
        and/or
    2. A poster or display board on any topic in the manual (i.e., construct
        a paper airplane with a poster board explaining why you designed it
        the way you did), and/or
    3. An Action Demonstration

Stage 3 – Grades 6-8
Project Recommendations:      Complete the activities as indicated in the
manual.

Exhibit Requirements for Stage 3:
   1. Rocket of your choice. Estes Skills Level 2, 3, 4 or comparable
        difficulty with no plastic fins. No prefinished or RTF rockets,
        and/or
   2. A poster or display board on any topic in the manual (i.e., glider
        plane (page18), with poster explaining design, and/or
   3. An Action Demonstration – see above

Stage 4 – Grades 9-12
Project Recommendations: Complete the activities as indicated in the
manual.
Exhibit Requirements for Stage 4:

        1. Rocket of your choice, box kite or other aerodynamic object of
           your choice which illustrates principles of flight. Note:
           Rockets must be a skill level of 2 or higher with no plastic fins.
           No prefinished or RTF rockets, and/or



                                    120
        2. A poster or display board on any topic in the manual (i.e. box
           kite (page20) with poster explanation, and/or

        3. An Action Demonstration

                                Beekeeping
Manual:           Division 1:      4-H 571W- Understanding the Honey Bee
                  Division 2:      4-H 586 W-Working with Honey Bees
                  Division 3:      4-H 593W- Advanced Beekeeping Methods

Record Sheet:     (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                  4-H 571A-W Beekeeping Record Sheet 1
                  4-H 586A-W Beekeeping Record Sheet 2
                  4-H 593 A-W Beekeeping Record Advance

Exhibits Options: Exhibit according to division.

                  For all poster projects:         Please   see   “Proper   Poster
                  Preparation” on page 115.

                  For notebook instructions, see page 118.

                  For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see
                  page 24 & 114.

State Fair:      Division 1:       1 exhibit per county at the State Fair.
                 Division 2:       There is no limit on the number of exhibits a
                                   county may enter in Div. 2, but only one
                                   exhibit per 4-H member is allowed at the
                                   State Fair.
                  Division 3:      There is no limit on the number of exhibits a
                                   county may enter in Div. 3, but only one
                                   exhibit per 4-H member is allowed at the
                                   State Fair.

    •      There are no age specifications for beekeeping exhibits.
    •      No bee hives may be brought to the County or State Fair.
    •      Honey water content will be measured.
    •      Fill level: the honey should be filled to the jar shoulder, not
           over, nor under.



                                     121
    •     Chunk honey should go in a wide-mouth jar, preferably one
          specially made for chunk honey (see beekeeping catalogs).
    •     Be careful to distinguish “chunk honey” (comb in jar) from
          “cut comb” (comb only in box).
    •     Honey (including chunk, cut comb and comb) must be
          collected since the previous county fair.

Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the beekeeping
project this year. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for
your grade in school and use that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges
know which activity you completed. You can also use a creative sub-title if
you wish.

Division 1 – (may do 1 to 2 years)
        Present one of the following topics on a poster:
        1. Flowers Used to make Honey – display pressed flowers of 10
             different Indiana plants that bees use for making honey.
        2. Uses of Honey and Beeswax
        3. Setting up a Bee Hive
        4. Safe Handling of Bees

Division 2 – (may do 1 to 2 years)
        Exhibit one of the following:
       1. Extracted honey – 2 one-pound jars, shown in glass or clear
             plastic, screw-top jars holding one pound of honey each.
       2. Chunk honey (comb in jar) – 2 one-pound jars (wide-mouth
             glass or clear plastic).
       3. Cut-comb honey –2 one-pound boxes. (These are usually
             displayed in a clear plastic box about 4 ½” x 4 ½” X ½”)
       4. Working with Honey Bees - Present a topic from your manual
             to teach fair goers about working with honey bees. Use your
             knowledge and creativity to display this information on a poster
             or in a notebook. Posters must follow the guidelines listed
             above.

Division 3 and above: (may do multiple years)
       Exhibit two of the four kinds of honey listed below:
       1. Extracted Honey -2 one-pound jars (glass or clear plastic).
       2. Chunk Honey (comb in jar) - 2 one-pound jars (wide mouth
           glass or clear plastic).




                                    122
       3. Cut-comb Honey - 2 one-pound boxes. (This is usually a clear
          plastic box about 4 1/2” x 4 1/2"x 1 1/8”)
       4. Comb Honey - 2 sections (honey built by bees in frames of
          wood commonly called “sections.” Boxes are usually 4 1/2 “x 4
          1/2 “in size.)

Independent Study: Grades 9 – 12, one State Fair entry
      Exhibit:
         • Advanced topic – Learn all you can about a beekeeping
               topic and present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript,
               pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe what
               you did and what you learned. Title your poster, “Advanced
               Beekeeping-Independent Study.”
         • Mentoring –Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a
               younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you
               spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how
               the experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and
               other documentation are encouraged. Title your poster,
               “Advanced Beekeeping – Mentor.”

                                       Bicycle
Manual: Grade 3-5        BU -08334 – Bicycling For Fun Lev. 1
        Grade 6-8        BU -08335 – Wheels In Motion Lev. 2
        Grade 9-12       BU -7505 – Bicycle Adventures Lev. 3

Record Sheet:            (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                         4-H 528 General Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:         Exhibit a poster on one of the topics in your manual.
                         Select a different topic each year.

                         Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                         For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                         see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:              Not a State Fair Project.

County:                  One County Champion and One County Reserve
                         Champion will be given in each category for Gr. 3-5,
                         Gr. 6-8, & 9-12.


                                    123
    1. Read the manual, and each year select one of the activities listed
       that you have not yet completed.
    2. Refer to your manual for activity topics. Make a poster on one of
       these activities.
    3. Complete 4-H 528 (General Record) and include it in your Green
       Record Book for Fair check-in and grading.


                          Cake Decorating

Manual:                  4-H 710           Wilton Cake Decorating

Record Sheet:            (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                         4-H 710aW       Cake Decorating

                         Cake Decorating Exhibit Skills Sheet
                                Beginner level – 4-H 710 Eb-W
                                Intermediate Level – 4-H 710 Ei-W
                                Advanced Level – 4-H 710 Ea-W

Exhibit Options:         Exhibit a decorated “cake”. DO NOT USE A
                         REAL CAKE!
                         Exhibit a decorated FORM or turn a cake pan upside
                         down to use as the base. All cakes should be on
                         triple boards, approximately 3/8” cake board that is
                         three (“3) inches larger than the cake for beginner
                         and intermediate divisions and four (4”) inches for
                         advanced division, covered neatly and well taped
                         underneath.

                         For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                         see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:              One Exhibit from each grade category;
                         Beg., Gr. 3-5, Inter., Gr. 6-8, & Adv., Gr 9-12

    1. Label the exhibit with the label provided at check-in. Place the label
       where it is easily seen, and does not interfere with the decorating, or
       where specified by the manual.
    2. Specific techniques are required for each division classification. Use
       the number of techniques as listed under the individual division.


                                    124
        Cakes exhibited with more advanced techniques than those listed will
        be scored down and will not be eligible for a Merit Ribbon. Include
        a Cake Decorating Exhibit Sheet to your exhibit (see # 5 below).
   3.   Exhibit one decorated “cake”. DO NOT USE A REAL CAKE!!
   4.   All BEGINNER and INTERMEDIATE CAKES must be on a triple
        thick (approximately 3/8”) cake board that is three (3) inches larger
        than the cake, covered neatly and well taped underneath (8” cake +
        3” = 11” cake board). To support the weight, as if it were a real
        cake, all ADVANCED CAKES must be on a one-half inch thick
        cake drum or stacked cake boards that are four inches larger than the
        base of the cake. (10” cake + 4” = 14” cake board). The upper tier
        plate sizes will vary. Tiered cakes may be exhibited only in the
        Advanced Division, and must be assembled as if they were real.
   5.    All exhibits must have a CAKE DECORATING EXHIBIT
        SHEET attached to the cake board listing the categories and tips
        used in your exhibit. Cut-up cakes and stacked or tiered cakes must
        also have a diagram on the sheet showing how the cake project was
        assembled (i.e. cake sizes, dowel rods, separator plates, etc.) A cake
        decorating exhibit sheet (4-H 710Eb-W for beginner Level: 4-H 710
        Ei-W for Intermediate Level, 4-H 710Ea-W for Advanced Level) is
        to be attached to each Cake Decorating exhibit for judging. These
        exhibit sheets are available from the 4-H website, www.four-
        h.purdue.edu or your County Extension Office. Complete the exhibit
        sheet as it instructs checking the category completed, circling the
        skill(s) exhibited and record the tip(s) used in making your exhibit.
        Note: This sheet is in addition to the Cake Decorating Record
        Sheet 4-H 710a-W which is to be placed in your Green Record
        Book and brought to the fair with your exhibit.
   6.   NOTE: Royal icing is not required, but is highly recommended on
        State Fair Exhibits to increase stability while being transported to the
        fair.

Cake Decorating Beginner Grades 3, 4, 5

   1. Decorate and exhibit one (1) round or square 8” x2”; 8”x3”, 9”x2” or
      9”x3” cake dummy (Styrofoam or foam) OR single layer cake, that
      has at least one (1) technique from three (3) different categories as
      listed in Categories (a) through (g). Example-a star top and bottom
      Border with a swirled Drop Flower With a Center and simple
      Leaves.) No character or shaped pans.




                                     125
           a. Category a) Basic Borders – (a top and a bottom border is
              required) Dots, Balls, Stars, Rosettes, (not the flower)
              Shells or Zigzag. (Each border should be on one color
              only).
           b. Category b) Message –PRINTED, may use round or star
              tips.
           c. Category c) Drop Flower with Center – Star drop or Swirl
              drop, pg. 27 of WSDC
           d. Category d) Leaves – Simple and usually attached to
              flowers.
           e. Category e) Sugar Molds- Simple, one color, no more than
              two different shapes, one color per mold).
           f. Category f) Star-Filled Pattern – outlining optional.
           g. Category g) Side Decorations – for 2nd year cake decorator
              and above – Dots or Stars ONLY, one tip only; cannot be
              combined into shapes, such as flowers, etc.

    2. A Cake Decorating Exhibit Skills Sheet (4-H 710Eb-W for
       Beginner Level) is to be attached to each Cake Decorating
       exhibit for judging. The sheet is available from the 4-H website
       www.four-h.purdue.edu or your county Extension Office.
       Complete the exhibit card as it instructs checking the category
       completed, circling the skill(s) exhibited and record the tip(s)
       used in making your exhibit.

Cake Decorating Intermediate Grades 6, 7, 8

   1. Decorate and Exhibit one of the Following: ONE (1) cake dummy
      (Styrofoam or foam) with the following size options ONLY:
       • Single layer option = 9”x13”x2”; 9”x13”x3”; 10”x2”; or
          12”x2” OR
       • Double layer option = 8”x4”; 9”x4”. You may choose to
          decorate a character pan, OR a 3-D cake (made in a two-piece
          cake pan and exhibited on a cake board, not on a cake.) OR
       • A cut-up cake form from either the round, square, heart,
          rectangles or heart basic shape(s). You will cut “cake(s)” into
          three or more pieces and assemble to form a “NEW SHAPE”
          (Example- a butterfly). The “NEW SHAPE” is to be exhibited
          only on a suitably-thick cake board not on another cake. The
          cake board should match or be approximate shape of the



                                 126
       finished cake (i.e. heart cakes should be places on a heart-
       shaped cake board).
     • Your exhibit must show at least one (1) technique from four (4)
       different categories as listed (a) through (i). (Example-a
       Figure-piped clown (a) with a Written Message (e) add a
       reverse shell top and bottom Border (c) and with a Color-
       striped (f) clown suit, flower, border, side decoration, or
       message.) Additional techniques mastered in the Beginners
       Division may be added.

             a.  Category a) Figure Piping – Clowns, People, Animals,
                 Etc.
            b. Category b) Flowers (made on a flat surface, not on
                 a flower nail; stem or vine are optional) –Sweet
                 Peas, Rosebuds, Half Carnation (pg. 56 of WSDC, Half
                 Roses and the Rosette Flower, which requires a center
                 (pg 30 of WSDC)
            c. Category c) Borders –(Use one tip per border) –
                 Reverse Shells, Grass, Ruffles, Puffs, Zigzag. You
                 may have a different base border than your top border
                 when using two borders.
            d. Category d) Side Decorations – only use: Scrolls,
                 Reverse Shell, “C” Scroll or Fleur-de-lis, Zigzag
                 Garland or Zigzag puff using one tip only.
            e. Category e) Message –Written NOT printed, may use
                 round or star tips.
            f. Category f) Color Striping- Stripe bag with color
                 icing, gel or paste food color.
            g. Category g) –Transparent/Piping Gel – Use for water
                 or accents. See additional resources for directions and
                 ideas.
            h. Category h) – Sugar Molds – Two or more colors in
                 same mold; more than one mold design may be used.
            i. Category I ) – Other Techniques – May add bows and
                 ribbons in a top design only (i.e. floral spray, animal or
                 person
2. A Cake Decorating Exhibit Skills Sheet (4-H 710Ei-W for
   Intermediate Level), is to be attached to each Cake Decorating
   exhibit for judging. These exhibit sheets are available from the 4-H
   website (www.four-h.purdue.edu or your county Extension office.
   Complete the exhibit sheet as it instructs checking the category



                                 127
       completed, circling the skill(s) exhibited and record the tip(s) used
       in making your exhibit.
  NOTE: Character pan decorating, you must adapt the category
  requirements to the pan design to meet cake decorating requirements.

Cake Decorating Advanced Level Grades 9,10,11,12
    1.   Decorate and exhibit any cake dummy that is single, tiered, multi-
         dimensional, sculptured, or a doll mold, using at least one (1)
         technique from five (5) different categories, three (3) must come
         from the advanced categories listed (a) through (i). All base cake
         boards that sit on the table must be ½” thick to support the weight
         as if it were a cake, covered well, taped securely and four (4)
         inches larger than the cake you put on it (10” cake + 4” = 14” cake
         board). Assemble all cakes/ dummies as though they were a real
         cake and attach a diagram showing how it was assembled. (i.e.
         dowel rod placement, proper size plates, etc.) and the five or more
         techniques used.

         A Cake Decorating Exhibit Skills Sheet (4-H 701 Ea-W for
         Advanced Level), is to be attached to each Cake Decorating
         exhibit for judging along with your assembly diagram. These
         exhibit sheets are available from the 4-H website www.four-
         h.purdue.edu or your county Extension office. Complete the
         exhibit sheet as it instructs checking the category completed,
         circling the skill(s) exhibited and record the tip(s) used in making
         your exhibit.

                a. Category a) Nail Flower – Daffodils, Violets, Lily,
                   Bluebells, Daises, Chrysanthemums, Roses, Wild
                   Flowers, etc.
                b. Category b) Fancy Borders –Ruffled Garland and
                   Reverse Shells, Shell and Flute, Puff and Flower,
                   Zigzag Garland and String Work or Other Border
                   Combinations.
                c. Category c) Design Techniques Basket Weave, String
                   Work, Lattice Work, Cornelli and other Laces, Wired
                   Flowers and Leaves, etc.
                d. Category d) Color Flow (also known as run sugar) See
                   pg. 89 of WSDC for method.




                                   128
                   Category e) Fondant Icings – Try Chocopan or use
                   e.
                   RTR (Ready-To-Roll) or make your own to cover the
                   cake as icing or to make decoration items.
               f. Category f) Gum Paste or Sugar Paste – Try ready-
                   made or make your own.
               g. Category g) Sculptured Cakes –Same or different size
                   layers of cake that are stacked together, then cut and
                   contoured to make one uniform shape such as a turkey
                   or seashell.
               h. Category h) New and Improved Techniques &
                   Methods – Use a new method, such as sugarveil,
                   marzipan, luster dust, brush embroidery, pastillage,
                   airbrushing, painting on fondant, etc. Bring your book,
                   reference source or a photocopy to show the judge the
                   selected new/improved technique.
               i. Category i) Chocolate Molding or Candy Clay – This
                   is a heat sensitive category that may or may not work
                   for your county Fair.
NOTE: Royal icing is not required, but is highly recommended on State
      Fair Exhibits to increase stability while being transported to the
      fair. Remember, you must send the Advanced Level Cake
      Decorating Exhibit Skills Sheet (4-H 710Ea-W) with your cake
      listing the categories and tips used in your exhibit and a drawing of
      how you assembled the cake.

                        Child Development
Manual: Level A Grades 3-4     4-H 973   Building a Bright Beginning
        Level B Grades 5-6     4-H 974   Building Blocks of Learning
        Level C Grades 7-9     4-H 975   Building a Strong Foundation
        Level D Grades 10-12   4-H 976   Building Relationships Toward a
                                         Brighter Tomorrow

Record Sheet:           (Complete and put in your Green Record Book.)
                        4-H 973-W       Child Development Record

Exhibit Options:        Display – See Below and page 118, and/or

                        Binder notebook: Identification label on front of
                        binder giving name of 4-H member, club, grade, and
                        year in project. Title the page inside the binder
                        naming activity (or activities in Level C & D). Pages


                                   129
                         of activity and explanation are to follow title page.
                         Photographs are helpful to show the activity being
                         used or assembled.        Optional:     Plastic sheet
                         protectors, page decorations, binder cover decoration,
                         etc. Also, see suggestions on page 118, and/or

                         Poster: Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on
                         page 115,and/or

                         Action Demonstration –See page 117 for details.

                         For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                         see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:              One exhibit will be selected from each Level for
                         State Fair Champion & State Fair Alternate.

Level A (grades 3, 4)
Suggested Learning Experiences
4-H members should complete at least three activities, each from a different
chapter. Within the two-year period for each level, they should have
completed at least six activities, and at least one activity from each of the
five chapters.

Exhibit
Choose one of the following to exhibit:

    1.  Choose one activity that you completed in this level. Design a
       22”x 28” poster or a binder notebook that shows or tells what you
       did with this activity.
    2. Create a display no larger than 36x36x36 inches using one of the
       activities from your project manual. Complete an Activity Card and
       attach it to the exhibit. A sample Activity Card is on page 40 in
       your project manual. Use a 5x8 index card or larger cardstock to
       create your card.
    3. Action Demonstration – You may present an action demonstration
       for your project completion requirement.

Level B (Grades 5, 6)
Suggested Learning Experiences
4-H members should complete at least three activities, each from a different
chapter. Within the two-year period for each level, they should have


                                    130
completed at least six activities, and at least one activity from each of the
five chapters.

Exhibit
Choose one of the following to exhibit:
   1. Chose one activity that you completed in this level. Design a
        22”x28” poster or a binder notebook that shows or tells what you
        did with this activity.
   2. Create a display no larger than 36 x 36 x 36 inches using one of the
        activities from your project manual. Complete an Activity Card and
        attach it to the exhibit. A sample Activity Card is on page 40 in
        your project manual. Use a 5x8 index card or larger cardstock to
        create your card.
   3. Action Demonstration – You may present an action demonstration
        for your project completion requirement.

Level C (Grades 7, 8, 9)
Suggested Learning Experiences
4-H members should complete at least three activities each year, each from a
different chapter. Within the three-year period for each level, they should
have completed at least nine activities, and at least one activity from each of
the five chapters.

Exhibit
Choose one of the following to exhibit:
   1. Design a 22” x 28” poster based on one of the activities you
        completed in your manual or one that promotes physical, emotional,
        or cognitive skills.
   2. Display a binder notebook that includes the information from one of
        the activities you completed this year.
   3. Create a display no larger than 36 x 36 x 36 inches using one of the
        activities from your project manual or one that promotes physical,
        emotional, or cognitive skills. Complete an Activity card and attach
        it to the exhibit. A sample Activity Card is on page 40 in your
        project manual. Use a 5x8 index card or larger cardstock to create
        your card.
   4. Action Demonstration – You may present an action demonstration
        for your project completion requirement.




                                     131
Level D (Grades 10, 11, 12)
Suggested Learning Experienced
4-H members should complete at least three activities each year, each from a
different chapter. Within the three-year period for each level, they should
have completed at least nine activities, and at least one activity from each of
the five chapters.

Exhibit
Choose one of the following to exhibit.
   1. Design a 22”x 28” poster based on one activities you completed in
        your manual or one that promotes physical, emotional, or cognitive
        skills.
   2. Display a binder notebook that includes the information based on
        one of the activities you completed this year.
   3. Create a display no larger than 36 x 36 x 36 inches using one of the
        activities from your project manual or one that promotes physical,
        emotional, or cognitive skills. Complete an Activity Card and
        attach it to the exhibit. A sample Activity Card is on page 40 in
        your project manual. Use a 5x8 index card or larger cardstock to
        create your card.
   4. Acton Demonstration – You may present an action demonstration
        for your project completion requirement.

                                Clowning
Manual:                   Montgomery County 4-H Clowning Manual

Record Sheet:             (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                          Montgomery County 4-H Clowning Project Record
                          Sheet

Exhibit Options:          Poster and a Three Ring Binder

                          For all poster projects: Please see “Proper Poster
                          Preparation” on page 115.

                          For notebook instructions, see page 118.

                          For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                          see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:               Not a State Fair Project


                                     132
County:                   One County Champion and One County Reserve
                          Champion will be given in each level, Beginning,
                          Intermediate, & Advanced.


Workshops will be held teaching about clown makeup, costumes,
balloon art, and magic. Opportunities will be given to perform at 4-H
functions.

Beginning        First year in clowning project, 4-Hers will learn the art of
                 makeup, costume, clown skills and character development.

Intermediate     Second year in clowning project, 4-Her will study the three
                 types of clowns, decide which type of clown they want to
                 portray, and work on costumes, clown skills and character
                 development.

Advanced         Third year and higher in clowning project, 4-Hers apply
                 knowledge from first two years and add to their skills.

Exhibit will consist of a poster and a three-ring notebook from the project in
which they will keep the record of their project and class material. Personal
appearances in full costume will take place. These appearances will be
scheduled with the project leader.

There is no State Fair Entry for this project, but the Indiana State Fair has a
Clown Day. The Project Leader will provide information and an entry form
for this event.




                                     133
                              Collectibles
Manual:                  Montgomery County Collectibles

Record Sheet:            (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                         4-H 528 General Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:         Notebook

                         For notebook instructions, see page 118.

                         For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                         see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:              Not a State Fair Project

County:                  County Champion: One County Champion and One
                         County Reserve Champion will be given in each
                         Level, Beginner, Gr. 3-5, Intermediate, Gr. 6-8, &
                         Adv. Gr. 9-12.


Project Requirements:
    • Show and explain your collection to at least two (2) friends, your
         4-H Club or other group.
    • Study the items you are collecting. Prepare a special report each
         year for your notebook (one page or less) on something that
         interests you about your collection. This report should focus on a
         different portion or aspect of your collection each year. (See
         manual for example.) You may have someone else type the report
         if you wish. Include this report in your notebook.
    • You MUST add at least two items to your collection each year to
         continue in this project.
    • Complete a new 4-H COLLECTION RECORD AND SUMMARY
         OF MY COLLECTION sheet each year, found in your manual, and
         add them to your notebook. This allows the judge to quickly see
         what new items you have added to your collection since the last fair.
         This information should remain in your notebook from year to year
         so that you will develop a history of your collection.
    • Items in your collection WILL NOT BE DISPLAYED AT THE
         FAIR. You are to take individual pictures of your collection pieces
         and label them with specifics and dates added to your collection.


                                    134
        These pictures should be displayed in your notebook and new
        pictures added each year of new items. (See your manual for more
        details.)
   • If you are in Intermediate or above, place your new information in
        the back of your notebook, following previous year’s project, and
        place a tab or marker where the newest information starts for your
        project this year. This will allow the judge to have quick and easy
        access to your current project while still being able to get a good
        overview of how your collection has grown over the years.
   • If you start a new collection, keep the information from your
        previous collection in the front of your book, so that the judge may
        see the work that you have done up to this point. This project is
        judged on your notebook and how well you describe your ongoing
        collection each year. We hope to encourage you to keep precise
        records of important property in the future.
Exhibit Requirements:
   • Exhibit will consist of a notebook complete with pictures of the
        items in your collection, a special written report, your updated 4-H
        COLLECTION          RECORD        and     SUMMARY          OF MY
        COLLECTION sheets.            NO ACTUAL ITEMS WILL BE
        DISPLAYED AT THE FAIR.

NOTE: 4-Her must add at least 2 new items each year to their
collection. The new items must be clearly identified in the inventory.

Beginners: Grades 3, 4, 5
    Grade 3: at least 6 items
    Grade 4: at least 8 items
    Grade 5: at least 10 items

4th and 5th grade exhibits may consist of a continuation of your 3rd grade
collection plus the required number of new items, or a new collection
consisting of 8-10 items.

    1.  Begin the notebook with your report about your collection on how
       you started your collection, how long you have been collecting and
       why you enjoy your collection.
    2. Exhibit a picture of each item in your collection, labeled with
       specifics and dates each item was added to your collection, in your
       notebook. Your notebook should also include the SUMMARY OF
       MY COLLECTION and 4-H COLLECTION RECORD sheets.


                                   135
       These sheets should clearly reflect the picture of the items in your
       collection.

Intermediate: Grades 6, 7, 8
   Grade 6: at least 12 items
   Grade 7: at least 14 items
   Grade 8: at least 16 items

Collection may be a continuation of member’s Beginner collection with
additions to meet the item number requirement for each age, or a new
collection consisting of the appropriate number of items.

   1. Update your notebook with pictures of items added to your
      collection since the last 4-H Fair. Add a new SUMMARY OF MY
      COLLECTION and 4-H COLLECTION RECORD each year
      showing items added to your collection and dates added since the
      last fair. Please use approximate dates (month, day, year) instead of
      just the year so the judge can tell which items you have added since
      the last fair.
   2. You MUST add at least two items to your collection each year to
      continue in this project.
   3. Exhibit your notebook. Add your new pictures, special report and
      information sheets, noting the additions to your collection, to the
      end of your notebook. Place a tab or marker showing the judge
      where the new information begins in your notebook. This will
      allow easy access to your current information plus allow the judge
      to see how your collection is continuing to grow each year.
   4. If this is your first year taking collectibles, use the guidelines in the
      beginner division, using the number of items listed according to
      your grade.

Advanced: Grades 9,10,11,12
   Grade 9: at least 18 items
   Grade 10: at least 20 items
   Grade 11: at least 22 items
   Grade 12: at least 24 items

Collection may be a continuation of member’s Beginner or Intermediate
collection with additions to meet the item number requirement for each
age, or a new collection consisting of the appropriate number of items.



                                    136
    1. Update your notebook as outlined in Intermediate above.
    2. Develop a new method to catalog the items in your collection and
       include it in your notebook. (See manual for examples.)
    3. Exhibit your notebook. Be sure to include all previous year’s
       information adding your current information to the back of the
       notebook using a tab or marker to show the judge where your new
       information begins. Make sure you include new pictures of the
       items added to your collection in the past year, your special report,
       all information sheets and your new way to catalog every item in
       your collection to your notebook.
    4. If this is your first year taking collectibles, use the guidelines in the
       beginner division, using the number of items listed according to
       your grade.


                                      Computer

Manual:       Level 1   Grades 3-5      BU-08346         Newbie Know-How
              Level 2   Grades 6-8      BU-08347         Inside the Box
                        Grades 6-8      BU-08348         Peer-to-Peer
              Level 3   Grades 9-12     BU-08349         Teens Teaching Tech

Record Sheet:     (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                  4-H 528 – General Record Sheet

Exhibit Options: Poster: For all poster projects:
                 Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                  Notebook report: (prepare proposal-like report covering the
                  five W’s and H. Who, What, Where, When Why and How.)
                  Please include screen shots in the report. See page 118 for
                  general notebook details. and/or

                  Action Demonstration: See page 117 for details.

                  For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see
                  page 24 & 114.

NOTE:
  1. If you choose to develop a computer program, MAKE SURE
      THAT A NOTEBOOK OR POSTER IS DISPLAYED WITH
      THE PROJECT. (Ex: t-shirt printed with a notebook on how it


                                      137
       was made.) See “Notebook report” above for new information
       to be covered in your notebook.
    2. While youth are encouraged to develop programs that can be
       published either on the web or via CD, publishing the program
       is NOT a requirement or an expectation.
    3. The exhibit topics provide ideas/suggestions for exhibits. Other
       exhibit topics are acceptable as long as they are comparable in
       knowledge and skill.

State Fair: One exhibit from Level 1, 2, and 3

Level 1: Grades 3-5 or open for no more than three years to 4-H members
who feel they are capable of meeting the exhibit requirements of the project.

Suggested Exhibit topics:
Your project may cover one of the following areas (the exhibit topic each
year must be different from previous year’s exhibit.)
    • An educational exhibit you could use at school or for a
       demonstration that shows one part or several parts of computer
       equipment. Example: A poster showing the parts of a home
       computer system, or a poster illustrating the differences in the
       storage devices used in computers, or a poster showing how CD-
       ROM works. (Anything educational illustrating computer hardware
       would be acceptable. If you have questions, call your 4-H leader or
       the Extension Office).
    • A poster showing how a career or occupation has been dramatically
       changed by computer technology.
    • A poster showing how computers are used to accomplish different
       tasks.
    • A poster on any topic covered in the manual.
    • Any exhibit as described in the Level 1 manual.

        1.  Cards for All Occasions
           Develop a series of 4 to 6 greeting cards for a variety of
           holidays or special occasions. Use clip art, scanned photos, or
           draw your own pictures. Can use software such as Word,
           WordPerfect, Print Shop or Publisher.
        2. Graphic Illustration
           Use a software program such as Paint, Paintbrush, Kid Pix
           Studio, or CorelDRAW, to make your own drawing and print it.
           Be creative.


                                    138
        3.  Computer Presentation
           Use a presentation software program such as PowerPoint, Kid
           Pix Studio, or HyperStudio to design a computer presentation
           on a topic you enjoy. You can present on your computer or
           print out an overhead transparencies or display prints on a
           poster.
        4. Photograph Series
           Take a photograph and design a series of 4 to 6 special effects
           photos. You can use morphing software such as MorphMan or
           Morph Filter software programs such as Adobe Gallery Effects,
           or SuperGoo.
        5. Scrapbook or Poster
           Put together a scrapbook (notebook) or poster on a topic that
           you have investigated on the Web. The topic can be anything
           such as dinosaurs, space, favorite TV stars, music, science
           fiction characters, sports cars, fun vacation spots, etc. Print off
           the information you found on the Web and display it in a
           scrapbook (notebook) or on a poster.
        6. Storybook
           Write a story and illustrate it with pictures. Pictures can be
           original drawings, clip art or photos. Put them together in a
           storybook format.

Level 2: Suggested for 4-Hers in grades 6-8 or those who feel they are
capable of meeting the exhibit requirements of the project.

There are two manuals for Level 2, “Inside the Box”, focuses on hardware
and repair. “Peer-to Peer”, focuses on networking, protocols and security.
You can choose either track for 1 year or 3 years depending on your interest.

Suggested Exhibit Topics:
Areas of emphasis that may be the focus of your exhibit include:
Note: The exhibit topic each year must be different from previous
years’ exhibit.
        1. Operating System Exhibit (DOS, Windows, OS2, Mac OS,
              etc.)
                 • Create an educational poster or action demonstration
                    that illustrates what DOS, Windows, OS/2, or Mac OS
                    is and some of its major functions or contrast or
                    compare operating systems.




                                    139
2. Word Processing Exhibit
       • Design an educational poster or action demonstration
            that illustrates the advantages of word processing.
3. Database or Network Exhibit
       • Create a database on any database software and
            illustrate the different ways to manipulate data using
            the software.
       • Establish a network and diagram the components and
            flow.
4. Spreadsheet Exhibit
       • Make a simple spreadsheet that uses at least 100 cells.
            Show how you created it and how you plan to use it.
            Be sure to mention which software program you used
            and also submit a removable storage unit (i.e., disk,
            CD-ROM) containing the template you created.
5. Education Exhibit
       • Design an educational exhibit that illustrates at least
            three educational computer software programs for
            children or adults (choose one or the other). Show how
            these programs benefit the use.
       • Illustrate decisions flowchart on whether to repair or
            replace a system or establish a network security.
       • Prepare a poster that illustrates the importance of
            computers in the classroom and how school has
            changed because of computer use.
6. Computer Games Exhibit
       • Prepare a poster that illustrates how computer games
            can be beneficial to people.
       • Design an educational exhibit that illustrates how
            computer games are made, what the market is for them,
            and how big a business the computer game industry is.
7. WWW Homepage
      • Create a homepage that includes at least three HTM
          files with appropriate navigational links. The homepage
          should include both text and graphics.
8. Any exhibit that you created that fulfills one of these
   options.
      • T-Shirt
         Use a design software program such as Print Shop
         Deluxe or Publisher to create a T-shirt design using a
         combination of graphics and text. Use clip art, scanned


                          140
                  photos, or draw your own pictures. Print your design and
                  a T-shirt or on a piece of paper.
                • Animated Presentation
                  Use a presentation software program such as PowerPoint,
                  Kid Pix Studio, or HyperStudio, design an animated
                  computer presentation on a topic you enjoy. You can
                  animate text and other objects.
                • Magazine
                  Use a word processing or desktop publishing software
                  (Microsoft Works, Word, PageMaker, Publish It, Print
                  Shop Deluxe, Claris Works) to create a magazine. The
                  magazine should be at least eight pages and use a
                  combination of graphics and text.
                • Photograph Series
                  Use an imaging program like Adobe Photoshop, Jasc’s
                  Paint Shop Pro or Adobe Gallery Effects to create a
                  series of special effects photos. The series of photos
                  should use at least three of the following effects:
                  textures, changing brightness and contrast, filters, magic
                  wand techniques, composite images, cropping, or
                  resizing.

Level 3: Suggested for 4-H members in grades 9-12 or those who feel they
are capable of meeting the exhibit requirements of the project.

Suggested Exhibit Topics:
       1. A Prepared Lesson Plan
              • Exhibit your prepared lesson plan in a 3-ring binder or on
                 a 22”x28” poster, displayed horizontally. In your lesson
                 plan be sure to identify your success/skills indicators, life
                 skills, and the goals and standards for your lesson and
                 learner(s). As a teen in this project, you should have
                 gained many skills that you can teach a new person.
       2. Programming Exhibits
              • Prepare an educational exhibit illustrating the different
                 programming languages commonly used to create
                 computer software.       Also submit a written report
                 detailing the information presented with the poster.
                 NOTE: It is recommended that you use a high-level
                 programming language such as Basic, Pascal, C, Visual
                 Basic, etc.


                                    141
        • Write a computer program that would be useful to you or
           someone you know. Completely document the program
           listing all lines of entry. Write a user’s guide explain
           how to run the program. Turn in a computer printed
           user’s guide. Turn in the program on a removable
           storage unit (i.e., disk, CD-Rom). The program should
           be complex enough to warrant being exhibited in Level 3
           of this project. Discretion of complexity will be left to
           the judge.
3.   Desktop Publishing Exhibit
          • Using desktop publishing software, prepare an
           educational poster illustrating what desktop publishing is
           and how it is used. Also submit a written report detailing
           the information presented with the poster. The report
           should also include details of a visit with someone who
           uses desktop publishing professionally. The completed
           exhibit should use both graphics and typewritten words
           to illustrate what desktop publishing is and how it is
           used.
4.    Advanced Spreadsheet Use
          • Design a spreadsheet template to solve a problem that
             could help you or someone you know. The template
             should be created by you, and should use at least 500
             cells and at least one macro. Exhibit the completed
             template on a removable storage unit (i.e., disk, CD-
             ROM) and include a typewritten user’s guide that
             explains what the template does, a listing of all cells,
             and step-by-step instructions on how to use it.
5.   Integrated Software Package
          • Use integrated software (minimum of two software
             applications i.e., create a document using a word
             processor to type the document           and import a
             spreadsheet graph into the word processing document)
             to create a document. Exhibit the completed document
             on a removable storage unit (i.e., disk, CD-ROM) and
             include a written report detailing the information
             presented with the display.
6.   Multimedia Software Package
          • Use a multimedia software package to produce a
             computer program that incorporates the features of
             multimedia. Along with the computer program, prepare


                            142
          an educational display or written report explaining how
          you developed the program.
7. WWW Homepage
        • Develop a WWW homepage that incorporate some
          advanced programming skills such as, but not limited to
          FLASH, Java or JavaScript.
8. Any exhibit that you created that fulfills one of these
   options;
        • Multimedia Computer Presentation
          Use a presentation software program such as
          Microsoft’s Power Point, Appleworks, Hypertudio, Kid
          Pix Studio, The Multimedia Workshop, QuickTime VR
          Authoring Studio, Lotus Freelance Graphics,
          Macromedia Director Shockwave Studio, Flash and
          Fireworks, Asymetric Tool Book, and Final Cut Pro) to
          design an animated computer presentation on a topic
          you enjoy. It should contain a minimum of 10 screens
          and include some graphics, sound and either a video clip
          or animation.
        • Web Site for an Organization
          Use a web editor such as Sunburst’s Web Workshop,
          Claris Home Page, Adobe Page Mill, Hot Dot, BB Edit,
          Microsoft’s FrontPage Express, Netscape Composer or
          using HTML to design a Web site for an organization.
          It can be your 4-H club, an athletic team, school club,
          dance group, etc. The site should include a minimum of
          five different screens and some hyperlinks.
        • Magazine
          Use a word processing or desktop publishing software
          such as Microsoft Works, Word, PageMaker, Publish It,
          Print Shop Deluxe, Claris Works to create a magazine.
          The magazine should be at least 12 pages and use a
          combination of graphics and text. Print in color.
        • Animated Program
          Use an animation program such as Macromedia Director
          Shockwave Studio, Flash and Fireworks, Asymetric
          Tool Book, or Final Cut Pro to create an animation
          program that can be used in a presentation.
        • GIS Map
          Use a geographic information system (GIS) program
          like ArcView or Esc to make a map of your community.


                          143
                    You may use prepared data or make your own. Try to
                    include all the important features that make your
                    community unique.

                               Consumer Clothing

Manuals:         Beginning Consumer Clothing       Grades 3-5       4-H 730
                 Intermediate Consumer Clothing    Grades 6-8       4-H 731
                 Advanced Consumer Clothing        Grades 9-12      4-H 732

Record Sheet:    (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                 4-H-751-W       All divisions

Exhibit Options: Notebook: See below and page 118 for details.

                 For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see page
                 24 & 114.

State Fair:      One notebook ONLY, selected from each Level: Beginner,
                 Intermediate & Advanced.

A Consumer Clothing Award will be chosen at the Discretion of the Judge.

Consumer Clothing judging is done during the week following the
Queen Contest. A public “Consumer Clothing” Fashion Revue is
held during the Fair. 4-Hers must participate in the private judging
in order to exhibit at the fair and be in the public revue. Notebooks
are to be turned in at the private judging.

Project Requirements:

1. Read the project manual carefully and follow directions.
2. Clothing items for this project should not be constructed by the 4-H
   member.
3. Judging will be based on three (3) segments:
       a. Completed Notebook
       b. Modeling of selections
       c. The garments chosen
           (See notebook supplement for details)




                                    144
Definition of an Outfit:
An outfit is a garment or garments that, when put together, make a
complete look. For example: one or two piece dress, a one or two
piece pant suit, or three piece combination such as pants, vest, and
blouse or shirt. An outfit does not require additional garments in
order to be worn. Outfits have no more than four (4) pieces.

Beginner- Grades 3, 4, 5
Exhibit Requirements:
   1. Complete one activity from each group in the manual. Write your
        results or answers in a notebook. Label each activity. This will
        help you talk to the judge easily.
   2. Help purchase an item of clothing that you’ll wear with other
        clothes in your wardrobe. Examples might be slacks, blouse, jeans,
        shirt, sweater, or sweatshirt. Accessorize with current items to go
        with your purchase such as shoes, sweatband, belt, jewelry, or
        socks.
   3. Model your purchases. Tell the judge about the activities you
        completed. Take your manual and notebook with you to be turned
        in at the private judging.

Intermediate – Grades 6, 7, 8
Exhibit Requirements:
   1. Complete one activity from each group in the manual. Write your
        results or answers in a notebook. Label each activity. This will
        help you talk to the judge easily.
   2. Purchase and accessorize a casual or school outfit. You may
        purchase accessories or select from items you already own.
   3. Model your outfit. Tell the judge about your purchases, what you
        learned, and about the activities you completed. Take your manual
        and notebook with you to be turned in at the private judging.

Advanced – Grades 9,10,11,12
Exhibit Requirements:
   1. Complete one activity from each group in the manual. Write your
        results or answers in a notebook. Label each activity. This will
        help you talk to the judge easily.
   2. Choose an outfit and accessorize it. You may purchase or select
        from items you already own.




                                   145
    3. Model your outfit before a group. Tell them about your activities in
       this year’s project and how you plan to use this year’s purchases in
       your future wardrobe. Take your manual and notebook with you to
       be turned in at the private judging.

                                  Crafts
Manual:                  Montgomery County Crafts

Supplemental Material: 4-H BU 08140 Sketching Crossroads $7
                       4-H Portfolio Pathways $7

Record Sheet:            (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                         Montgomery County 4-H Club Crafts Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:         1 exhibit or 2 exhibits, if they are from different
                         categories (ex. 1 entry in fine arts and 1 entry in misc.
                         craft.)   Categories are: Fine Arts, Needlecraft,
                         Models, Misc. Crafts

                         For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                         see page 24 & 114.

A completed craft card should be attached to the exhibit which
states how your project was made and what you learned about
                           your exhibit.
  Cards may be picked up from your leader, at the Extension
  Office, or make one of your own with an index card. Bring
            this, attached to the project, at check-in.

No exhibitor may have more than one entry in a category at the Indiana
State Fair.

Projects will be lowered one placing if pictures have no hangers.

State Fair: Entries Selected as Follows:     2 entries in Fine Arts
                                             2 entries in Needlecraft
                                             2 entries in Models
                                             6 additional entries (not
                                             including the three categories
                                             above) including at least:


                                    146
                                           1 Construction Toy
                                           1BasketWeaving/Caning
                                           1 Miscellaneous Craft.

State Categories: Fine arts, Needlecraft, Models, Any Other Crafts

County Categories: Fine arts, Needlecraft, Model Craft, Construction
Toys, Basket Weaving/Caning & Any Other Crafts

County: Each article will be given a ribbon of its own merit. One County
               Champion and One County Reserve Champion will be given
               in each category for beginner, intermediate and advanced.
               County Categories are Fine Arts, Needlecraft, Model Craft,
               Construction Toys, Basket Weaving/ Caning, & Any Other
               Crafts.    HOWEVER, each County Champion will not
               necessarily be going to the State Fair. Exhibits chosen for the
               State Fair will be awarded an additional “Selected for State
               Fair” ribbon.
One Overall Craft Award will be chosen from all categories at the discretion
of the judges.

Exhibit Grade Levels:
    In addition to being judged in Exhibit Categories, craft entries will also
    be judged according to the following grade levels:
              Beginner – Grades 3, 4, 5
              Intermediate – Grades 6, 7, 8
              Advanced – Grades 9,10,11,12

Exhibit Categories:
Refer to Craft manual for guidelines
   Fine Arts: Framed Painting & Drawing with a hanger and Craft Card
   (see box above), using oil, charcoal, pastels, pencil, ink, acrylic or
   watercolor-on canvas, canvas board, or paper, It must be framed as a
   picture and prepared for hanging.
   Needlecraft: Handwork – any craft hand made with a needle, include a
   Craft Card (see box above), made by knitting, embroidery, crocheting,
   needlepoint, crewel, candlewicking, chicken scratching, hand quilting,
   tatting, huck embroidery, hemstitching; also pulled, drawn and counted
   thread work and punch needle work. Does not include latch hook,
   plastic canvas, machine knitting or machine quilting. If an article is to
   be hung, it must come prepared for hanging.


                                    147
     Model Craft: Small scale replica – no snap togethers or die casts,
     displayed on a sturdy base. Include a Craft Card (see box above)
     Construction Toys: Lego’s, K-Nex, Construx, Erector, Tinker Toys,
     Lincoln Logs, Duplo Blocks, etc., displayed on a sturdy base such as
     plywood. Do not glue. Include a Craft Card (see box above)
     Basket Weaving/Caning: Handmade baskets using guidelines in Craft
     Manual. Include a Craft Card (see box above).
     Miscellaneous Crafts: Any craft not fitting in one of the above
     categories. Include a Craft Card (see box above).

                                    Crops

Manuals: Alfalfa          4-H 39     Alfalfa Project Outline
         Corn             4-H 672    Corn Project – Beginner Grades 3-4
                          4-H 673    Corn Project – Intermediate Grades 5-7
                          4-H 674    Corn Project – Advanced Grades 8-12
           Small Grains   4-H 749    Small Grains Project
           Soybeans       4-H 209    Soybean Project

 Supplemental Material:    4-H 672A Corn Project Scout Form

 Record Sheet             (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                           4-H 626-W 4-H Crops Record

Exhibit Options:           Exhibit as listed per category and grade below.

                          Poster: For all poster projects: Please see “Proper
                          Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                          For    General    Exhibition   &        Completion
                          Requirements, see page 24 & 114.

 State Fair:              Not a State Fair Project

 County:                  One County Champion and One County Reserve
                          Champion will be given in each Level: Beginner,
                          Intermediate, & Advanced in Alfalfa and Corn. A
                          County Champion and Reserve per division in
                          Soybeans and Small Grains.




                                    148
1. All Crops project members are encouraged to exhibit at the County Fair.
2. All Crops members are encouraged to show in all the open classes at the
   State Fair.
3. Complete everything on the Crops Record Sheets, including the
   estimated yield and profit or loss, and put it in the Green Record Book
   for check-in. If displaying plants, make a duplicate copy of the Crops
   Record Sheet to be exhibited with the plants. Suggestion: enclose
   the paperwork in a gallon zip-lock bag.
4. The exhibit requirements for crops at the Montgomery County Fair are
   below.
5. Any activity exhibited as a display must be able to sit on a table and be
   no more than 14” x 28” and no higher than 22”.

Alfalfa & Mixed Hay
You will be required to exhibit one (1) flake of Alfalfa OR one (1) flake of
Mixed Hay. Alfalfa and Mixed Hay will be judged separately. The flake is
to be obtained from baled hay (not selectively cut stems).

Corn

Beginner: Grades 3, 4
Exhibit Requirements:
   1. Plan your project year
   2. Grow a plot of corn
   3. Make an exhibit from one of the project activities you selected
   4. Complete “Crops Projects Record Sheet” (first page only)

Exhibit:
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Three corn stalks consisting of: One cornstalk with washed roots
        (no soil) & two cornstalks cut off at the top of the ground. Exhibit
        all cornstalks in one white 5-gallon bucket (provided). Also provide
        an extra copy of the Crops Record Sheet with your plant.
        Display it in a Gallon Zip-lock bag. OR
   2. a 22”x28” poster on one of the topics below:
             a. “The Parts of the Corn Plant”.
             b. Identifying Some Pest of Corn”.
             c. “Effects of Planting Depth on Corn Growth”




                                   149
Intermediate: Grades 5, 6, 7
Exhibit Requirements:
   1. Plan your project year
   2. Grow a large plot of corn
   3. Make an exhibit from one of the project activities you selected
   4. Complete “Crops Projects Record Sheet”

Exhibit:
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Three corn stalks as described above. Also provide an extra copy
        of the Crops Record Sheet with your plant. Display it in a
        Gallon Zip-lock bag. OR
   2. A 22”x28” poster on one of the topics below:
           a. “Know how to Read Pesticide Labels
           b. “Making the Farmstead Safer”
           c. “The Role of Corn in Other Foods”
           d. “My Own Corn Germination Test”
           e. Effects of Weed Competition on Corn Growth.

Advanced: Grades 8, 9, 10, 11, 12
Exhibit Requirements:
   1. Plan your project year
   2. Grow a large plot of corn
   3. Make an exhibit from one of the project activities you selected
   4. Complete the “Crops Project Record Sheet”

Exhibit:
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Three corn stalks as described above. Also provide an extra copy
        of the Crops Record Sheet with your plant. Display it in a
        Gallon Zip-lock bag. OR
   2. A 22”x28” poster on one of the topics below:
           a. “Plant Nutrient Deficiencies”
           b. “Fertilizer Nutrient Calculations”
           c. “Fertilizer Cost Comparison”
           d. “My 4-H Corn Project Field’s Erosion Rate”
           e. “Best Tillage-Planting System for My 4-H Corn Project
               Field”
           f. “Cross-, Self-, and Open-Pollination Experiment”
           g. “My Corn Performance Trial Results”
           h. “Last Safe Planting Date for Corn Hybrids”


                                   150
Soybean

Division 1
Exhibit Requirements:
   1. Complete three of the following activities:
        a. 1,2,3 or 13 in the 4-H Soybean Manual
   2. Keep accurate records using the 4-H Crops Record.

Exhibit:
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Three green plants including roots free of soil & tied together.
        Provide an extra copy of the Crops Record Sheet with your
        plant. Display it in a Gallon Zip-lock bag. Also, attach an
        information card as listed below.
   2. 22”x28” poster on one of the following:
        a. “Germination of the Soybean”
        b. “Using the Soybean”

Division 2
Exhibit Requirements:
   1. Complete two of the following activities:
        4,7,or 14 in the 4-H Soybean Manual
   2. Keep accurate records using the 4-H Crops Record


Exhibit:
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Three green plants including roots free of soil & tied together.
        Provide an extra copy of the Crops Record Sheet with your
        plant. Display it in a Gallon Zip-lock bag. Also, attach an
        information card as listed below.
   2. 22”x28” poster on one of the following:
        a. “The Effect of Light & Darkness on Flowering”
        b. “Soybean Plant Nutrient deficiencies”
        c. “Preparing Soybeans for Home Use”

Division 3
Exhibit Requirements:
   1. Complete two of the following activities:
        5, 6, or 14 in the 4-H Soybean Manual.


                                 151
   2. Keep accurate records using the 4-H Crops Record.
Exhibit:
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Three green plants including roots free of soil, tied together.
        Provide an extra copy of the Crops Record Sheet with your
        plant. Display it in a Gallon Zip-lock bag. Also, attach an
        information card as listed below.
   2. 22”x28” poster on one of the following:
        a. “Differences in Flowering Among Soybean Varieties”
        b. “How Planting Dates Affect Soybean Yields”

Division 4-Advanced
Exhibit Requirements:
   1. Complete three of the following activities: 9, 10, 11 or 12 in the 4-H
        Soybean Manual.
   2. Keep accurate records using the 4-H Crops Record.

Exhibit:
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Three green plants including roots free of soil & tied together.
        Provide an extra copy of the Crops Record Sheet with your
        plant. Display it in a Gallon Zip-lock bag. Also, attach an
        information card as listed below.
   2. “Soybean Herbicide Survey” or “Soybean Insect Study,” or
        “Soybean Disease Study”
   3. “Measuring Soybean Harvest Losses.”
   4. One from previous division that you have not done before.

If you exhibit #1 (three green soybean plants), attach an information
card which includes:
    1. Variety or hybrid and number_______________________
    2. Date of Planting___________________________________
    3. Maturity (early, medium, late)_______________________
    4. Kind and amount of fertilizer applies__________________
    5. Width of rows_____________________________________
    6. Approximate population per acre_____________________




                                   152
Small Grains (Wheat or Oats)

All Divisions:
Exhibit:
Exhibit one of the following:
    1. Exhibit a 22”x28” poster on one of the following:
        a. “The Parts of a Plant”
        b. “The Effects of Moisture and Temperature on Seed
            Germination”
        c. “The Effects of Plant Competition and Growth”
        d. “The Effects of Planting Depth”
        e. “The Effects of Soil Types on Growth”
        f. “The Role of Small Grains in the Consumer’s Life”
        g. “Comparative Analysis”

   2. Exhibit one gallon of your small grain (oats or wheat) you harvested
      this year. Also provide an extra copy of the Crops Record Sheet
      with your grain. Display it in a Gallon Zip-lock bag.

    If you exhibit #2 (oats or wheat), attach an information card
    which includes:
    1. Variety or hybrid and number_________________________
    2. Date of Planting______________________________________
    3. Maturity (early, medium, late)__________________________
    4. Kind and amount of fertilizer applies____________________
*See your small Grains Manual (4-H 749) for further details.

           Small grains will be destroyed at the end of the fair.




                                   153
                        Do Your Own Thing

Manual:                   Montgomery County “Do Your Own Thing”

Record Sheet:             (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                          “Do Your Own Thing” Project Proposal Sheet

Age Categories:           Level 1: Grades 3-5
                          Level 2: Grades 6-8
                          Level 3: Grades 9-12
Exhibit Options:          Poster: For all poster projects: Please see “Proper
                          Poster Preparation” on page 115, and/or

                          Display: A display must fit within a 14”x28” area no
                          higher than 22”.

                          For notebook instructions, see page 118

                          For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                          see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:               This is not a State Fair Project

County:                   One County Champion and One County Reserve
                          Champion will be given in each Level.

Possible Project proposals include anything that is not offered as a
Montgomery County 4-H Project. Some examples include: music, poetry,
creative writing, architecture, safety, hydraulic pumps, model train sets,
tractor/auto restorations, dance, cheerleading, vacation planning, antiques, or
science fair projects. Project Exhibit must be educational. (Teach the
observer something. Show what you have learned.)

Qualification: 4-Hers will submit a “Project Proposal Sheet” by May 16
with a detailed description of their intended project. The Extension Office
will then determine if the project does not meet the requirements of another
project that is offered. If it does meet another project’s requirements, it will
be switched into the correct project.
     Example: 4-H Memory Book including news articles, pictures, ribbons,
     etc.    This project proposal would meet the requirements of
     scrapbooking, so it would be switched to the Scrapbooking Project. An
     exhibitor cannot disregard the requirements of Scrapbooking and then


                                     154
    place their exhibit into this project because the requirements were not
    met for scrapbooking.

                                  Electricity

Manual:       Div. I - 4-H 421      Getting on Track with Electricity
              CD        4-H 421     CD option of Div I manual
              Div. II 4-H 422       Scoring Electricity through Magnetism
              CD        4-H 422     CD option of Div II manual
              Div. III- 4-H 423     Alternating Your Thought About Electricity
              Div. IV 4-H 1000      Lighting the Way
              Adv.      4-H 425     Electricity Works for You
Other:        MWPS-28               Farm Buildings Wiring Handbook $10.00

Record Sheet:      (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                   Div. I                    4-H-421aW
                   Div. II                   4-H-422aW
                   Div. III                  4-H-423aW
                   Div. IV                   1000aW
                   Advanced                  4-H-425

Exhibit Options:           Exhibit choices according to Division, OR

                           Poster: For all poster projects: Please see “Proper
                           Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                           For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                           see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:                One State Fair & one State Fair Alternate from each
                           Division 1 through 4. Two State Fair & 2 Alternates
                           from Divisions 5 through advanced (will select one
                           electric and one electronic in the Advanced
                           Division).

 It is recommended that a note be attached to the exhibit explaining
         what was done, why, and the intended use of the item.

Electric Award: This award is selected by the project judge to recognize the
outstanding Electric exhibit. This award is sponsored by Kirby-Risk
Electric. The Exhibitor will receive a plaque.



                                      155
Electric Project Awards: These awards are sponsored by the Indiana
Electric Association and the Indiana Statewide Association of REC’s Inc.

Division I
Exhibit Requirements:
        1. Make a circuit board.
        2. Conduct a Hazard Hunt.
        3. Complete your record sheet and include it in your Green Record
            Book.
Exhibit:
        Exhibit at your local or county fair a circuit board (using kit
        provided, label parallel or series circuit). “What I Have Done and
        Learned” is NOT required.

Division II
Exhibit Requirements:
        1. Make a magnetic powered flashlight or exhibit a poster
            (22”x28”) on a topic described in the manual.
        2. Complete your record sheet and include it in your Green Record
            Book
Exhibit:
        Exhibit at your local or county fair either:
            a. Magnetic powered flashlight, OR
            a. Poster (22”x28”) as outlined in the project manual or
                 project CD.
Division III
Exhibit Requirements:
        1. Check the circuits in your home.
        2. Make one of the following:
                 a. Build an extension cord using all new parts.
                 b. Build an incandescent trouble light using all new parts.
                 c. Build a fluorescent trouble light using all new parts.
                 d. Repair an extension cord or trouble light by replacing
                     the cord, plug, connector body or socket handle with
                     all new part(s).
                 e. Create a poster about
                     1. Wire size
                     2. Wire type
                     3. Current carrying capacity
                     4. The parts of an extension cord or trouble light
                     5. An important safety-related topic



                                   156
                   6. Any topic covered in Div. III manual.
        3. Complete your record and include it in your Green Record
           Book.
           Note: For parameters on any of the above project options,
           see the Division III electric manual.

Exhibit:
        Exhibit at your local or county fair either:
                 a. Extension Cord, OR
                 b. Trouble light, OR
                 c. Poster as outlined in the project manual.

Division IV
Exhibit Requirements:
        1. Complete the activities presented in the manual.
        2. Make one of the following:
            a. Make or remake a lamp, OR
            b. make a poster, OR
            c. display board on any topic covered in the Div. IV manual.
        3. Complete the record sheet and include it in your Green Record
            Book.

Exhibit:
        Exhibit at your local fair either:
           a. Made or remade lamp.
           b. Display board on any topic covered in the manual. (see
                 instructions for a display board on page 118.)
           c. Poster on any topic covered in the manual.

Advanced Division
Exhibit Requirements:
        1. Select one of the following areas for study:
           a. Heating and cooling
           b. Lighting
           c. Electronics
           d. Power
           e. Consumer buying
           f. Better methods – electrically
           g. Careers




                                    157
Exhibit:
        Exhibit at the local or county fair:
           a. One made article, or
           b. A written report, or
           c. A chart, or
           d. A diagram or
           e. Photographs that tell the story, as listed in project manual.
           f. One article or unit of electronic equipment.

                                Entomology

Manual:              4-H 764      How to Study, Collect, Preserve and Identify
                                   Insects
                      BU-6853     Grades 3, 4, 5   Entomology 1: Creepy
                                                   Crawlies
                      BU-6854     Grades 6, 7, 8   Entomology 2: What’s
                                                   Bugging You?
                      BU-6855     Grades 9-12       Entomology 3:
                                                   Dragons, House & Other
                                                   Flies

Record Sheet:      (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                   4-H 15-20A      Entomology Record Sheet

Entomology Kit:            4-H 15-40
                           4-H 764

Project Options:           Insect Display- display in an 18”x24” box (available
                           at the Montgomery County Extension Office for $20)

                           Educational box – grades 9 and up

                           Poster - For all poster projects: Please see “Proper
                           Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                           For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                           see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:                One Collection and One Poster form each Level, for
                           a maximum of six (6) exhibits per county. Level 1:
                           Grade 3-5, Level 2: Grade 6-8, & Level 3: Grade 9-
                           12.



                                       158
Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the Entomology
project this year.

Important Notes:

    •   References: one of the following:
        -4-H 764, How to Study, Collect, Preserve and Identify Insects.
        -How to Make an Awesome Insect Collection, ID-401 (available
        online;
        extension.entm.purdue.edu/401Book/default.php?page=home,
        or through The Education Store).

    •   Orders:
        Use the orders listed in the reference material (above), which are
        found on page 57 in ID-401 and the Table of Contents in 4-H-764.

    •   Display:
        Collect, mount (pins or vials), and identify insects personally
        collected in the U.S. only.

        Display your best specimens in an 18 x 24 inch box(es), orientated
        horizontally. When multiple boxes are used: list the box order (i.e.
        "box 1 of 3 boxes") and include your name in each box.

        Cards A-F (for grades 3-8) are to be placed inside the display box in
        an attractive manner. ID 401-I cards, (for grades 9-12), should be
        placed in the lower right hand corner of box #1.

    •   Identification:
        Collection display boxes are expected to contain the specified
        number of insects, families, and orders specified (see chart below).

        All insects must be in the adult stage and be properly mounted on
        insect pins or be contained in vials as directed.

        Pin Labels: Each pin or vial must contain two labels:
        1) Top label is to include collection date, location, and collector
        name.
        2) Bottom label is to include common name and other optional
        identification data


                                     159
        Box Labels: Box labels (computer generated or neatly printed) are
        used for orders and families as required (see chart below) and are to
        be placed flat against the bottom of the box. Insects must be
        properly grouped directly under the correct order and family box
        label. For example, all insects belonging to a particular order must
        be placed under that order label. Orders to be used are listed in the
        reference book ID- 401. If family level identification is required, the
        insects should be further grouped together under that family label.

    •   Educational Box:
        One additional box (educational), based on the specific theme (see
        chart below), is required for grades 9-12, in addition to the insect
        collection boxes. This box can be created in any manner chosen
        (without the mounting, pinning or identifying restrictions specified
        above).

Grade               Insect Collection Option Display        Max # of boxes
                    Exactly 10 insects, labeled and
3                   pinned on cards (ID 401A)               1
                    Exactly 20 insects, mounted (pins
4                   or vials). Identify all insects by      1
                    common name and identify five (5)
                    to order. Include card ID 401B.
                    Exactly 30 insects, mounted (pins
5                   or vials). Identify all insects by      1
                    common name and identify 15 to
                    order. Include ID 401C.
                    Exactly 40 insects, exhibit a
                    minimum of 6 orders, mounted
                    (pins or vials). Identify all insects
6                   by common name and order.               2
                    Include ID 401D.
                    Exactly 50 insects, exhibit a
                    minimum of 8 orders, mounted
                    (pins or vials). Identify all insects
7                   by common name and order.               2
                    Identify ten (10) to family. Include
                    card ID 401

                    Exactly 60 insects, exhibit a
                    minimum of 10 orders, mounted
                    (pins or vials). Identify all insects


                                      160
8    by common name and order.               2
     Identify 30 to family. Include card
     ID 401F.
     Exactly 70 insects, exhibit a
     minimum of 12 orders, mounted
     (pins or vials). Identify all insects   3
9    by common name, order, and
     family. 1 educational box; theme;
     insect behavior. Include card ID
     4011. (1-3 collection boxes plus 1
     educational box*). Place 4011 in
     first collection box only.
     Exactly 80 insects, exhibit a
     minimum of 14 orders, mounted
     (pins or vials). Identify all insects
10   by common name, order, and              3
     family. One educational box;
     theme: insect pest management.
     Include card ID 4011. (l-3
     collection boxes plus 1 educational
     box*). Place 4011 in first collection
     box only.
     Exactly 90 insects, exhibit a
11   minimum of 16 orders, mounted
     (pins or vials). Identify all insects
     by common name, order, and              3
     family. One educational box;
     theme: insects in the environment.
     Include card ID 4011. (1-3
     collection boxes plus 1 educational
     box*). Place 4011 in first collection
     box only.
     Exactly 100 insects, exhibit a
     minimum of 18 orders, mounted
     (pins or vials). Identify all insects
     by common name, order, and              3
     family. One educational box;
12   theme: benefits of insects. Include
     card ID 4011. (1-3 collection boxes
     plus 1 educational box*). Place
     4011 in first collection box only.




                      161
    *Educational box: the educational box (grades 9-12 is in
    addition to the insect display box(es). This box should be
    created in such a way as to teach something about the
    assigned theme to the general public.

Poster Option
Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the Entomology
Project this year. Posters must be displayed horizontally, sized 22”x28”,
mounted on a firm backing (foam core board or other), and covered in clear
plastic or other transparent material. Leave a space in the lower right hand
corner for a label given to you at check-in. Choose one of the topics listed
below, appropriate for your grade in school, and use that topic for your
exhibit title, so the judges know which activity you completed. You can
also use a creative subtitle if you wish.

Poster Entomology – Level 1 – Grades 3-5
Display a poster based on the following activities:
    • Big Mouth Bugs – Show the 4 different mouth types that you
        studied. Include the completed chart describing the mouth types, an
        insect with this mouth type, food they eat, and where these insects
        might be found.
    • Pit Stop – Make two pit traps and use them to collect insects.
        Exhibit your completed record sheet. You can use the format given
        for your data collection, or make your own. Include some of the
        insects, or picture of your trap and insects collected.
    • Buz-z-zing Around – Present three to five ways that insects
        communicate. Include an insect, or picture of each insect that
        communicates in each of the ways you are describing.
    • FACETnating! – Show how insects see (compound eyes) and
        explain how they see colors.
    • Ants and Uncles – Compare insects with their non-insect relatives
        by completing the chart in your book (copy or make your own).
        Include some of the insects and their non-insect relatives, or
        pictures of them, on your poster.

Poster Entomology – Level 2 – Grades 6-8
Display a poster based on the following activities:




                                     162
    •   Dots Before My Eyes – Show the importance of color for
        communication, camouflage, and defense. Use the chart in your
        manual (copy or make your own) and one other method.
    •   Designer Bugs – Show your creative talents! Design an insect and
        show your drawing and model (or picture of your model). Give it a
        name, genus, species, and indicate the habitat you would expect
        your insect to live in.
    •   How Sweet it is - Show how you completed the experiment using
        water, a diet drink, and a regular drink. Show what you observed
        using the chart given or one you make yourself. You may use the
        scientific method (described in Level 3, Chapter 1), if you want to
        try it.
    •   Computer Bugs – Show how you raised mealworms with pictures,
        information, and the completed chart (copy or make your own).
    •   Things that Buzz in the Night – Exhibit your night collection set-
        up and results. You can use pictures, drawings, and include insects
        (real or pictures) that you saw. Include the chart.
    •   GrassHOPper To it – Show some different ways that insects move
        by completing the chart and labeled drawing of an insect leg.

Poster Entomology – Level 3 – Grades 9-12
Display a poster based on the following activities:

    •   A Meal from a Worm – Show how you used the scientific method
        to study how mealworm larvae survive on a fixed amount of food.
        Include your hypothesis, data charts, and conclusions. Drawings or
        pictures will help tell the story.
    •   BEEhavior – Show how you used the scientific method to study
        honey bee response to symbols. Include your hypothesis, data
        charts, and conclusions. Drawings or pictures will help tell the
        story.
    •   Bugs R Us – Show how you taught others about entomology.
        Include all the items listed in the planning outline (copy or make
        your own). Drawings or pictures will help tell the story.
    •   Planting for Butterflies – Show how you planned, planted, and
        cared for your butterfly garden. Include the table (copy or make
        your own ) and information about any help you receive, resources
        you used (people and publications), and the cost of your project.
        Drawings or pictures will help tell the story.
    •   The Monarch: King or Queen? Explain the life cycle of the
        monarch by completing the table (copy or make your own).


                                     163
          Discuss migration (when and where) of monarchs. Research
          (library or Internet) to find out more. Drawings or pictures will help
          tell the story.

Independent Study: Grades 9-12

    •     Advanced Topic – Learn all you can about a topic of your choice
          and present it on a poster or in an Entomology box. Include a short
          manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe
          what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, “Advanced
          Entomology- Independent Study”.
    •     Mentoring – Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a
          younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent,
          the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the
          experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other
          documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, “Advanced
          Entomology –Mentor”

                               Entrepreneurship
Developing businesses starts by cultivating the interest and inquiry of young
people. Entrepreneurship requires learning skill in communication, creative
thinking, business planning, and organization. This project is a first for the
state. The project is for grades 7-12. It is for persons in the community who
are engaged in entrepreneurial activity. Exhibition at the county fair would
involve an educational notebook or poster or action demonstration which
highlights the activities experienced by the 4-H member.

Levels:           Level 1, Grades 7 and 8
                  Level 2, Grades 9 and 10
                  Level 3, Grades 11 and 12

Manual:           All Levels, Grades 7-12.           BU -08035 Be the
                                                     “e” entrepreneurship

Record Sheet:     (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                  4-H 528 General Record Sheet

Exhibit Option:            Notebook: For instructions, see page 118.




                                      164
                        Poster: For all poster projects: Please see “Proper
                        Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                        Action Demonstration –See page 117 for details.

                         For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                         see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:             Not a State Fair Project

County:                 One County Champion and One County Reserve
                        Champion will be given in each Level.

Exhibit: Level 1: Grades 7 & 8
Exhibit a poster or notebook or do an action demonstration from the topics
in Level 1 of your manual.

Exhibit: Level 2: Grades 9 & 10
Exhibit a poster or notebook or do an action demonstration from the topics
in Level 2 of your manual.

Exhibit: Level 3: Grades 11 & 12
Exhibit a poster of notebook or do an action demonstration from the topics
in Level 3 of your manual.

                               Fashion Revue
State Fair:
Each county can send six (6) participants to the State 4-H Fashion Revue
(maximum two per category). On the county level, if there are no entries in
a category, counties may send a second participant to the State Fashion
Revue from another category.

County Guidelines for selections of Senior Fashion Revue State
Fair and Alternates:
    1. A participant in Senior Fashion Revue may be selected for State
       Fair exhibit in only ONE CATEGORY.
    2. An individual may be selected as an ALTERNATE TO STATE
       FAIR IN ONLY ONE CATEGORY.
    3. No participant may be selected as a STATE FAIR WINNER AND
       AN ALTERNATE TO STATE FAIR.




                                   165
   4. Fashion Award Winner is selected by the judges. (See criteria
      under Fashion Award.) The winner may or may not be a category
      winner. The Fashion Award may be received only once. (List of all
      past winners is given to the chairman.)


General Rules:
   1. There will be two (2) Fashion Revues, Junior and Senior.
   2. Junior Fashion Revue – 4-Hers in grades 3-7.
   3. Senior Fashion Revue – Members in grades 8 through12.
   4. A 4-Her may enroll in all six (6) categories for Senior Fashion
      Revue or in only one category.
   5. Pre-enrollment in Fashion Revue is required. Forms must be in the
      Extension Office by deadline date listed on the fashion revue sign-
      up form. Forms must be complete including the classification that
      garments will be modeled in – classification MAY NOT BE
      CHANGED.
   6. The Fashion Revue is a two-party activity. The Private Fashion
      Revue is held during the week following the Queen Contest and all
      judging is done at this time. The Public Fashion Revue is held
      during the County Fair. All ribbons and awards are given at this
      time. A member participating in Public Fashion Revue must be in
      the Private Revue.

Rules for the State Fashion Revue:
   1. A participant must be a 4-H member in grades 8-12 of the current
      academic year.
   2. Garments modeled must have been made by participants since the
      last County 4-H exhibit.
   3. Handcrafted garments made in the 4-H Crafts projects may be
      modeled in Fashion Revue whenever the finished garment(s) meet
      the requirements of a Fashion Revue classification. To be eligible,
      the craft item must be part of a whole outfit made by the 4-H
      member, fitting the Fashion Revue category.
   4. An entrant may enter only one State 4-H Fashion Revue
      classification.
   5. Outfits to be worn in the State 4-H Fashion Revue cannot be
      exhibited in the State Fair Sewing Exhibit classes in construction.
   6. An official State Fair Entry is required.




                                 166
Definition of an Outfit:
An outfit is a garment or multiple garments that, when put together, makes a
complete look. For example: a one or two piece dress, a one or two piece
pant suit, or three piece combination such as pants, vest, and blouse or shirt.
An outfit does NOT require additional garments in order to be worn.
Outfits have no more than four (4) pieces.

All garments modeled in Fashion Revue must be worn with undergarments.
Swimsuits must be lined or worn with undergarments. The Fashion Revue
Committee and or the 4-H Building Superintendent may require a model to
add undergarments or a “cover-up” before judging or the public
presentation. Refusal to do so will result in the participant not being allowed
to model. The garment may still be entered in construction.

Fashion Revue Classifications:
Informal or Casual Wear: A complete outfit of 1 or 2 pieces suitable for
school, weekend, casual, or informal activities.

Dress Up: This is suitable for special, church, or social occasions which
are not considered to be formal. It may be an outfit of one or more pieces
with or without its own costume coat or jacket (lines or unlined). This is not
an outfit which would be worn to school, weekend, casual, or informal
activities.

Free Choice: A complete outfit comprised of garments which do not fit in
the other classifications. The garments are to make a complete outfit.
Examples include: tennis wear, swim wear or other active sportswear;
lounge wear; riding habits; historic, dance, theatrical or international
costumes, capes, and unlined coats.

Suit or Coat: The suit consists of two pieces including a skirt or pants and
its own jacket. It is not a dress with jacket as in “dress up wear”. The coat
is a separate lined coat for your wardrobe. It will be judged separately as a
coat with its own accessories.

Separates: Consists of three garments which must be worn as a
coordinated complete outfit. Each piece should be versatile enough to be
worn with other garments in your wardrobe, but not required additional
garments in order to be worn together as a complete outfit.



                                     167
Formal Wear: This outfit may be one or more pieces suitable for any
formal occasion, such as proms, weddings, and formal evening functions.

Interpretation Statement:
    • A wrap (cape, shawl, etc.) which would be worn during the entire
       formal occasion may be modeled in the formal category. If the
       wrap is designed to be worn only to and from the occasion, the total
       outfit can be modeled in Free Choice. However, if the formal wrap
       is to be judged on its own merit, it should be placed in the
       appropriate category.
    • If a wedding outfit is considered a formal by the participant, it may
       be worn in the Formal category. However, if the participant
       considers the outfit to be a costume, it may be worn in Free Choice.

                      Floriculture (Flowers)
Manual:         Level A           Grades 3, 4                4-H 966
                Level B           Grades 5, 6                4-H 967
                Level C           Grades 7, 8, 9             4-H 968
                Level D           Grades 10, 11, 12          4-H 969

Record Sheet:   (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                Floriculture Level A
                Floriculture Level B
                Floriculture Level C
                Floriculture Level D

                Floriculture Project Level B Plant Record   4-H 967C
                Floriculture Project Level D Plant Record   4-H 969C

Exhibit Options: 1 Arrangement, OR

                1 Poster/Notebook (exhibitors are not required to do both),
                OR

                For notebook instructions, see page 118

                For all poster projects: Please see “Proper Poster Preparation”
                on page 115.

                An Action Demonstration in addition to an arrangement or a
                poster/notebook. Action Demonstration: If you choose this


                                     168
                option, check with your 4-H leader as to the location and time
                when your action demonstration will be presented. See page
                117 for details.

                For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see page
                24 & 114.

State Fair:     Each county will be allowed to send one (1) flower and plant
                exhibit per category per level and one (1) poster or notebook
                exhibit per level, and one (1) demonstration per exhibitor.
                Total entries allowed per county: Level A, four (4) flower and
                plant exhibits and one (1) poster/notebook; Level B, three (3)
                flower and plant exhibits and one (1) poster/notebook: Level
                C, six (6) flower and plant exhibits and one (1)
                poster/notebook; and Level D, six (6) flower and plant
                exhibits and one (1) poster/notebook. Alternates may be
                chosen for each entry.

NOTE: Exhibitors must have a card attached giving the division, option
selected, and type of plant selected. Division I and II members may
purchase young seedling plants to grow or use homegrown flowers for their
exhibits. Division III, IV, V classes may include purchased or homegrown
flowers.

Planters MUST have drainage and provide for water retention (i.e. have a
saucer under the pot) EVEN ON HANGING BASKETS!!

Each Level (A, B, C, D) of the Floriculture project serves more than one
grade. You should do a DIFFERENT activity and exhibit each year
that you are in the project. For example, if in the 3rd grades you display
a simple bud vase (category 1), in 4th grade you should choose a
poster/notebook option or flower/plant exhibit from categories 2, 3, or 4.

You should pay special attention to size guidelines for Flower and Plant
Exhibits. Instructions for exhibits and related activities can be found in
the 4-H Floriculture student manuals listed above.




                                   169
Level A: Grades 3, 4

Exhibit
Flower and Exhibit Categories
   1. Create flower arrangement in a simple bud vase; provide your own
        vase, from cut flowers you grew in your garden.
           a. Vase must be no more than 9 inches tall by 3 inches wide,
               neck opening of vase not to exceed 1.5 inches and be clear or
               white only. Include 1-3 stems of a main flower, along with
               appropriate amount of filler flower and greenery.
   2. Create flower arrangement in a simple bud vase; provide your own
        vase, from fresh flowers you purchased.
           a. Vase must be no more than 9 inches tall by 3 inches wide,
               neck opening of vase not to exceed 1.5 inches and be clear or
               white only. Include 1-3 stems of a main flower, along with
               appropriate amount of filler flower and greenery. Flowers
               should be in their natural state, and not wired for display.
   3. Create a simple round arrangement (small, compact round cluster
        of flowers) with fresh flowers you purchased. Including the vase
        or container, it must be no larger than 12”x12” high.
   4. Create a simple round arrangement (small, compact round cluster of
        flowers) with fresh flowers you grew. Including the vase or
        container, it must be no larger than 12”x12” high.

Poster or Notebook Exhibits
        Choose any one (1) of the following topics:
        1. Chronicle your work in your flower garden (planning, planting,
           care, harvest, arrangement made with your flowers).
        2. Describe how you planned or designed your garden, including
           how you chose the kinds of flowers.
        3. Explain how you harvested your flowers, cared for them, and
           used them in an arrangement.
        4. Explore and explain: pollination – what it is, why it is
           important, different ways it occurs or transplanting – what,
           how, things to watch out for; or role of insects with flowers
           (good, bad or both).
        5. Explore and explain seed germination or how to care for a
           ‘sick’ plant.
        6. Report on interview with a professional (what do they do, types
           of jobs, type of training, hours worked, etc.).
        7. Describe an experiment you did and the results.


                                   170
        8. Describe a community service project you did related to your
           flowers project.

Demonstration
Participation in an action demo at state fair or demonstration contest related
to topics for this grade level, or any of those listed above.

Level B, Grades 5, 6
Exhibit
Flower and Plant Exhibit Categories
   1. Display a mixed planter that may include herbs with foliage plants
        and/or flowering plants. The planter should include 3 or more kinds
        of plants and have been planted at least two months before the fair.
        The container exhibit space must not exceed 18”x18” (height will
        be variable). Must include 4-H 967c “Level B Plant Record”
        chronicling the care of your plant.
   2. Make an item with dried herbs or dried flowers that you grew
        yourself. Examples of items to exhibit are, but not limited to, a
        dried flower product, or a simple dried arrangement in a container.
        The exhibit must not exceed 18”x18” (height will be variable).
   3. Display one house plant (foliage and/or flowering) in a container
        not to exceed 10 inches in diameter. There must be only one
        specimen plant per pot. A flowering plant may be on any color with
        single or double flowers. Must include 4-H 967c “Level B Plant
        Record” chronicling the care of your plant.

Poster or Notebook Exhibits
Choose any one (1) of the following topics.
   1. Report how you harvested your flowers and/or herbs, cared for
        them, dried them, and used them.
   2. Explore and explain: Insects and your flowers and/or herbs.
   3. Explore and explain: starting seeds indoors – the process and pros
        and cons.
   4. Explore and explain: perennials – what are they, how are they used,
        benefits or drawbacks.
   5. Investigate and describe: a butterfly garden – what types of plants,
        benefits to insects and butterflies, etc.
   6. Describe how you planned or designed your garden, including how
        you chose the kinds of plants, any problems, and successes.
   7. Describe your houseplant – how you cared for, transplanted to
        larger pot, any problems, or successes.


                                    171
    8. Explore and explain: plant biology – form and function, growth,
        photosynthesis, etc.
    9. Explore and explain: how to grow plants indoors – things to
        consider, common problems and solutions.
    10. Explore and explain: environmental effects related to plants (such
        as light, water, soil, or temperature).
    11. Describe an experiment you did and the results.
    12. Explore and explain topics from “Imagine That” – plants around the
        world, information about different cultural uses of plants, different
        ways you used your plants/herbs/flowers.

Demonstration
Participate in an action demo at the State Fair or demonstration contest
related to topics for this grade level, or any of those listed above.

Level C, Grades 7, 8, 9
Exhibit
Flower and Plant Exhibit Categories
   1. Display a terrarium
             • Size of the terrarium should be appropriate for use on a
                  table at home, and no larger than 12” deep, 18” long and
                  16” high. Must have a cover while on exhibit. See activity
                  information for design.
   2. Combination or European planter
             • Exhibit a container of plants (3 or more kinds of plants)
                  that you have planted and cared for a minimum of 2
                  months. See activity for information on plants and design.
                  The container should not exceed exhibit space of 18”x18”
                  (height will be variable).
   3. Create one (1) corsage or two (2) boutonnieres made from only
        fresh flowers. Corsages should contain 3 or more blooms. NO
        artificial flowers or greenery should be used in this category. Bows
        and decorative items are okay.
   4. Create one (1) corsage or two (2) boutonnieres made from silk or
        other artificial flowers and greenery. Can be created with mixed
        fresh and artificial materials, or all artificial. Bows and decorative
        items are okay.
   5. A dried arrangement in a container or a specialty item (such as, but
        not limited to, a wreath or swag) made with flowers and dried plant
        materials. NO artificial flowers/plant material should be included.



                                    172
       Bows and decorative items are okay. Maximum size 24”x24”
       height will be variable.
    6. Create a flower arrangement using either roses or lilies as the
       primary component of the arrangement. Arrangement should be
       made with all fresh materials (NO artificial, flowers/plant material).
       Bows and decorative items are okay. The exhibit must not exceed
       18”x18” (height will be variable).

Poster or Notebook Exhibits
Choose any one (1) of the following topics:
   1. Explore and explain: vegetative propagation – how to, different
        types, problems and solutions, different uses of.
   2. Explore and explain: plant nutrients – what are they, why does the
        plant need them, what happens if the plant has too much or too
        little, planters or containers vs. garden.
   3. Investigate the design of multiple plant containers –how to, things
        to consider, selecting plant materials, uses of.
   4. Describe how you created your corsage or boutonnieres; or dried
        arrangement. Be sure to include appropriate information on design
        principles and how they are used to create your arrangement.
   5. Explore and explain: floral tools and materials (how to use, what
        they are, care of tools, different uses of a tool or material).
   6. Explore and explain: preserving cut flowers – how, problems, uses
        of /and/ or diseases related to cut flowers.
   7. Illustrate, explore and explain how you dry flowers or other plant
        materials and/or describe different methods and/or how, why use
        them
   8. Explore and explain: medicinal uses and toxicity of fresh and dried
        flowers and plants.
   9. Describe an experiment you did and the results.
   10. Describe a career exploration activity you did, such as job shadow,
        interview with a professional.
   11. Describe a community service activity you did related to your
        flowers project – what you did, why, results, etc.

Demonstration
Participate in an action demo at state fair or demonstration contest related to
topics for this grade level, or any of those listed above.




                                     173
Level D: Grades 10, 11, and 12
Exhibit
Flower and Plant Exhibit Categories
   1. Create a seasonal arrangement from only fresh flower and/or plant
        materials. Flowers and plant materials specific to a season or
        holiday should be used. For example, fall mums or spring tulips.
        Maximum size 24”x24”x36”. This category could include a
        traditional floral arrangement, but also items such as wreaths. Bows
        and decorative accessories are okay.
   2. Create a seasonal arrangement that can include fresh and/or
        artificial flower/plant material. Flowers and plant materials specific
        to a season or holiday should be used. Maximum size 24”x
        24”x36”. This category could include a traditional floral
        arrangement, but also items such as wreaths. Bows and decorative
        accessories are okay.
   3. Create a modern or contemporary style arrangement using fresh
        flower and plant materials. See manual for suggestions. Maximum
        size 18”x18”x18”. Include a label that states what type of design
        you have created (botanical, pave, parallel, free-form, abstract, etc.).
   4. Create a bridal bouquet. Proper display of the bouquet should be
        considered, but only the bouquet will be judged. Bouquet should
        include only fresh plant materials. Bows and decorative accessories
        are okay.
   5. Create a centerpiece for an event, such as a banquet, party, wedding,
        funeral, or church. Arrangement should be no larger than
        24”x24”x36” and be made from EITHER fresh flower and/or plant
        materials or artificial silk flower and/or plant materials. Bows and
        decorative accessories are okay.
   6. Display a plant that you propagated (and grew and cared for) by
        tissue culture or other vegetative propagation methods, or flowering
        bulbs that you forced. Maximum pot size should not exceed 10”
        diameter. Must include 4-H 969c Level D Plant Record
        chronicling the care of your plant.

Poster or Notebook Exhibits
Choose any one (1) of the following topics:
   1. Describe how you created your arrangement; include information
        on the design principles utilized.
   2. Explore and explain how you utilize different flowers to make a
        similar style arrangement for different seasons (tulip in spring,




                                     174
          mums in fall, etc.) or how to utilize similar flowers to make
          different styles of arrangements.
    3.    Explore and explain: the cost of arrangement and/or a cost
          comparison with flowers (different types of flowers, different time
          year, etc.).
    4.    Explore and explain: forcing flowers (bulbs, branches, etc.).
    5.    Explore and explain: marketing in the floral industry (large or small
          business) and/or a market survey and results, and how they can
          benefit the floral industry.
    6.    Explore and explain: how to start a business related to the floral
          industry and may include a business plan.
    7.    Explore and explain the origins of flowers and /or the floriculture
          industry around the world.
    8.    Explore and explain: tissue culture, biotechnology, or traditional
          breeding of new flower types – what are they, how are they used,
          pros and cons.
    9.    Explore and explain: be a plant detective – what kinds of problems
          might you have in growing and caring for flowers, and how to
          solve.
    10.   Describe an experiment you did and the results.
    11.   Describe a community service activity you did relating to your
          flowers project: how, why, results.

Demonstration
Participate in an action demo at state fair or demonstration contest related to
topics for this grade level, or any of those listed above.

                   Foods and Food Preservation
Manual:           Level A         Grades 3-4                 BU 7144
                  Level B         Grades 5-6                 BU 7146
                  Level C         Grades 7-9                 BU 7148
                  Level D         Grades 10-12               BU-7150
                  Foods Helper’s Guide                       BU 7730

Record Sheet:     (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                  4-H 553A        Indiana Foods Record

Exhibit Options: One (1) foods project, OR

                   One (1) food preservation project in the appropriate age
                   category. OR


                                      175
                 One (1) of each, foods and food preservation, in the
                 appropriate age category, OR

                 Action Demonstration: If you choose this option, check with
                 your 4-H leader as to the location and time when your action
                 demonstration will be presented. See page 117 for details.

                For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see page
                24 & 114.


State Fair:     One State Fair & State Fair alternate will be chosen in the
                food project and food preservation project for each grade
                level.

Members should complete a minimum of three (3) activities, each from a
different “bite” category each year they are in the project.

For baked product competitions: Filling, frosting, glazing, pie filling, and
meringue, (whether uncooked or cooked) are not permitted to contain
cream cheese, whipped cream, unpasteurized milk or uncooked eggs/egg
whites (pasteurized eggs or eggs cooked to 160 degrees may be used). No
home-canned fruits, vegetables, or meats are permitted in products. Recipes
must be provided that show which ingredients were used in each part of the
product. Contestants should carefully wash their hands and make sure that
their hands do not have any open cuts before preparing foods. Whenever
possible, baked products should be transported and stored in chilled coolers
(41 degrees F).

Judges and individuals who will consume products from county and state
competitions should be informed that they are at risk for food borne illness
since the established policy cannot guarantee that an entry which is a
“potentially hazardous food” has been properly prepared or handled before,
during or following the competition.




                                   176
Preparing Food Exhibit for the Fair:
Labeling:
   1. Labels will be provided at check-in.
Recipe or index cards:
   1. A recipe card or index card (5”x8”) (provided by your leader, or
       may be picked up at the Extension Office) is required for all food
       exhibits. Be sure to include all the information requested in the
       exhibit description, as well as your name, county, and the dept.-
       section-class numbers. Wrap the card in plastic wrap. Exhibits
       with no recipe card or the wrong size card will be lowered by one
       placing. Bring the recipe card with the exhibit. Do not attach the
       Recipe card to the Exhibit.
How to prepare products for display.
   1. Cookies, cakes, breads, rolls, biscuits or muffins must be displayed
       on heavy cardboard that is covered with foil or white waxed
       freezer paper. The cardboard should be about ½ inch bigger than
       the food item, but not more than 1 inch.
   2. Pies are exhibited in a disposable pie tin.
   3. Canned food must have the ring on the jar top to protect the seal.
       They must also include a label and the 5”x8” recipe card with the
       required information. See # 9 following.
   4. Use a “zip-type” bag or plastic wrap for cookies, single layer cakes,
       rolls, biscuits, muffins and pies. Boxes are available from the
       Extension Office for layer cakes or fancy breads. The food must
       still be on a piece of covered cardboard when a box is used.
   5. Commercial mixes or commercial pie crust may not be used for
       exhibits. Yeast breads may not be prepared in a bread machine.
   6. Champion, Reserve Champion, and Blue Star exhibits will be sold
       at the Food Auction. All proceeds will go the 4-H Inc. to support
       the educational 4-H programs. Exhibitors are encouraged to come
       to the Food Auction to help sell their exhibit. No food preservation
       exhibits will be in the Food Auction.
   7. Frozen food must be in a cooler with ice packs or something to
       keep exhibit frozen. The cooler must have the name of the
       exhibitor, project level and current grade in school (just completed)
       on the outside. The label must be easy to read. Frozen foods will
       be returned to the exhibitor when judging is complete. If an
       exhibitor is not present at the open judging, frozen foods will be
       disposed of. Only your name and ribbon placing will be on display
       at the fair.




                                   177
    8. Use of a “fancy pack” is not accepted. Fancy pack is a showy or
       decorative way of packing food in a jar or package. For example, a
       mixed pickled product would be packed in layers of different
       vegetables rather than a mixture. A “fancy pack” requires too much
       time to be practical and useful. All canned products must have the
       ring on top to protect the seal.
    9. All Food and Food Preservation projects require a 5”x8” recipe
       card. It is recommended that you wrap the card in plastic wrap or in
       a plastic bag. For Food Preservation, give the complete recipe with
       the name of the product, quantity, date frozen or canned and how
       the product will be stored. Also, give instructions for cooking and
       /or defrosting. Recipe cards are available from 4-H Leaders or the
       Extension Office.

Exhibits that do not follow these instructions will be lowered by one
placing and MAY receive a green ribbon.

Exhibits:
Exhibit one project below or one of each of the options below according to
your grade.

Level A – Grade 3
         • Six drop molded or bar baked cookies, no glaze or frosting.
           Include a recipe card as stated above.
         • A package of 6 frozen cookies. Display in freezer bag or
           freezer container (NOTE: Freezer containers will not be
           returned). Include and index card with the recipe and
           instructions for defrosting. Label with name of product,
           quantity, and date frozen. (see # 9 above)
         • An action demonstration.

Level A – Grade 4
         • Six muffins of any kind (no muffin liners). (No commercial
            mixes). Include a recipe card as stated above.
         • One package of frozen berries. Display in freezer bag or
           freezer container. (NOTE: Freezer containers will not be
           returned.) Include an index card with recipe and instructions
           for cooking or defrosting.       Label with name of product,
           quantity, and date frozen. (See #9 above).
         • An action demonstration



                                   178
Level B – Grade 5
         • A square, oblong or round layer of cake without frosting.
           Include a recipe card as stated above.
         • One uncooked frozen mini-pizza using pita bread, English
           muffin, bagel, or already prepared crust (no larger than 7” in
           diameter) with toppings of your choice. Meat toppings such as
           hamburger, sausage, bacon, etc. need to be cooked. Display on
           covered cardboard inside freezer bag. Include index card with
           recipe and instructions for cooking. Label with name of
           product, quantity, and date frozen. (See #9 ).
         • An action demonstration

Level B – Grade 6
         • Six no-yeast, any shape pretzels (shaped, stick, or nugget) OR
           6 no-yeast rolled biscuits (no drop biscuits.) Include a recipe
           card as stated above.
         • One package of any frozen vegetable or combination
           vegetables. Display in freezer bag or freezer container.
           (NOTE: Freezer containers will not be returned.) Include an
           index card with instructions for cooking, Label with name
           of product, quantity, and date frozen. (See #9).
         • An action demonstration

Level C- Grade 7
         • Six breadsticks or yeast rolls (any shape, medium size – not a
           sweet roll). Include a recipe card as state above.
         • One container of freezer jam. Include an index card with
           recipe and instructions for storing. Label with name of
           product, quantity, and date frozen. (See #9).
         • An action demonstration.
Level C – Grade 8
         • A yeast bread (can be loaf, braid, but not rolls) using a
           specialty grain such as whole wheat, rye, oat bran, etc. or a
           sweet bread such as tea ring. Include a recipe card as stated
           above.
         • One jar of a canned tomato product using the Hot Pack
           Method for a boiling water bath canner, such as tomato juice,
           catsup, barbecue sauce, or salsa. Include index card with
           recipe and instructions for cooking or using the product.




                                  179
           Label with name of product, quantity, and date canned.
           (See #9).
         • An action demonstration
Level C – Grade 9
         • One package of a non-perishable invented snack (such as a
           granola bar, brownie, fudge, fruit leather, popcorn snack, trail
           mix, etc) or another invented food product. Exhibit must
           include a separate folder containing a marketing plan with
           product name, recipe, how it will be packaged, a package
           design, where it will be sold and suggested selling price. Label
           should include product name, date, quantity, and serving
           size.
         • One jar of canned pickled product or canned pickles.
           Include an index card with recipe, processing, and storage
           instruction. (See #9). (Products using a fancy pack are not
           accepted.) Label with name of product, quantity, and date
           canned.
         • An action demonstration
Level D – Grade 10
         • A single or double crust baked fruit pie (no graham cracker
           crust). Include recipe card as state above. (NOTE: Custards,
           cream cheese frosting and fillings, and raw egg white frosting
           are not acceptable in an exhibit because they are highly
           perishable when left at room temperatures.)
         • One jar of pressure canned vegetables, meat or combination
           product, such as soup, stew, spaghetti sauce with meat, etc.
           Include index card (as stated above) with recipe and
           instructions for cooking or using the product. (Products
           using a fancy pack are not accepted.) Label with name of
           product, quantity, and date canned.
         • An action demonstration
Level D – Grade 11
         • A non-perishable baked international food product (such as
           apple strudel, French bread, Mexican wedding cakes, fortune
           cookies, etc.) with a separate page describing the food customs
           of a country and how the food product is used in relation to that
           country’s customs or a table display on a country outlining
           food preferences, meal patterns, how nutritional needs are met,
           interesting customs, traditions, etc. Display should be no larger
           than 16” deep x 22” wide x 28” high. Include an index card
           with recipe (as stated above). (NOTE: Custards, cream, cream


                                   180
            cheese frosting and fillings, and raw egg white frosting are not
            acceptable in an exhibit because they are highly perishable
            when left at room temperatures).
          • One package of a frozen entree such as a casserole, hearty
            soup or vegetable dish in freezer container. Exhibit should
            include an index card with recipe as stated above and
            instructions for reheating. Display in disposable containers.
            No containers will be returned. Label with name of product,
            quantity and date frozen.
          • An action demonstration


Level D – Grade 12
         • A non-perishable baked food product for a special occasion
           or catered meal (such as an appetizer, holiday food, fruit cake,
           special occasion cake, altered recipe product, etc.) with a
           separate page outlining how this product is to be used at the
           event, or a table display for a special occasion or catered
           meal. The display should include a notebook outlining menu,
           supplies to buy, preparation schedule, equipment, table layout,
           etc. Display should be no larger than 16” deep x 22” wide x
           28” high. Include index card with the recipe as stated
           above.
         • A jar of cooked jelly or a reduced sugar fruit spread. Include
           recipe card as state above. Label with name of product,
           quantity, and date made.
         • An action demonstration




                                   181
                                Foods – Microwave
Manual:          BU-08087      Level A Grades 3-4     Bag of Tricks
                 BU-08088      Level B Grades 5-6     Micro Magicians
                 BU-08089      Level C Grades 7-9     Amazing Rays
                 BU-08090      Level D Grades 10-12   Presto Meals
                 Montgomery County Microwave Supplement

Record Sheets: (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
               4-H 8087-8090 Microwave Record Sheets

Exhibit Options: One Microwave food as listed below according to grades

                 For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see page
                 24 & 114.

State Fair:      This is not a State Fair Project

County:          One County Champion and One County Reserve Champion
                 will be given in each grade.


Display food in an appropriate sized container or see the “Foods” project for
comparable packaging.

Name labels will be available at the fair check-in. 5”x8” recipe cards are
required with exhibit and are available from your leader or through the
Extension Office. Please cover card in plastic wrap.

Exhibit:
Grade 3 -  Microwave Snack – displayed in a plastic ziplock bag of
           appropriate size
Grade 4 - 6 pieces of Fudge – displayed on a foam plate up to 7” and
           placed in a gallon zip lock bag
Grade 5 - 6 Bar Cookies or Brownies – displayed on a foam plate up to 7”
           and placed in a gallon zip lock bag
Grade 6 - Upside down cake
Grade 7 - Fruit Crisp
Grade 8 - Coffee Cake
Grade 9 - Candy – displayed on a foam plate up to 7” and placed in a
           gallon zip lock bag
Grade 10 - Double Layer or Bundt Cake


                                      182
Grade 11 - Pie (no purchased pie crust)
Grade 12 - Jam or Jelly – 1 pt. container

                                Forestry

Manual:       BU-08038   Level 1 Grades 3-5          Follow the Path
              BU-08039   Level 2 Grades 6-8          Reaching for the Canopy
              BU-08040   Level 3 Grades 9-12         Explore the Deep Woods

Supplemental Manual: 4-H 641B               Parts of a Tree
                     4-H 15-80              Fifty Trees of Indiana ($3.00)

Record Sheets:           (Complete and put it in your Green Record Book)
                         4-H 641A        Forestry Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:         Poster - For all poster projects: Please see “Proper
                         Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                         Exhibit according to your division

                         For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                         see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:              One entry per level

Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the forestry
project this year. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your
grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title. If you are
exhibiting leaves, they should be free of any damage and if you choose to
write scientific names, they must be in either italics or underscored.
NOTE: scientific names are required for herbariums. The Genus (first
name) must have the first letter capitalized. The species (second name) has
no capitalization.

Exhibit:
Forestry 1: Grades 3-5 (BU-8038, Follow the Path)
Display a poster based on one of the following activities
    • Leafing Out – comparisons (pp 6&7). Collect, dry and mount 6
       different species of leaves showing leaf differences: one leaf with
       opposite arrangement and one with an alternate arrangement, two
       leaves with different leaf margins, a compound leaf, and simple leaf.



                                    183
        Use the 50 Trees of Indiana book (4-H 15-80 or CD-FNR-3) as a
        reference and identify the leaves and group them under the titles of
        “arrangement,” “leaf margins,” and “compound or simple.” Draw
        (or copy the picture) and label the parts of a leaf using the diagram
        from the manual (Level 1). Title your poster, Leafing Out – Leaf
        Differences.
    •   Leafing Out – collection (pp 6&7). Identify and exhibit leaves from
        10 different trees that are listed in 50 Trees of Indiana book (4-H 15-
        80 or CD-FNR-3). List at least two unique characteristics of each
        tree. Title your poster, Leafing Out – Collection.
    •   Hold on Tight – (pp 10 & 11), Dig up a small plant root system and
        display along with a drawing of the root system with the anchor,
        lateral, and feeder roots identified and the “Parts of a Tree” diagram
        (4-H 641B).
    •   Down in the Dirt – (pp 20 & 21), collect roots from 3 different
        habitats: woods, near a creek, and in a pasture or prairie. (Note: do
        not use the habitats listed in your manual.) Display the roots along
        with the completed root test chart (copy or recreate) showing the
        color, size, and shape information. Include any unique features you
        noted.
    •   My Couch is a Tree? (pp 30 & 31), Use pictures (draw, cut from
        magazines, print, or take photographs) to show 10 things in and
        around your home that are made from wood.
    •   Fun in the Forest (pp 32&33), Visit a state park or forest, take your
        50 Trees of Indiana book (4-H 15-80 or CD-FNR-3), diagram the
        trails you hiked, and list the types of trees you saw. Photographs of
        you hiking and some of the trees you saw will help tell your story.

Level: Forestry 2: Grades 6-8 (BU-8039, Reach for the Canopy)
Display a poster based on one of the following activities:
    • The Leaf Machine (pp 8 & 9), copy, draw, or find a picture of a
       cross-section of a leaf. Label the 7 parts. Give the chemical reaction
       for photosynthesis, defining the chemicals: CO2, H20, 02, and
       C6H1206. Be sure to balance your equation! There should be the
       same number of Carbon, Oxygen, and Hydrogen molecules on each
       side of the equal sign. You may need to ask an older (high school) 4-
       H member or science teacher for help. Draw the tree canopy, trunk,
       and roots (or use the tree diagram, 4-H 641B) and identify the crown,
       trunk (with the parts, heartwood, sapwood, cambium, and bark
       listed), feeder roots, and anchor roots.



                                     184
   • My State’s Forest (pp 14 & 15), use a map, draw, or find a picture
     of Indiana on the Internet (e.g., www.in.gov/igic). Show where your
     home, your school, your fairgrounds are located. Choose one of the
     following options to complete your poster.
          o Show where Indiana’s state forest are located. List a few
               facts about each. Visit a state forest and have someone take
               your picture by the sign, if possible.
          o Show where some state parks and state forest are located (5-
               15). List some facts about each one. Visit a state park or
               forest and have someone take your picture by the sign, if
               possible.
   • Someone Call a (Tree) Doctor and Stop Bugging Me (pp. 22-25),
     Collect 10 samples of tree leaves, twigs, stems, or roots damaged by
     insects or disease and the fruiting body or disease that caused the
     damage. List information about the insect or disease and the species
     of tree that was affected.
   • Fire in the Forest (pp 26 & 27), explain the Fire Triangle and
     describe what happened during and after a famous forest fire.
     Drawings or pictures will help tell the tale.
   • Growing Every Day (pp 30 & 31), Complete the table to calculate
     the volume of 5 large trees that you can find and measure in your
     county. Research to find out how to make and use a Tree Measuring
     Stick (FNR-4) and use that to calculate the volume of each tree.
     Explain why you think your results varied with the two methods of
     determining tree volume (the one in your 4-H manual or using a tree
     measuring stick).
   • Tree Planting Plant 1-3 shade trees. Include information about the
     tree (or trees) you planted, why you chose the species you did, what
     are the benefits of this tree, and how you chose the planting site that
     you did, where you found your planting information, what steps you
     followed, the hole size, care of your tree (watering and weed
     control), and any other information you can give. Include a picture
     of your tree (photo or drawing). Reference: FNR-FAQ-18-W

Level: Forestry 3: Grades 9-12 (BU-8040, Explore the Deep Woods.)
Display a poster based on one of the following activities:
    • A World of Forest (pp 16 & 17), indicate the 3 major forest biomes
       on a copy, drawing, or picture of the world. Complete the table
       given in the activity.




                                   185
• City Trees (pp 20 & 21), complete the questions about Tree City
  (page 20). Show (draw or use pictures) some trees that are often
  used in city plantings and explain the benefits of these trees.
• Trim the Trees (pp 26 & 27), explain the 5 different kinds of tree
  pruning for urban trees. List some do’s and don’ts of proper pruning.
• My Boss is a Tree (pp 34 &35), list 5 jobs that require a knowledge
  of trees and forestry. Explain the training and education that is
  needed and what types of things you might be doing if you had this
  job.
• Tree Planting – Present a tree planting plan for at least 100 trees.
  Include the type of trees you planted, pictures, cost, method of
  planting, weeding, pruning your trees, and any additional
  information. Your exhibit must have a title, labels, backing, and
  plastic covering as required in the manual. Reference: FNR-FAQ-
  18-W
• Herbarium Collection – Trees – Collect 25 terminal twigs and at
  least two leaves, if space allows (only one compound leaf is required,
  from native forest trees. Mount the specimens on 11 ½” x 16 ½”
  paper. One leaf on the twig must be mounted to show the back side
  of the leaf. Label each sheet with the following: common name,
  scientific name, where collected, county where collected, dates
  collected, name of collector, and specimen number. Cover each
  specimen. There are no specific references given for these exhibits.
  Youth are encouraged to use Extension publications, the Internet,
  books, and forest specialists to develop these items. NOTE: Your
  herbarium collection must be accessible to the judges. Do not cover
  it under the plastic that covers your poster. You may want to attach a
  folder or other holder over your poster to hold the mounted, covered
  specimens.
• Herbarium Collection – Shrubs – Collect 25 terminal twigs, with
  leaves attached, from native shrubs. Mount the specimens on 11 ½”
  x 16 ½” paper. One leaf on the twig must be mounted to show the
  back side of the leaf. Label each sheet with the following: common
  name, scientific name, where collected, county where collected, date
  collected, name of collector, and specimen number. Cover each
  specimen. There are no specific references given for these exhibits.
  Youth are encouraged to use Extension publications, the Internet,
  books, and forest specialists to develop these items. NOTE: Your
  herbarium collection must be accessible to the judges. Do not cover
  it under the plastic that covers your poster. You may want to attach a



                               186
       folder or other holder over your poster to hold the mounted, covered
       specimens.

Level: Independent Study: Grades 9, 10, 11, 12

Advanced topic- Learn all you can about an Indiana or Eastern Deciduous
forestry topic of your choice and present it on a poster. Include a short
manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe what you
did and what you learned.         Title your poster,”Advanced Forestry-
Independent Study.”

Mentoring – Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H
member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and
advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in your
life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Title your
poster, “Forestry - Mentor.”
There are no specific references given for these exhibits. Youth are
encouraged to use Extension publications, the Internet, books, and forest
specialists to develop these items.

                                Garden

Manual:                 4-H 692 Growing with the Seasons

Record Sheets:          (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                        Montgomery Co. 4-H Club Garden Record

Supplemental Manual: Extension Publication HO-28 “Growing Herbs”
                     4-H 970-W Suggested 4-H Garden Exhibits

Exhibit Option:         Exhibit produce, OR

                        Poster - For all poster projects: Please see “Proper
                        Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                        For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                        see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:             None selected on vegetable displays. All Garden
                        project members are encouraged to exhibit at the
                        State Fair. Each 4-Her may enter one garden



                                   187
                        collection and not more than 5 single vegetables
                        and/or 3 herbs.

State Fair:             Educational Display:      One State Fair & One
                        Alternate will be chosen.

County:                 There will be a County Champion and Reserve for
                        each type of vegetable and herb displayed.

4-H Exhibits will be organized and arranged by the 4-Her. Parents and
other persons will not be allowed to arrange the exhibit. Another 4-H
member will be allowed to set up the exhibit.

Project Completion Recommendations:
   1. Read and study 4-H Garden manual.
   2. Plan your garden.
   3. Select plants and seeds.
   4. Plant your garden.
   5. Care for your garden.
   6. Harvest your produce.
   7. Exhibit your produce.
   8. Try something new, as listed in the manual
   9. Keep a complete record of your garden activities.
   10. Complete activities as required in manual.

Exhibit
   I. Single Vegetable
          May be selected from 4-H Garden Publication 4-H 970-W
          (updated yearly) or list in the State Fair Premium book.
          Maximum of 5 different exhibits per exhibitor. Single
          vegetable entries should be labeled with common name of the
          vegetable and variety or cultivar of vegetable.

    II. Garden Collection
            Resource: 4-H 970-W and State Fair premium book
            -three (3) plates
            -four (4) plates
            -five (5) plates
            In all three classes, vegetables are to be exhibited on paper
            plates and may include a display of not less than three garden
            flowers, grown in your own garden. Exhibitors may each
            exhibit one collection (3 or 4 or 5 plate garden collection) at


                                   188
             State Fair. Garden collection entries should be labeled with
             common name, Latin name, and variety.

    III. Single Herb Exhibit
            -Can enter three single herbs that must be labeled with common
            and Latin names and in pots 8” diameter maximum. (maximum
            of three different pots.
            -Resource HO-28; 4-H 970-W
            -For list of herbs acceptable for State Fair, see State Fair
            handbook or 4-H 970W.

Anyone can complete Section IV (Garden Education), but members
enrolled in Levels C and D of the garden project SHOULD exhibit one
of the following activities in addition to the Produce Exhibit (Section I,
II, and III)
     IV. Garden Education
     One garden education exhibit per county.
             1. Exhibit four (4) plates containing two cultivars of two
                 different kinds of vegetables in your garden. For example:
                 display tomato Rutgers and tomato Roma on two plates and
                 spinach Melody and America on two plates. Label the
                 cultivars you exhibit.
             2. Label and exhibit three unusual vegetables (may or may not
                 be discussed in your 4-H Garden Manual) you grew in your
                 garden this year. If not listed in the vegetable display chart,
                 check with your Extension Office. For example: spaghetti
                 squash, head lettuce, cowpea, etc.
             3. Make a poster of five commonly found diseases in
                 vegetable gardens, the damage caused by each, and the
                 control options for each.
             4. Make a poster of five commonly found vegetable garden
                 insects: beneficial (good guys) and/or injurious (bad guys),
                 benefits or damage caused by each, and the related
                 management practices (how to keep the beneficial, and how
                 to control the injurious insects).
             5. Make a poster of a maximum of ten pests (diseases, insects,
                 weeds and/or rodents) you found in your garden this year,
                 damage caused, control measures used, and results.
             6. Make a poster explaining a Computer Garden Program.




                                     189
            7. Make a poster showing a picture story of what you did in
                your garden this year. Example: How you planned,
                planted, and maintained your garden.
            8. Make a poster showing your financial record for your
                garden.
            9. Make a poster of pictures showing your experiences in
                hydroponics.
            10. Make a poster explaining various career options working
                with vegetables/herbs and gardening.
“Just for Fun”
   1. Largest (by weight) pumpkin/squash
   2. Largest (by weight) watermelon
   3. Largest (by weight) potato
   4. Largest (by weight) tomato
   5. Largest (by weight) onion
   6. Largest (by diameter) sunflower
   7. Largest (by weight) head of cabbage
   8. Unusual growth forms

                                  Genealogy
Manual:            4-H 748           Genealogy

Record Sheets: (complete and put in your Green Record Book)
               4-H 748A-W Genealogy Record Sheet

Supplemental Manual: 4-H 748E-W               Tracing My Family Tree
                                              Guidelines
Family Tree Worksheets and forms are available in the Extension Office or you
may get them off the Indiana 4-H Web site www.four-h.purdue.edu click on
“projects” and then on Genealogy to reach downloadable forms.

Exhibit Options:             Notebook, see instructions on page 118 and below.

State Fair:                  One State Fair & one Alternate may be chosen from
                             each Division. Division 1 is the first year that you
                             take the project regardless of the grade, etc.

                             For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                             see page 24 & 114.




                                       190
This project is organized into divisions, not grades, for a youth cannot start
in Division 3 without first completing Division 1 and Division 2. This is a
project that builds on the previous division information in order to be
successful in building your family tree. If you are using a genealogical
commercial software program, you may need to type in or hand write in
information required by the Indiana 4-H Genealogy project. See 4-H forms
on the 4-H website linked above.

Level: Division 1
Exhibit:
   1. Exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following:
        a. An Introduction page with a recent photograph of yourself.
        b. Completed three-generation pedigree chart. This includes you,
            your parents, and your grandparents, ancestors #1 through #7.
            Put all surnames in capital letters and all dates in military form
            (12 July 1974). Give each person a number, as described in the
            “Recording the Information” section of the Indiana 4-H
            Genealogy Resource Guide 4-H 748. You must use the
            pedigree charts listed at the four-h.pudue.edu, 4-H 748Pc-
            W or 4-H 748Pbw-W or the commercial software forms, but
            not the old “packet” pedigree charts.
        c. A Family Group Sheet for your parents and each pair of
            grandparents. Sources of information must be filled in on
            family group sheets (see section “Recording Information”)
        d. Four (4) “Additional Information Worksheets”.
        e. One (1) for you, the 4-H member
            1. One (1) for your parents
            2. One (1) for each set of grandparents (total = two
                worksheets)
        f. Any documents or pictures pertaining to these three
            generations. Documents must be labeled with ancestor name
            and ancestor number. Pictures need to be labeled with ancestor
            name, plus names of all known people, place and date picture
            was taken, as well as ancestor number.
        g. A diary of your work.
   2. Turn in a completed record sheet in your Green Record Book.




                                    191
Level: Division 2
Exhibit:
   1. Exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following:
        a. Four-generation pedigree chart. This would include you, your
           parents, grandparents, and great-grandparents, ancestors #1
           through # 15. You must use the pedigree charts listed at
           four-h.purude.edu, 4-H 748Pc-W or 4-H 748Pbw-W or the
           commercial software forms, but not the old “packet”
           pedigree charts.
        b. A Family Group Sheet for each pair of great-grandparents.
           Sources of information filled in on family group sheets (see
           section “Recording the Information” in the Indiana 4-H
           Genealogy Resource Guide (4-H 748)).
        c. An additional information worksheet for each set of great
           grandparents.
        d. Any photographs taken of tombstones of your ancestors and
           their children. Please document location of tombstone(s) and
           label with ancestor name, ancestor number, and date photo was
           taken. Rubbings are acceptable in lieu of photographs.
        e. Any other documents or pictures pertaining to these
           generations, correctly labeled.
        f. A diary of your work.
   2. Turn in a completed record sheet in your Green Record Book.

Level: Division 3
Exhibit
   1. Exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following:
        a. Five-generation pedigree chart as in Division I, ancestors #1
           through #31. Computer programs do not generally print chart
           numbers, so if you are using a computer program, make sure
           you have the correct number of ancestors. If an ancestor is
           UNKNOWN, please indicate as UNKNOWN. You must use
           the pedigree charts listed at four-h.pudue.edu, 4-H 748Pc-
           W or 4-H 748Pbw-W or the commercial software forms, but
           not the old “packet” pedigree charts.
        b. Additional Family Group Sheets and information worksheets
           for generation five (5). Sources of information must be filled in
           on family group sheets (see section “Recording the
           Information” in Indiana 4-H Genealogy Resource Guide 4-H
           748).




                                   192
        c. Write an autobiography, the story of your life. Include pictures,
           relevant dates, and important events. OR, write an essay about
           what your hopes and dreams are for the future, or about life
           goals you hope to attain.
       d. Any documents or pictures pertaining to these generations,
           correctly labeled.
       e. A diary of your work.
    2. Turn in a completed record sheet in your Green Record Book.

Level: Division 4
Exhibit
   1. Exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following:
        a. Six-generation pedigree charts as in Division I, ancestors #1
            through #63. Computer programs do not generally print chart
            numbers, so if you are using a computer program, make sure
            you have the correct number of ancestors. You must use the
            pedigree charts listed at four-h.pudue.edu, 4-H 748Pc-W or
            4-H 748Pbw-W or the commercial software forms, but not
            the old “packet” pedigree charts.
        b. Additional Family Group Sheets and information worksheets
            for generation six (6). Sources of information must be filled in
            on family group sheets (see section “Recording the
            Information”).
        c. A copy of a photograph or a story of a sixth-generation
            ancestor. Include information about the date when the
            photograph was taken, how or where you found it and what’s
            happening in it or why it was taken. If this is unavailable, write
            a story about the historical period during which your sixth
            generation ancestor was living.
        d. Any documents or pictures pertaining to these generations,
            correctly labeled.
        e. A diary of your work.
   2. Turn in a completed record sheet in your Green Record Book.

Level: Advanced Division
Exhibit
   1. Exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following:
        a. Eight-generation pedigree charts, ancestors through #255.
           Computer programs do not generally print chart numbers, so if
           you are using a computer program, make sure you have the
           correct number of ancestors.



                                    193
       b. Your family group sheet and additional information worksheets
           for generations seven and eight.
       c. Sources of information filled in on family group sheets (see
           section “Recording the Information” in the Indiana 4-H
           Genealogy Resource Guide, 4-H 748)
       d. One advanced level option (see below).
       e. Any documents or pictures pertaining to these generations,
           correctly labeled.
       f. A diary of your work
    2. Turn in a completed record sheet in your Green Record Book.

Pedigree charts are available on the Indiana 4-H Web (www.four-
h.purude.edu) site for your additional genealogy research. Each year
following, continue to add ancestors to your pedigree charts. In addition,
choose one of the following options that has not been completed previously.
Please identify, by letter, the option that you are completing (for example:
Advanced Division, Year 1, Option A; Advanced Division, Year 2, Option
C; etc.)

    A. A migration map of your eight-generation ancestors. You should
       have at least one map per family line with charts or explanations of
       the migrations.
    B. A timeline historical report of a family line. Show how this family
       fits into history. Document your report as well as possible with
       dates, records, places or maps, pictures, etc. Be sure to include
       proper labels and sources.
    C. A census history of a family line. Census abstract forms can be
       found on several websites. Download forms to abstract the census.
       Your notebook should contain copies of the census and the
       completed abstract form for each census.
    D. A history of your family’s religious background for any family line
       or lines. Include a brief history of the denomination. Include
       baptism, confirmation or profession of faith and membership
       records. Also include information or history of the congregations
       involved. Be sure to include proper labels and sources.
    E. A history of your family’s military service for a family line.
       Include supporting documents when possible. These documents
       could include military records, (muster rolls, discharge papers, etc.),
       pension records, and bounty land records, as well as maps and
       pictures. Be sure to include proper labels and sources.




                                    194
    F. A research paper on a famous ancestor. Prove your relationship to
       this person with documentation. Try to include pictures and
       anecdotes to enhance your paper.
    G. Complete a family line or lines back as many generations as
       possible beyond eight generations. Include pictures, maps and
       documents. Be sure to include proper labels and sources.
    H. A timeline historic report of another family line not previously
       completed. Document as well as possible as in Option B. You need
       to state at the beginning that this is a second family historical report
       on such ancestor.
    I. A history of your family’s military service for a family line not
       previously completed. Include supporting documents as in Option
       E. You need to state at the beginning that this is a second family
       military history report on such ancestor.
    J. Family DNA history. (This can be a very expensive option). Please
       include charts and explanations.


                                 Geology

Manual:            Level 1 4-H 985         Geology I         Grades 3-5
                   Level 2 4-H 986         Geology II        Grades 6-8
                   Level 3 4-H 987         Geology III       Grades 9-12

Record Sheets: Level 1                     4-H 985a-W
               Level 2                     4-H 986a-W
               Level 3                     4-H 987a-W

Exhibit Options:          Display box, as described below, OR

                          Poster -Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on
                          page 115.

                          For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                          see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:               One State Fair & one Alternate from each Level

Create an exhibit to show the public some of the geology specimens you
have collected. Exhibits must be displayed horizontally, sized 22” x 28,”
mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or other), and covered in clear



                                     195
plastic or other transparent material. Or, you may display your specimens in
an insect display box (18 x 24 inches), orientated horizontally. Include
actual specimens in your exhibit, whenever possible. You can make your
own labels for your specimens. See the suggested label format found in the
Indiana 4-H geology manuals. Boxes make your specimens more secure.
Do not put valuable specimens on posters where they can be removed
quickly. Be sure to include a label with your name, grade, and county.
Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school,
and use that name for your title. Titles must be in the front of the poster or
box.

Notes:
   • You may purchase your specimens and may display rocks, fossils,
       and minerals. If you purchase your specimen, indicate when and
       where you purchased it and the location where you would expect to
       find the specimen. If you collect a specimen, indicate the county
       and township where you found it.
   • Posters and display boxes will be exhibited “standing up” at the
       Indiana State Fair. Therefore, you need to mount your specimens
       securely. Project leaders suggest the following methods: soaking ½
       cotton ball in Elmer’s glue, hot glue, or clear tub sealant. Place the
       cotton ball in your box and put your rock (or fossil or mineral) on
       the cotton ball and let sit. It will take 1-2 weeks for Elmer’s glue to
       fully harden. Specimens mounted with Elmer’s glue can be
       removed by soaking the cotton ball in water. Glue remaining on the
       rock may be brushed off with an old, damp toothbrush.
   • Do not identify your specimens any further than phylum and class
       There is one exception to this for fossils which are identified to
       phylum OR class. Class should only be used for fossils of
       mollusks, backboned animals, and arthropods.
   • When exhibiting rocks – show a fresh surface to help judges
       identify the rock.
   • Labels – Include the specific geographical location where you
       would expect to find any specimens as well as where you actually
       acquired it (found, purchased, etc.).




                                    196
Level 1: Grade 3-5
Exhibit
Display a poster (or use an exhibit box) based on one of the following
activities:
     • The Rock Cycle – (Activity 2). Explain the rock cycle using both
          words and pictures.
     • Rock Types – (Activity 2-4). Display rocks form the three major
          types: igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic. Examples of each
          include:     Igneous – granite, basalt, gabbro; Sedimentary –
          limestone, dolomite, shale, chert, gypsum; and Metamorphic –
          quartzite, schist, basalt, granite.
     • How Rocks Change– (Activity 4). Color and display the picture in
          your book or draw and color your own on your poster. Briefly
          describe the earth processes that are shown.
     • Rock Artwork (Activity 12). Display your rock artwork and the
          story that you created.
     • Collections. (Activity 11). Display and identify 8 rocks.
     • Making Crystal Models. (Activity 14 & 15). Display the crystal
          forms characteristic of most minerals (cubic, tetragonal, hexagonal,
          orthorhombic, monoclimic, triclinic) in a display box with their
          name and mineral with this form. You may color, paint, or use
          markers on your crystal models.
     • Molds and Casts. (Activities 16 & 17). Display three molds
          and/or casts in a display box. Describe the steps that you followed
          to create a mold or cast.

Level 2: Grades 6-8
Exhibit
Display a poster (or use an exhibit box) based on one of the following
        activities:
    • Rocks with Different Textures. Identify and display six rocks
        with three very different textures (two rocks of each general type).
        Include three grades of sandpaper and show how differences in
        sandpaper are similar to the differences in rock texture.
    • Indiana Limestone. Show and label pictures or photographs of ten
        buildings, sculptures, or monuments made from Indiana limestone.
    • Mineral properties and tests. Explain the characteristics: crystal
        form, cleavage, hardness, appearance, and streak. Explain test used
        in identifying specimens. Examples you might include are streak,
        acid, hardness, chemical analysis, and specific gravity.



                                    197
    •   How We Use Minerals. Show 10 common products that contain
        minerals. Explain the minerals that are contained in these products
        and the characteristic that makes them useful.
    •   Geologic Time. Create a display to show the major geologic eras.
        Indicate the names, specific features, and approximate length of
        each.
    •   Indiana’s Glaciers. Show the extent of Indiana’s three main
        glaciers.
    •   Indiana Geology. Exhibit a map or sketch of Indiana showing at
        least ten sites with interesting geological formations. Describe the
        formation and sketch or show a picture of the formation.
    •   Field Trip. Describe a geology field trip that you took. Describe
        where you went and what you learned. Include photographs (if
        possible) or sketch what you saw.
    •   Collection. Display and identify one of the following: 8-16
        minerals, fossils, or 4-8 of each (half minerals and half fossils).
        You may exhibit a new collection in subsequent years but not one
        you have already exhibited.

Level 3: Grades 9-12
Exhibit
Display a poster (or use an exhibit box) based on one of the following
activities:
     • Geology Research. Prepare a display to teach others about the
          topic you studied. Include an appropriate title, abstract (brief
          description of our topic), and photographs, drawings, charts, or
          graphs that help explain your topic. This activity may be repeated if
          a new topic is chosen in subsequent years.
     • Lapidary and Jewelry. Show how stones and minerals are turned
          into polished stones and jewelry. Show and explain the steps
          involved.
     • Miniatures. Display five miniatures in a display box and explain
          the benefits of collecting miniatures and how they are prepared.
     • Indiana’s State Parks or Forests. Create a matching game of
          Indiana’s State Parks or Forests and a brief description.
     • Indiana, U.S. or World Geology. Teach others about one Indiana,
          U.S., or World Geology topic.
     • Career Exploration. Prepare a display that explains your
          interview with someone who needs an understanding of geology to
          do their job.



                                     198
Level: Independent Study: Grades 9-12
Exhibit
   • Advanced topic – Learn all you can about a geology topic and
        present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs
        and list the works cited to describe what you did and what you
        learned.    Title your poster, “Advanced Geology-Independent
        Study.”
   • Mentoring – Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a
        younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent,
        the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the
        experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other
        documentation are encouraged.          Resources must be from
        educational or government entities. Title your poster, “Advanced
        Geology – Mentor.”

                                Gift Wrapping

Manual:                  MCGW-1 Gift Wrapping

Record Sheets:           (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                         Gift Wrap Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:         1 project according to grade

                         For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                         see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:              This is not a State Fair Project

County:                  One Champion & one Reserve is chosen per grade

General Information:
   1. In ALL divisions, packages are NOT to exceed 18 inches in ANY
       direction.
   2. Packages for exhibit must be empty. You may add a small baggie
       of rice or sand to inside of empty box to help the box stand up.
   3. Purchased bows will NOT be acceptable.
   4. ALL exhibits MUST have a self-made gift card attached to the top
       of the wrapped package and Division 4 cards should be attached to
       the handle of the gift bag containing the following information.
            • Occasion


                                    199
            • Age of person receiving the gift
            • Is the gift for a male or female?
    5.   Refer to “Ready, Set…Wrap” for helpful hints.

  A 3”x5” card should be attached to the exhibit which states
  how your project was made and what you learned about your
exhibit. This card may be picked up at your 4-H office, leader
 or you may include an index card with the information on it.

         Bring the card, attached to the project, to check-in.


Exhibit Requirements:

Grade 3:
Exhibit one (1) wrapped package (not to exceed 18 inches in length or
width). Package should have a self-made bow and self-made gift card.

Grade 4:
Exhibit one (1) wrapped cylinder shaped gift package. Show creativity in
your exhibit. Attach a self-made gift card with required information on it.

Grade 5:
Exhibit one (1) wrapped gift package (no larger than 18”x18”x18”) using the
skills you have learned this year. The gift package top must be wrapped
separately from the bottom and must contain a tissue liner. Show creativity
in the use of package design and trim. The package will be judged on the
inside appearance as well as the outside wrapping. Attach a self-made gift
card with required information on it.

Grade 6:
Create your own gift bag. Attach a self-made gift card to the handle with the
required information on it.

Grade 7:
Exhibit one (1) wrapped gift package (no larger than 18”x18”x18” using any
material other than purchased gift wrap and ribbon. Judging will include the
originality and creativity of the exhibit as well as the techniques used.
Attach a self-made gift card with required information on it.



                                    200
Grade 8 & above
Exhibit one (1) wrapped gift package of any shape. You MUST design your
own wrapping material. This material may be paper or textile. Use
creativity in developing the desired effect with self-made wrapping. Trims
may be of your own design or of material compatible with the paper.
Package should have a self-made bow compatible with the paper. (No bow-
maker and be creative.) Attach a self-made gift card with required
information on it.

                                  Health
Manual:            Level A Grades 3-5 BU-08174      First Aid in Action
                   Level B Grades 6-8 BU-08175      Staying Healthy
                   Level C Grades 9-12 BU-08176     Keeping Fit

Record Sheets: (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
               4-H 08174A-W                      4-H Health Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:          Poster - Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on
                          page 115, OR

                          Project listed according to Level, OR

                          Action Demonstration: If you choose this option,
                          check with your 4-H leader as to the location and
                          time when your action demonstration will be
                          presented. See page 117 for details.

                          For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                          see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:               One State Fair Campion & State Fair Alternate per
                          Level. Level 1 – Gr. 3-5, Level 2- Gr. 6-8, Level 3-
                          Gr. 9-12.

Level A: Grade 3
Exhibit:
   • A poster on one of the following topics or any other topic covered
        in Level A:
            1. First Aid for Cuts and Scrapes
            2. First Aid for Choking
            3. First Aid for Strains, Sprains, and Bruises


                                     201
   •   A family first aid kit
   •   An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level A.

Level A: Grade 4
Exhibit:
   • A poster on one of the following topics or any other topic covered
        in Level A:
        1. First Aid for Treating Nosebleeds
        2. First Aid for Foreign Objects
        3. First Aid for Stings or Bites
   • A family first aid kit (including at least 1 Make Your Own item
        discussed in your 4-H manual
   • An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level A.

Level A: Grade 5
Exhibit:
   • A poster on one of the following topics or any other topic covered
        in Level A:
        1. First Aid for Poisons
        2. First Aid for Broken Bones
        3. First Aid for Burns
   • A family kit for an emergency (tornado, snowstorm, no electricity,
        fire, etc.)
   • An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level A.

Level B: Grade 6
Exhibit:
   • A poster on one of the following topics or any other topic covered
        in Level B:
        1. Human viruses or bacteria
        2. Keeping hair, skin, nails, teeth, ears or eyes clean
   • A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H manual
   • An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level B.

Level B: Grade 7
Exhibit:
   • A poster on one of the following topics or any other topic covered
        in Level B.
        1. Nutrient rich “Power” foods
        2. Healthy snacks



                                  202
        3. Appropriate portion sizes
   • A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H manual
   • An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level B.
Level B: Grade 8
Exhibit
   • A poster on one of the following topics or any other topic covered
        in Level B:
        1. The importance of eating breakfast
        2. The importance of physical activity
        3. Turning everyday activities into exercise opportunities
   • A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H manual
   • An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level B.

Level C: Grade 9-12
Exhibit:
   • A poster on a topic covered in Keeping Fit: Fitness Activities for
        Youth
   • A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H manual
   • An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level C.


                         Home Environment
Manuals:         Level 1: Grades 3-5     4-H 1011 Home Environment:
                                         Color Texture, Line & Shape
               Level 2: Grades 6-12      4-H 1012 Home Environment:
                                         Design Decisions
Record Sheets: (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
               4-H 1011 a-w

Exhibit Options: Choose one of the three options below:
                 Furniture & Notebook Option (Optional unit or arrangement
                 of 3-5 articles may be displayed with your project at the fair
                 and will be judged including accessories)
                 Design Board Option
                 Portfolio Option
                 Independent Study for Advanced

                 Poster - Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115
                 Notebook, see instructions on page 118.




                                       203
                For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see page
                24 & 114.

State Fair:     Two exhibits from each level

General Requirements:

For the 4-H Home Environment project, 4-H members at each grade level
may choose from three possible exhibit categories: a furniture item and
notebook, a design board (poster and notebook), or a portfolio (notebook).
Level 3 participants will also have a fourth choice: Independent Study.
NOTE: Each level has several options per category from which to choose.
We suggest that 4-H members either choose a different option each year or
show how they expanded on the same option (portfolio and furniture
categories only) used in previous years.

    1. All exhibitors should inconspicuously label articles that could be
       easily lost from the project exhibit (such as books, curtain rods,
       figures, etc).
    2. Do not bring valuable articles that could be easily stolen or lost.
    3. Exhibitor should bring proper size bulbs to be used in lamps.
    4. Plastic covering on shades to protect them from dust during the fair
       should bear a note stating that plastic covering will be removed for
       use at home.

Categories:
        Furniture Item and Notebook – An actual piece of furniture
accompanied by a standard notebook (3-ring binder) explaining the who,
what, when, where, why, and how of the chosen project. We suggest
including pictures showing where the item will be used. Also, we encourage
4-H members to include pictures of themselves doing the project, but this is
not required. Always place your identification information in the notebook
and on the furniture.

         Design Board and Notebook – Standard 22”x 28” poster, displayed
horizontally with a firm backing. Design boards must be covered with
plastic to protect and help hold items in place. An identification name tag
must be attached in the lower right corner. (leave a space, the card will be
given to you at check-in). The notebook is to help explain the who, what,
when, where, why, and how of the chosen design. This can be a “before and
after project” or “plan in the future” project.`



                                   204
        Portfolio – Standard notebook (3-ring binder). If 4-H members
choose to do this option more than one year, we suggest that they keep the
previous year’s materials in the notebook. Place materials for the current
year in the front, with the previous year’s materials clearly marked or
labeled at the back. Always place your identification information in the
notebook.

Other Information:
       Color samples – These can be paint samples from a paint or
       hardware store, or color samples the 4-H member makes with paints
       or colored pencils.

        Other samples – Many hardware or home improvement stores have
        free samples of wall coverings, flooring, countertops, and cabinet
        materials that can be used with the 4-H member’s design board or
        portfolio.

        Colored pencils – We suggest using colored pencils when coloring
        the design board or portfolio.          Colored pencils are what
        professionals use! Keep in mind that the entire area does not need
        to be colored in, but be sure to apply enough color to adequately
        express design ideas. Other methods for coloring will also be
        accepted. These could include (but are not limited to); crayons,
        watercolor pencils, markers, or printing on the computer.

Level 1: Grades 3-5

Furniture Option for Level 1
Exhibit any of the following items demonstrating color, texture, and/or line
and shape that would help complete a room. Include your notebook. (See
“Furniture Item and Notebook” explanation above).
    • A hanging or wall hanging item
    • A storage item or organizer item for room or the home.
    • 3-5 accessory items for your chosen room

Design Board Option for Level 1
    • Color the line drawing found in 4-H 1011 Home Environment
       manual titled Color, Texture, Line, and Shape with colored pencils.
       Print a line drawing from the options available on the Indiana 4-H
       website. www.four-h.purdue.edu look under “projects” and then


                                   205
        Home Environment. Create three different color schemes for the
        line drawing you have chosen. Label the type of color scheme used
        in each (e.g. monochromatic, analogous, complementary, warm, or
        cool). Include your 3-ring notebook.
    •   Color the line drawing found in 4-H 1011 Home Environment
        manual titled Color, Texture, Line, and Shape using one color
        option. Line drawings can be printed from the Indiana 4-H website:
        www.four-h.purdue.edu look under “projects” and then Home
        Environment. Use color to explain dominant and supportive colors.
        Attach color samples to identify two additional color options.
        Include your 3-ring notebook.
    •   Display a floor plan for a bedroom showing line and shape where
        furniture would be placed (could be your own). Include pictures
        (magazine or photographs) of the furniture that would be used. We
        suggest using graph paper to help get the drawing close to scale and
        to show how line and shape work with the furniture. Include your
        3-ring notebook.

Portfolio Options for Level 1
   • Collect samples of different color schemes (minimum of three), and
        label the type represented by each (e.g., monochromatic, analogous,
        complementary, warm, or cool).
   • Collect samples from magazines or photographs of formal vs.
        informal balance, dominant and supportive color, and use of pattern.
        Include comments explaining each.
   • Collect samples from magazines of three different furniture designs.
        Label each style (e.g., traditional, modern, country, formal, or
        retro). Include information explaining each style.

Level 2: Grades 6-8

Furniture Options for Level 2
Exhibit any of the following items demonstrating color, texture, and/or
line and shape that would help complete a room. Include your notebook.
(See “Furniture Item and Notebook” explanation above.)

    •   One piece of furniture the 4-H member has refinished.
    •   One piece of furniture the 4-H member has changed using
        decoupage, paint, fabric, etc.



                                   206
   •   One cushion or one 2-piece set of cushions, preferably made
       by the 4-H member, displayed with intended furniture.
   •   One window treatment, including picture of the treatment in
       use. (Should not be displayed on an actual window; use false
       walls or plywood no-glass window cutouts, or make special
       display rods.)
   •   One piece of furniture that the 4-H member has reupholstered.
   •   One item that you are using for a different purpose than it was
       originally designed for (e.g., bed sheet used to make a
       window treatment drawer used as a wall shelf).
   •   A collection of 3-5 similar items (baskets, wicker items,
       wicker furniture, bentwood furniture, etc.) that you have made
       and/or purchased for future use. (For example a collection of
       baskets made to use as desk accessories or bathroom
       accessories, outdoor furniture and accessories, etc.)

Design Board Option for Level 2
   • Display a floor plan for a living room, den, or family room.
       Include pictures (magazine or photographs) of the furniture
       that would be used. We suggest using graph paper to help get
       the drawing close to scale and to show where the furniture
       would be placed. Include paint samples and/or wall-treatment
       samples. Include your 3-ring notebook.
   • Display a floor plan for a full bathroom (toilet, sink and
       shower and/or bathtub). Include pictures (magazine or
       photographs) of the fixtures that would be used. We suggest
       using graph paper to help get the drawing close to scale and to
       show where the fixtures would go. Include paint samples
       and/or wall-treatment samples, and flooring samples. Include
       your 3-ring notebook.
   • Display a floor plan for a kitchen (including appliances and
       sink). Include pictures (magazine, appliance brochure, or
       photographs). We suggest using graph paper to help get the
       drawing close to scale and to show where the fixtures would
       go. Include paint samples and/or wall-treatment samples,
       flooring samples, and cabinet and/or countertop samples.
       Include your 3-ring notebook.


                                 207
Portfolio Options for Level 2
   • Samples of three different types of wall treatments with an
       explanation for each. Examples can include but are not
       limited to: paint only, wallpaper only, or combination of
       paint and wallpaper.
   • Samples of three different floor treatments) pictures or
       flooring samples). Examples can include but are not limited
       to: hardwood, carpet, and/or tile. Include information on the
       advantages and disadvantages of each.           Also include
       information on where it would be appropriate to use each
       flooring type.
   • Samples of three different cabinet/countertop combinations
       (pictures or samples). Examples can include but are not
       limited to: granite, laminate, and/or stainless steel. Include
       information about the advantages and disadvantages of each.
   • An energy-savings plan. Design an energy-savings plan for
       your family’s home or room(s). List the current energy use
       along with your plan to conserve energy. Plan should include
       techniques, how to conserve energy, cost savings, etc. You
       may add additional rooms or other plans to extend this option
       over a few years. Include each previous year’s work, but be
       sure that you indicate which information represents the
       current year’s work.

Level 3: Grades 9-12

Furniture Option for Level 3
Exhibit any of the following items demonstrating color, texture,
and/or line and shape that would help complete your room along with
your notebook. (See “Furniture Item and Notebook” explanation
above.)
   • One piece of furniture the 4-H member has refinished
   • One piece of furniture the 4-H member has changed using
        decoupage, paint, fabric, etc.
   • One cushion or one 2-piece set of cushions, preferably made
        by the 4-H member, displayed with intended furniture.


                                208
   •   One window treatment, including picture of the treatment in
       use. (Should not be displayed on and actual window; use
       false walls or plywood no-glass window cutouts, or make
       special display rods.)
   •   One piece of furniture that the 4-H member has reupholstered.
   •   One item that you are using for a different purpose than it was
       originally designed for (e.g., bed sheet used to make a
       window treatment, drawer used as a wall shelf).
   •   A collection of 3-5 similar items (baskets, wicker items,
       wicker furniture, bentwood furniture, etc.) that you have made
       and/or purchased for future use. (For example a collection of
       baskets made to use as desk accessories or bathroom
       accessories, outdoor furniture and accessories, etc.)

Design Board Options for Level 3
   • Display a floor plan for a child’s or teen’s bedroom. Include a
       special “theme” appropriate for a child or teen (e.g., princess,
       cartoon character, music group, favorite book or special
       hobby).
       Include pictures (magazine or photographs) of the furniture
       that would be used. Floor plan should be to scale with general
       measurements included. Include samples of window, wall,
       and flooring treatments. Include your 3-ring notebook.
   • Display a floor plan for a game room or family hobby room
       (e.g., room with pool table, ping pong table; home theater; or
       music room). Include pictures (magazine or photographs) of
       the furniture that would be used. Floor plan should be to scale
       with general measurements included. Include samples of
       window, wall, and flooring treatments. Include your 3-ring
       notebook.
   • Display a floor plan of master suit (bedroom and bath).
       Include pictures (magazines or photographs) of the furniture
       that would be used. Floor plan should be to scale with general
       measurements included. Include samples of window, wall,
       and flooring treatment, etc. This exhibit must also include
       fabric samples (e.g., bedspread, window treatment.) Include
       your 3-ring notebook.


                                 209
   •   Display a floor plan of a one-or two-bedroom home or
       apartment. Include color scheme samples and furniture
       layouts.    Floor plan should be to scale with general
       measurements included.         Window, wall, and flooring
       treatment samples should be included for each room.
       (Pictures of furniture are not a requirement.) Include your 3-
       ring notebook.

Portfolio Options for Level 3
   • Samples of three different lighting treatments. Explain how
       and when each is appropriate for use. Examples include but
       are not limited to: overhead, recessed, and table/floor lamps.
       Include information as it relates to energy use and efficiency.
   • Samples of three different types of window treatments.
       Include information on the use of each kind and in what room
       each would be appropriate. Include information on the
       advantages/disadvantages of each. Also, include information
       as it relates to energy use and efficiency.
   • Using the same window (size and shape), apply three different
       types of window treatments. Explain the advantages and
       disadvantages of each. Explain what type of setting (formal,
       country, traditional, modern, etc.) would be appropriate for
       each treatment. Include information related to energy use and
       efficiency.
   • A career plan. Interview an interior designer. Include the
       advantages and disadvantages of being a professional interior
       designer. Research two different design schools or training
       programs. Include the advantages and disadvantages of each
       program. Include the cost of attaining a degree or completing
       the program.
   • An energy-savings plan. Design an energy-savings plan for
       your family’s home or room(s). List the current energy use
       along with your plan to conserve energy. Plan should include
       techniques, how to conserve energy, cost savings, etc. You
       may add additional rooms or other plans to extend this option
       over a few years. Include each previous year’s work, but be




                                 210
        sure that you indicate which information represents the
        current year’s work.

Independent Study Option for Level 3
Youth in grades 9-12 have the option of doing an independent study
project. Those 4-H members who choose this option must review
their ideas with their 4-H Youth Development Extension Educator to
make sure they have selected an appropriate topic/exhibit.

                               Personality

Manual:          Level A 4-H 956 Personality: A Style All My Own
                 Level B 4-H 957 Personality: How Do We Fit Together
                  Level C 4-H 958 Personality: Knowing Myself & Giving to
                                  Others
                 Level D 4-H 959 Personality: Expanding Your Horizons
                         4-H 960 Personality Helper’s Guide

Record Sheet:    (complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                  Indiana Personality Record Sheet

Exhibit Options: Project as required by division.

                 Poster - Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115
                 for other requirement information.

                 For Notebook instructions, see page 118.

                 For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see page
                 24 & 114.

State Fair:      One State Fair Champion & One State Fair Alternate from
                 each Level

Level A: Grades 3 and 4
Project Completion Recommendations
   1. Read and study workbook.
   2. Complete 2-3 activities in the workbook or complete 1-2 optionals
        for a total of 3 activities for the grade level.




                                      211
Exhibit:
A 22”x28” horizontal poster explaining one or more of the units in this
workbook.

Level B: Grades 5 and 6
Project Completion Recommendations
   1. Read and study this workbook.
   2. Complete 2-3 activities in the workbook or complete 1-2 optionals
        for a total of 3 activities for the grade level.

Exhibit:
A 22”x28” horizontal poster explaining one or more of the units in this
workbook.

Level C: Grades 7, 8, 9
Project Completion Recommendations
   1. Read and study this workbook.
   2. Complete 2-3 activities in the workbook or complete 1-2 optionals
        for a total of 3 activities for the grade level.

Exhibit: Grade 7
A 22”x28” horizontal poster highlighting one community service
organization in the community.

Exhibit: Grade 8
Develop a brochure explaining the organization mission, purpose, and goals
for one community service organization in the community in a 3-ring binder
notebook and include how others benefit from this organization’s services..

Exhibit: Grade 9
A community resource guide in a binder notebook.

Level D: Grades 10, 11, 12
Project Completion Recommendations
   1. Read and study the workbook and other references (check at your
        libraries for books and magazines).
   2. Complete 2-3 activities in the workbook for the grade level.

Exhibit: Grade 10
A 22”x28” poster or display board or a binder notebook describing three
possible careers.


                                   212
Exhibit: Grade 11
A binder notebook displaying a monthly budget for three months—income
and expenses to live on your own.

Exhibit: Grade 12
A binder notebook holding an employment portfolio.

                             Photography

Only one exhibit may be entered in the Photography project.
        No computer enhanced pictures for level one

Manual:          Level 1 Grades 3-5        PC 1 Focus on Photography
                 Level 2 Grades 6-8        PC 2 Controlling the Image
                 Level 3 Grades 9-12       PC 3 Mastering Photography
                 Any Grade                 Kodak Pocket Guide to Digital
                                           Photography $6.50

Record Sheets: (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
               4-H 621A-W

Exhibit Options: Exhibit photos according to Level

                 Poster - For all poster projects: Please see “Proper Poster
                 Preparation” on page 115.

                 For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see page
                 24 & 114.

State Fair:      Two entries from Level 1; four entries from Level 2 and four
                 entries from Level 3.

County:          Each article will be given a ribbon of its own merit. One
                 County Champion and One County Reserve Champion will be
                 given in each category in each Level; HOWEVER, each
                 County Champion will not necessarily be going to the State
                 Fair. Exhibits chosen for the State Fair will be awarded an
                 additional “Selected for State Fair” ribbon.

Being selected category winner may not be an automatic State Fair entry.
Judges will choose the best from each level.



                                    213
Requirements:
   1. All images are to be original images taken by the 4-H member.
   2. Complete a 4-H Photography Record Sheet each year put it in your
       Green Record Book and bring it with your project to the fair.
   3. Photos must have been taken since the last project entry date of the
       county fair.
   4. All poster exhibits are to be mounted on a background board
       22”x28”, displayed horizontally, mounted on stiff backing (foam
       board, corrugated board, thin paneling, thin luan board (keep it thin
       and light) and covered with clear acetate/plastic.
   5. Leave a space in the lower right hand corner of the salon print or
       poster board for a name card (2”x4”) that will be supplied to you at
       the time of check-in. Write your name on the back of your poster or
       salon. Label should be placed along the bottom of the slide-view.
       Leave your county ID tag on the exhibit and place the state fair tag
       over it for those selected as State Fair Entry.
   6. Number photo prints on your print boards 1 to 10.
   7. Captions under your photographs are not recommended nor are
       fluorescent posters.
   8. Salon prints are one print, either Black & White or Color, printed
       horizontally or vertically. The print must be mounted on as
       standard 16 by 20 inch salon mount, displayed vertically and
       covered with plastic.
   9. Sepia tone photographs (mono chromatic) are entered under the
       Black and White classes.

Mounting and Labeling:
  • The mounting may be any color or texture. The pictures are to be
      neatly and securely mounted. Dry mounting tissue is best.
  • Salon mounts are available in most photo and art supply stores.
      They are available either in plain or with a cutout of the picture
      area. You may make your own. Matting is not required.
  • Label each exhibit with the 2”x4” name card that will be supplied at
      the project check-in. It is recommended that this identification label
      be placed in the lower right-hand corner of your poster board or
      salon print. For State Fair entries, do not remove the 4-H member’s
      ID label.
  • Put your name on the back of the poster or salon print.




                                   214
Level 1: Grades 3, 4, 5
Level 1 may not use computer enhanced pictures
Exhibit
You choose either type of prints to exhibit and choose to perfect your skills
in either or both. You are encouraged to try your hand at both types of film
for a broader learning experience. Your prints may be a mix of digital
and/or standard development.
     1. Black & White Prints
     • “Capturing Memories”
              Exhibit 10 black & white pictures, none of which is larger than
              4” by 6” nor smaller than 31/2” x 5”, any subject, mounted on a
              background board 22”x28”displayed horizontally, on stiff
              backing covered with plastic. The poster must carry the title
              “Capturing Memories.” It is recommended that you use and
              exhibit standard processing size for your prints. See mounting
              and labeling instructions above. Your prints may be a mix of
              digital and/or standard development.
     2. Color Prints
     • “Experiences in Color”
               Exhibit 10 color prints, none of which is larger than 4”x6”, nor
              small than 3 ½” by 5”, any subject, mounted on a background
              board 22”x28”, displayed horizontally, with stiff backing and
              covered with plastic.       The poster must carry the title
              ”Experiences in Color”. It is recommended that you use and
              exhibit standard processing size for your prints. See mounting
              and labeling instructions above. Your prints may be a mix of
              digital and/or standard development.

Level 2: Grades 6, 7, 8
Exhibit
You may choose from the class list below:
   • Black and White Prints: “Photography is Fun”
        Exhibit: 10 black & white pictures, none of which is larger than 5”
        x 7” nor smaller than 2” x 3 ½”, mounted on a background board
        22”x28”, displayed horizontally, with stiff backing and covered
        with plastic. The poster must carry the title “Photography is Fun”.
        See mounting and labeling instructions above. Your prints may be
        a mix of digital and/or standard development.
   • Color Prints: “Adventures in Color”
        Exhibit: 10 color prints, none of which is larger than 5”x7” nor
        smaller than 2”x 3 ½”, mounted on a background board 22”x28”,


                                     215
        displayed horizontally, with stiff backing and covered with plastic.
        The poster must carry the title “Adventures in Color”. See
        mounting and labeling instructions above. Your prints may be a
        mix of digital and/or standard development.
    •   Color Salon Print”
        Exhibit: One (1) color print no smaller than 7”x 9” nor larger than
        11”x14”, printed horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard
        16”x20” salon mount, displayed VERTICALLY and covered with
        plastic. No title recommended.
    •   Black and White Salon Print
        Exhibit: One (1) black & white no smaller than 7”x9” nor larger
        than 11”x14”, printed horizontally or vertically, mounted on a
        standard 16”x20” salon mount, displayed VERTICALLY and
        covered with plastic. No title recommended.
    •   Creative/Experimental Salon Prints
        Exhibit: One (1) black & white and /or color print no smaller than
        7”x9” nor larger than 11x14”, printed horizontally or vertically,
        mounted on a standard 16”x20” salon mount, displayed
        VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title recommended.
        See additional notes regarding digital below. Must include original
        photograph(s) on the back of the board and attach a listing of steps
        and/or procedures used to create the end product.

Level 3: Grades 9, 10, 11, 12
Exhibit:
You may choose from the class list below:
   • Black and White Prints:
        Exhibit: 10 black & white pictures, none of which is larger than
        8”x10” nor smaller than 2”x 3 ½”, mounted on a background board
        22”x28”, displayed horizontally, with stiff backing and covered
        with plastic. The poster must carry a title; use your own creativity.
        See mounting and labeling instructions above. Your prints may be
        a mix of digital, digitally enhanced and/or standard development.
   • Color Prints:
        Exhibit: 10 color prints, none of which is larger than 8”x10” nor
        smaller than 2”x 3 ½”, mounted on a background board 22”x28”,
        displayed horizontally with stiff backing and covered with plastic.
        The poster must carry a title; use your own creativity. See
        mounting and labeling instructions above. Your prints may be a
        mix of digital, digitally enhanced and/or standard development.



                                    216
    •   Color Salon Print:
        Exhibit: One (1) color print no smaller than 7”x9” nor larger than
        11”x14”, printed horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard
        16”x 20” salon mount, displayed VERTICALLY and covered with
        plastic. No title recommended.
    •   Black and White Salon Print:
        Exhibit: One (1) black & white no smaller than 7”x9” or larger than
        11”x14”, printed horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard
        16”x20” salon mount displayed VERTICALLY and covered with
        plastic. No title recommended.
    •   Creative/Experimental Salon Print:
        Exhibit: One (1) black & white and/or color print no smaller than
        7”x9” nor larger than 11”x14”, printed horizontally or vertically,
        mounted on a standard 16”x20” salon mount, displayed
        VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title recommended.
        See additional notes regarding digital below. Must include original
        photograph(s) on the back of the board and attach a listing of steps
        and/or procedures used to create the end product.
    •   Video:
        Exhibit: One ½” VHS, 8mm videotape or DVD disc on any
        appropriate subject. There is to be an introductory title and end
        with credits. Only a 3-5 minute segment will be judged. Have
        video cued to location for judging. Videotape or DVD must be
        identified with name of 4-Her, topic and date of production.

Digital Photograph Guidelines:
Exhibit
    1. All images are to be original images taken by the 4-H member.
        Photography exhibits are to be taken by the 4-H members between
        county project check-in to the next year county project check-in
        date.
    2. Creative/Experimental print sizes must meet the size requirements
        of your chosen exhibit. It is recommended that the digital image be
        printed on photographic paper or very high quality copier paper.
        The paper quality will help in clarity and sharpness.
    3. If a photograph is taken with a digital camera is just a straight
        forward photograph with no changes or augmentation, then it would
        be the same as one for the regular print board or salon print classes.
        To succeed as a digital image (as a separate classification),
        something more should be done to the photographic image.




                                    217
    4. Digital vs. Film Anything that can be done in a dark room, on an
       enlarger, can be done on a computer, i.e. cropping, color correction,
       parallax, etc. If an image is digitally altered beyond what can be
       done on the enlarger, i.e. adding different background, removing
       buildings or people, adding text, hand-coloring, etc it should be
       entered in the “Creative/Experimental” Class. We realize this will
       be difficult to enforce. We ask your cooperation. We also realize
       the person with the expensive digital camera and high powered
       computer has some advantages. By the same token the person with
       the expensive large format film cameral that takes his processing to
       a custom lab has many advantages over the person with the
       inexpensive 35 mm camera doing their processing at the local retail
       store.

                          Reading for Fun
The Reading for Fun project has been developed to promote your enjoyment
and understanding of reading utilizing skills that will help you achieve in
school and life.

Manual:                  Montgomery County4-H Reading Project, Level 1
                         Montgomery County 4-H Reading Project, Level 2
                         Montgomery County 4-H Reading Project, Level 3

Record Sheet:            Montgomery County Reading for Fun Record Sheet

State Fair:              This is not a State Fair Project

County:                  One Champion and Reserve Champion per level for
                         the notebook and exhibit combined.

                         One Champion and Reserve Champion per level for
                         the book talk.

Poster :                 For all poster projects: Please see “Proper Poster
                         Preparation” on page 115.

                         For Notebook instructions, see page 118.
                         Action Demonstration: See page 117 for details.

                For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see page
                24 & 114.


                                    218
General Rules
   1. Books must have been read between the previous 4-H Fair and July
       1 of the current 4-H program year.

    2. The participant will read five (5) books by selecting three (3) books
       of his or her choice plus at least two (2) books from the Indiana
       Recommended Reading List within or above the member’s project
       grade level. All five of a member’s selections may come from the
       recommended reading list. A list is included with the project
       booklet for each level. The lists can also be found electronically
       (for the most current changes) at:
        http://dc.doe.in.gov/Standards/AcademicStandards/PrintLibray/readingl
        ist.shtml


    3. Book talks will be judged separately from notebooks and exhibits.



Exhibit Options           Level 1:                   Grades 3-5
Exhibit one of the items from 1-5 listed in the project manual on a poster
using a favorite book you read. Refer to your project manual for
instructions.

OR,
Exhibit one of the items from 6-18 listed in the project manual in a notebook
using a favorite book you read. Refer to your project manual for
instructions.

OR,
Exhibit one of the items from 19-20 listed in the project manual in a book
talk using a favorite book you read. Refer to your project manual for
instructions.

OR,
Display these exhibits as specified. Please attach a 3x5 card to the exhibit
stating the name of the book and who the author is.

    1. Create a sculpture of a character. Use any combination of soap,
       wood, clay, sticks, wire, stones, old toy pieces, or any other object.
       An explanation of how this character fits into the book should
       accompany the sculpture.


                                    219
    2. Build a miniature stage setting of a scene in the book including a
       character in the book. Include written explanation of the scene.
       This can be no larger than the dimensions of a shoe box.
    3. Dress as one of the characters and act out a characterization at the
       4-H Fair Daycare tours.
    4. Make a theme tree, where one side is themes, symmetrical side is
       how these themes were explored. This can be done on a poster
       board or a standalone tree mobile.
    5. Create a newspaper for your book. Summarize the plot in one
       article. Contrast the actions, motives, and appearances of characters
       in a work of fiction and discuss the importance of the contrasts to
       the plot or theme. Cover the weather in another article, do a feature
       story on one of the more interesting characters in another. Include
       an editorial and a collection of ads that would be pertinent to the
       story.

Be sure and fill out the project record sheet and place it in your green
book. Bring it to the fair with your project.

Exhibit Options          Level 2:                  Grades 6-8

Exhibit one of the items from 1-11 listed in the project manual on a poster
using a favorite book you read. Refer to your project manual for
instructions.

OR,
Exhibit one of the items from 12-18 listed in the project manual in a
notebook using a favorite book you read. Refer to your project manual for
instructions.

OR,
Exhibit one of the items from 19-20 listed in the project manual in a book
talk using a favorite book you read. Refer to your project manual for
instructions.

OR,
Display these exhibits as specified. Please attach a 3x5 card to the exhibit
stating the name of the book and who the author is.




                                    220
    1. Select a book report container. The container could be a plastic
       bag, a manila envelope, a can or anything else that might be
       appropriate for a book. Refer to the project manual for details.
    2. Create a life-sized model of one of your favorite characters and
       dress them as they are dressed in the book. Complete the project as
       written in the project manual.
    3. Make a poster of interesting words referring to the project manual
       for instructions.

Be sure and fill out the project record sheet and place it in your green
book. Bring it to the fair with your project.

Exhibit Options           Level 3:                  Grades 9-12

Exhibit one of the items from 1-6 listed in the project manual on a poster
using a favorite book you read. Refer to your project manual for
instructions, or

Exhibit one of the items from 7-10 listed in the project manual in a notebook
using a favorite book you read. Refer to your project manual for
instructions, or

Display these exhibits as specified. Please attach a 3x5 card to the exhibit
stating the name of the book and who the author is.

    1. Create two life size figures of characters and display short excerpts
        of interaction between characters in a literary text and explain the
        way those interactions affect the plot. Check project manual for an
        example.
    2. Create a sculpture of a character. Use any combination of soap,
        wood, clay, sticks, wire, stones, old toy pieces, or any other object.
        Refer to your project manual for details.
    3. Create two life size figures of character. Determine character’s
        traits by what the characters say about themselves in narration,
        dialogue, and soliloquy. Look at the project manual for details.
    4. Create a sculpture of a character. Use any combination of soap,
        wood, clay, sticks, wire, stones, old toy pieces, or any other object.
        Refer to the project manual for details.
Be sure and fill out the project record sheet and place it in your green
book. Bring it to the fair with your project.




                                     221
                           Scrapbooking
The Scrapbook project allows you to preserve your memories in an
organized and creative way. Memories may include family, school, 4-H,
etc.

Manual:                 Mont. County Scrapbook 4-H Project (revised
                        2010)

Record Sheet:           (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                        4-H Scrapbook Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:        Scrapbook – Album pages which have been made
                        since the last County Fair according to guidelines
                        included in project manual. Place a sticky note at
                        the place that you want the judge to start
                        judging if you are continuing a Scrapbook that
                        was judged last year.

                        For    General    Exhibition   &       Completion
                        Requirements, see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:             This is not a State Fair Project
County:                 One Champion and One Reserve Champion will
                        be chosen for each Level.

Level A: Grades 3-4
       4 pages using 4 suggested skills for this level in the manual.

Level B: Grades 5-6
       6 pages using 6 new suggested skills for this level in the manual.
       Other skills may be used, but will not be counted toward your
       required number of skills/techniques.

Level C: Grades 7-9
       8 pages using 8 new suggested skills for this level in the manual.
       Other skills may be used, but will not be counted toward your
       required number of skills/techniques.

Level D: Grades 10-12


                                   222
        10 pages using 10 new skills for this level.
        Other skills may be used, but will not be counted toward your
        required number of skills/techniques.


The Scrapbooking Project skills are listed below. Fill out the skills card
in your manual and attach it to your Scrapbook with a string. See Project
Manual for additional information.

 Suggested Level A &                  Suggested Level C & D
           B                            Skills/Techniques
 Skills/Techniques


 __Stamping              __Mulberry paper           __Eyelets
 __Double matting        __Vellum                   __Water coloring
 __Tearing               __3D                       __Hidden journaling
 __Fibers/ribbons        __Pop ups (fold outs)      __Beads
 __Die cuts              __Silhouetting (cutting)   __Quelling
 __Decorative scissors   __Shaped Journaling        __Photo mosaic
 __Stickers              __Distressing              __Acrylic paints
 __Borders               __Sewing/stitches          __Decorative Staples
 __Brads                 __Metal Embellishments     __Paper piecing
 __Corner punches        __Rub on                   __Kaleidoscope
 __Cropping templates    __Shaker                   __Drawing
 __Punches               __Gilding (gold leaf)      __Pockets
 __Crimping              __Hand tinting (photo)     __Embossing (Versa
 __Tags                  __Digital pages            mark)
 __Digital pages




                                  223
                       Sewing Construction
Manual: 4-H 925         Level A: Grade 3, 4       Sew Simple
        4-H 924         Supplement:               Let’s Sew
        4-H 926         Level B: Grade 5 ,6,      Sew Smart
        4-H 927         Level C: Grade 7, 8, 9    Sew Fine
        4-H 928         Level D: Grade 10-12      And Sew On

Record Sheets: (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
               Grade: 3                          4-H 925A
               Grade: 4                          4-H 925B
               Grade: 5                          4-H 926A
               Grade: 6                          4-H 926B
               Grade: 7                          4-H 927A
               Grade: 8, 9                       4-H 927B
               Grade: 10 - 12                    4-H 928A

Exhibit Options:   Make a garment according to your grade level either
                   wearable or non-wearable or both, AND/OR

                   Action Demonstration: See page 117 for details.

                   4-Hers may exhibit either a wearable, non-wearable, or
                   action demonstration, OR they may exhibit two or all
                   three of the choices.

                   For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see
                   page 24 & 114.

State Fair:        One State Fair Champion and State Fair Alternate from
                   each Grade Level in both Wearable & Non-Wearable

General Requirements:
   1. Each garment must include a skills card.
   2. If a garment does not meet exhibit requirement it will be lowered one
      placing.
   3. Please bring garments on wire hangers.
   4. Label will be provided at check-in for the fair.
   5. All exhibits must be complete. Any garment not finished, missing
      buttons, hem, or other finishing techniques will be lowered one
      placing.




                                   224
    6. Garments must be entered in the same category for construction
       judging as they were entered in Fashion Revue.
    7. 4-Her can do one of the following exhibits and also choose to do an
       action demonstration.

Definition of an Outfit:
An outfit is a garment or garments that, when put together, make a
complete look. For example: a one or two piece dress, a one or two
piece pant suit, or three piece combination such as pants, vest and
blouse or shirt. An outfit does not require an additional garment in
order to be worn.

Level A: Grade 3
Skills to Learn and Include in Exhibit
Include at least 2 skills in the exhibit:
    Insert elastic or drawstring
    Sew and trim a crotch curve
    Machine topstitch hems
    Use a simple seam finish
    Stitch in the ditch

Exhibit:
4-Hers may exhibit either a wearable, non-wearable, or action
demonstration, OR they may exhibit two or all three of the choices.

Wearable: Elastic waist shorts, pants OR skirt with fold over casing; no
pockets. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit.

Non-wearable: Simple pillow sham with lapped back opening and
purchased pillow form (following instructions provided in manual) OR
simple tote bag with handles or drawstring. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H
925c-W) to the exhibit.

Action Demonstration




                                     225
Level A: Grade 4
Skills to Learn and Include in Exhibit.
Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams.
Include at least 2 skills in the exhibit:

        Use interfacing                     Staystitch and understitch
        Apply a facing or binding           Stitch curved seams
        Trim and grade seams                Work with fiberfill
        Machine topstitch hems

Exhibit:
4-Hers may exhibit either a wearable, non-wearable, or action
demonstration, OR they may exhibit two or all three of the choices.

Wearable: Shorts, pants, OR skirt with waistband, or facing or partial
elastic waistband (not a full elastic waistband) OR simple shirt or top OR
BBQ apron. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit.

Non-wearable: Shaped pillow with curved seams, stuffed and sewn closed
OR hanging pocket organizer OR bound edge placemats (set of 4). Attach
Sewing Skills Card (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit.
Action Demonstration

Level B: Grade 5
Skills to Learn and Include in Exhibit
Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams (except knits).
Interfacing, understitching and trimming should be used when appropriate.

Choose at least 3 of these additional skills for each sewn exhibit:

       Match fabric design             Gather fabric
       Insert zipper                   Use a drawstring
       Sew with knit                   Insert elastic
       Apply facings                   Sew buttons
       Hand-stitch a hem               Apply Binding
       Sew a simple sleeve             Use batting
       Apply purchased trim or ribbons Sew patch or inseam pockets
       Use a simple lining             Do a machine blind hem
       Apply machine topstitching      Do a machine topstitched hem




                                     226
Exhibit:
4-Hers may exhibit either a wearable, non-wearable, or action
demonstration, OR they may exhibit two or all three of the choices

Wearable: Simple shirt with sleeves OR sundress OR jumper OR simple 2
piece pajamas. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 926C-W) to the exhibit.

Non-Wearable: Pillow lap quilt (quillow) OR structured duffel bag, tote
bag or backpack, OR sewn hat. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 926C-W) to
the exhibit.

Action Demonstration

Level B: Grade 6
Skills to Learn and Include in Exhibit
Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams (except knits).
Interfacing, understitching and trimming should be used when appropriate.

Choose at least 4 of these additional skills for each sewn exhibit.
       Make darts                            Set in sleeves
       Insert a lapped zipper                Hand-stitch a hem
       Make buttonholes                      Sew tucks or pleats
       Sew ruffles                           Hand sew buttons
       Sew facings                           Apply ribbings
       Sew a simple collar                   Do a machine blind hem
       Sew with knit                         Match fabric design
       Use fiberfill                         Apply machine appliqué
       Apply trim                            Sew a simple lining
       Sew patch pockets                     Apply bindings
       Do a machine topstitch hem            Insert piping
       Apply machine topstitching            Construct with a serger
       Sew inseam pockets

Exhibit:
4-Hers may exhibit either a wearable, non-wearable, or action
demonstration, OR they may exhibit two or all three of the choices.

Wearable: Two garments that can be worn together. Attach Sewing Skills
   Card (4-H 926C-W) to the exhibit.




                                    227
Non-wearable: Pillow sham with button or zipper closing, appliquéd
   design, piping or ruffle. Make your own pillow form OR totebag with
   zipper or duffel bag with zipper, pockets and lining OR doll or pet
   clothes OR construction techniques sample notebook (following
   instructions provided in manual). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H
   926C-W) to the exhibit.

Action Demonstration

Level C: Grade 7
Skills to Learn and Include in Exhibit
Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams (except knits).
Interfacing, understitching, and trimming should be used when appropriate.

Choose at least 5 of these additional skills for each sewn exhibit:
       Make darts                            Set in sleeves
       Sew facing                            Apply ribbing
       Apply a collar                        Sew on buttons
       Use doll joints                       Apply inseam pockets
       Apply front hip pockets               Attach cuffs
       Apply binding                         Sew lining
       Apply ruffles                         Insert piping
       Make buttonholes                      Use fiberfill
       Apply patch pockets                   Use twin needles
       Match fabric design                   Apply trims
       Apply machine or hand appliqué Apply machine topstitching
       Insert a lapped zipper                Insert an invisible zipper
       Insert a separating zipper            Insert a fly front zipper
       Do machine quilting                   Do a hand-stitched hem
       Do a machine topstitched hem          Do a machine blind hem
       Apply tucks/pleats                    Construct with a serger
       Apply machine embroidery

Exhibit:
4-Hers may exhibit either a wearable, non-wearable, or action
demonstration, OR they may exhibit two or all three of the choices

Wearable: School or sports outfit. Can be one or more pieces. Attach
Sewing Skills Card (4-H 927C-W) to the exhibit.




                                    228
Non-wearable: Dressed, jointed (with sockets) stuffed animal OR sewn
item for holiday or special occasion OR construction techniques sample
notebook (following instructions provided in your manual). Attach Sewing
Skills Card (4-H 927C-W) to the exhibit.

Action Demonstration

Level C: Grades 8 and 9
NOTE: All 4-Hers must meet the criteria for their grade level and enter
the appropriate area of senior fashion revue for that garment(s).

Skills to Learn and Include in Exhibit
Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams (except knits and non
–raveling specialty fabrics). Interfacing, understitching and trimming should
be used when appropriate. In addition, choose at least 6 of these skills for
each sewn exhibit.

         Make darts                        Make tucks
         Add lining                        Add facings
         Add plackets                      Add lapels
         Make sleeves                      Add gathers
         Apply trim                        Apply ribbing
         Add a drawstring                  Use shaped seams
         Use fiberfill                     Add a waistband
         Add patch pockets                 Add front hip pockets
         Match fabric design               Make shoulder pads
         Attach cuffs                      Make pleats
         Insert elastic                    Add boning
         Apply a collar                    Insert piping
         Make a neckband                   Add vents
         Sew buttons                       Add underlining
         Add ruffles                       Sew with knit
         Make button loops                 Do hand beading
         Add inseam pockets                Add welt pockets
         Use twin needle                   Create bound edges
         Do machine or hand quilting       Apply machine or hand appliqué
         Apply machine topstitching        Insert an invisible zipper
         Insert a separating zipper        Insert a fly front zipper
         Insert a lapped zipper            Insert a hand picked zipper
         Do a machine topstitched hem      Do a machine blind hem
         Do hand-stitched hems             Make self-covered buttons


                                    229
         Use specialty threads                Make self-enclosed seams
         Sew with difficult fabric            Make machine buttonholes
         Make bound buttonholes               Apply machine embroidery
         Construct with a serger


Exhibit:
4-Hers may exhibit either a wearable, non-wearable, or action
demonstration, OR they may exhibit two or all three of the choices.

Wearable: Same as fashion revue categories listed under Advanced Sewing
Wearable C & D below. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H-928C-W) to the
exhibit.

Non-wearable: Sewn items for your home OR construction techniques
sample notebook OR sewing machine survey. (Following instructions
provided in manual). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 928C-W to the
exhibit).

Action Demonstration


Level D: Grades 10, 11, 12
NOTE: All 4-Hers must meet the criteria for their grade level and enter
the appropriate area of senior fashion revue for that garments(s).

Skills to Learn and Include in Exhibit
Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams (except knits and non
–raveling specialty fabrics). Interfacing, understitching and trimming should
be used when appropriate. In addition, choose at least 6 of these skills for
each sewn exhibit.

         Make darts                           Make tucks
         Add lining                           Add facings
         Add plackets                         Add lapels
         Make sleeves                         Add gathers
         Apply trim                           Apply ribbing
         Add a drawstring                     Used shaped seams
         Use fiberfill and/or batting         Add a waistband
         Add patch pockets                    Add front hip pockets
         Match fabric design                  Make shoulder pads


                                        230
        Attach cuffs                       Make pleats
        Insert elastic                     Add boning
        Apply a collar                     Insert piping
        Make a neckband                    Add vents
        Sew buttons                        Add underlining
        Add ruffles                        Sew with knit
        Make button loops                  Do hand beading
        Add inseam pockets                 Add welt pockets
        Use twin needle                    Create bound edges
        Do machine or hand quilting        Apply machine or hand appliqué
        Apply machine topstitching         Insert an invisible zipper
        Insert a separating zipper         Insert a fly front zipper
        Insert a lapped zipper             Insert a handpicked zipper
        Do a machine topstitched hem       Do a machine blind hem
        Do a hand-stitched hem             Make self-covered buttons
        Use specialty threads              Make self-enclosed seams
        Sew with difficult fabric          Construct with a serger
        Make machine buttonholes           Make bound buttonholes
        Other skills not listed above      Apply machine embroidery
        Hand/machine beading               Make a reversible item
        Piece quilted item                 Other skills not listed above
        Coordination of fabric for quilted item

Exhibit:
4-Hers may exhibit either a wearable, non-wearable, or action
demonstration, OR they may exhibit two or all three of the choices

Wearable: Same as fashion revue categories listed under Advanced Sewing
Wearable C & D below. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 928C-W) to the
exhibit.

Non-wearable: Sewn items for your home OR construction techniques
sample notebook OR sewing machine survey. (Following instructions
provided in manual). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 928C-W) to the
exhibit.

Action Demonstration (see above)




                                   231
Level: Advanced Sewing Wearable
Exhibits (Levels C & D)

Definition of an outfit: An outfit is a garment or garments that when put
together make a complete look – such as one or two piece dress, or one or
two piece pants suit, or a three piece combination, such as pants, vest, and
blouse or shirt.

Informal or Casual Wear: A complete outfit or 1 or 2 pieces suitable for
school, weekend, or casual, informal activities.

Dress Up: This is suitable for special, church, or social occasions that are
not considered to be formal. It may be an outfit of one or more pieces with
or without its own costume coat or jacket (lined or unlined). This is not an
outfit that would be worn to school, weekend, or casual, informal activities.

Free Choice: A complete outfit comprised of garments that do not fit in the
other classifications. Examples include: tennis wear, swim wear, athletic or
sportswear, lounge wear, riding habits, historic, dance, theatrical, or
international costumes, capes, and unlined coats.

Suit or Coat: The suit consists of two pieces including a skirt or pants and
its own lined jacket. It is not a dress with jacket as in “dress up wear”. The
coat is a separate lined coat. It will be judged separately as a coat with its
own accessories.

Separates: Consists of three garments that must be worn as a coordinated
complete outfit. Each piece should be versatile enough to be worn with
other garments.

Formal Wear: This outfit may be one or more pieces suitable for any
formal occasion, such as proms, weddings, and formal evening functions.




                                    232
                   Shooting Sports (Archery)
Manual:            4-H 631 Basic Archery

Record Sheet:      (Complete and put in Green Record Book)
                   Shooting Sports Education Project 4-H 950A-W

Exhibit Options:   Exhibit according to Grades

                   Poster - Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                   For notebook requirements, see page 118.

                   For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see
                   page 24 & 114.

State Fair:        This is not a State Fair Project

County:            One Champion & Reserve Champion for each grade level
                   for Beginner and one Champion & one Reserve Champion
                   for Advanced, regardless of age.

Drop/add deadline for Shooting Sports is April 5

Exhibit: Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in
shooting sports education this year.

Project rules:
   1. 4-H shooting sports members must have a “4-H Youth
        Development Projects, Events and Activities Release Form” on file
        current for each year of shooting sports participation signed by at
        least one parent or legal guardian. 4-H members will not be
        allowed to participate in the shooting sports project until a form has
        been submitted. This form must be signed and submitted annually.
        4-H members who have reached age 18 at the time the forms are
        distributed are not exempt from having a signed release form on
        file. However, these individuals are not required to have a parent or
        guardian signature.
   2. First year members must pass a written safety test at 90% or better
        and attend 70% of instructional meetings to be eligible to shoot.
        There are two methods of doing this: (1) Hunter’s Education
        classes will be offered, but are not required. Hunter’s Education


                                      233
   will count as the safety classes that are required to shoot. To
   receive a certification in Hunter’s Education, members will attend
   all of the Hunter’s Education classes and pass an exam. Or (2)
   Safety will be given as a part of the first year class separate from
   Hunter’s Education for those who do not want to take Hunter’s
   Education. Second year and above disciplines must attend their
   discipline’s safety class before they will be allowed to shoot.
3. Each participant must be a member of a 4-H club.
4. Each participant must keep a shooting sports notebook for use each
   year in the project.
    a. The notebook is in a 3-ring binder with a cover designed by the
       member that includes the words “Shooting Sports”, the
       member’s name, their grade, division (years in Shooting Sports),
       and discipline.
    b. The Montgomery County 4-H Exhibit tag should be slid down
       into the lower right hand corner of the notebook cover.
    c. The notebook should be divided by year in Shooting Sports with
       the dividers marked with year in shooting sports, grade, and
       discipline. For example – Year 1, 3rd grade or Year 5, 9th grade,
       Advanced Archery.
    d. The current year should be in the front of the notebook with the
       other year reversed chronologically (1st year in the back).
    e. Your instructor can give you exact details on the order of your
       particular notebook, but in general there will be:
        • A packet of information handed out by the instructor that
          should go first. If there are contracts, check lists, quizzes,
          etc. in this packet they should be completed.
        • After the packet should be an “Indiana 4-H Shooting Sports
          Record Sheet” that is completed fully. (Make a copy of the
          Record Sheet and include the extra copy in your Notebook
          and the original copy in your Green Record Book to bring to
          the fair at check-in).
        • Third is a shooter’s diary. At a minimum the shooting diary
          should contain entries for each shooting workshop attended.
          Feel free to include entries for other shoots you participated
          in between the end of the fair the previous year and the
          judging this year. Each entry should (at a minimum) include
          the date, equipment used, type of target, distance, weather
          and lighting, position, and something you learned.
        • Finally, you should include targets or scores from each
          workshop attended. They should be labeled with your name,


                               234
              the date, and any other information your instructor asks you
              to add.
    5. Your fair exhibit will consist of your notebook and a project
       assigned by your instructor. These projects are assigned depending
       on how many years you’ve participated in your shooting discipline.
       Projects vary from reports and posters to practical items needed by
       the shooter (like gun sleeves, finger tabs and arm guards, hull
       pouches, etc). Some of the older students will even work one on
       one with the instructor to determine a project that is appropriate to
       their needs.
    6. Projects will be judged on three areas:
       a. Knowledge – This is how much you know about your firearm,
            proper shooting techniques, shooting safety, etc. and is
            demonstrated through your notebook
       b. Skills – This is how well you shoot and is demonstrated through
            the targets/scores in your notebook.
       c. Attitude – This is how much you care about yourself, shooting
            sports, safety, and others. This can easily be seen in the quality
            and neatness of your project and notebook.

        Important Notes: For the safety of all fairgoers, do not include
        any of the following in your exhibit:
            • Firearm
            • Live ammunition
            • Usable ammunition
            • Bow
            • Complete arrow
            • Arrowhead
            • Any ammunition or arrows used in your exhibit must be
                completely inert (unusable).

Projects involving bows or arrows may be exhibited as a photography
display on a poster or in a notebook following grade level guidelines.
Notebooks must include detailed information about how the project was
completed with photographs documenting the work. Photographs are
encouraged as they help the judges see the progress and the finished product.
The notebook must include research, planning, costs, and an explanation of
how the final project will be used.

Handmade items must include information explaining how the project was
made and its intended use.


                                    235
Beginner
Exhibit:
Finger Tab made out of leather plus a 3-ring notebook.

Intermediate
Exhibit:
Quiver made out of 4-Hers choice of material plus a 3-ring notebook.

Advanced 1st year
Exhibit:
12” ink pen arrow plus a 3-ring notebook.

Advanced 2nd year
Exhibit:
Poster must say “The reason I continue doing Shooting Sports is………”

Advanced 3rd year
Exhibit:
Serving a bow string.

Advanced 4th year
Exhibit:
Making a string for your bow.




                                   236
                             Pistols & Rifles

Manual:             4-H-630 – Safe Use of Guns

Record Sheet:       4-H-950D-W Shooting Sports Meeting Record
                    4-H-950B-W Shooting Sports Summary Record Sheet
                    (Complete and put in Green Record Book)


Exhibit Options:    Exhibit according to Levels: Level 1 – Grades 3-5, Level 2
                    – Grades 6-8, Level 3-Grades 9-12

                    Poster - For all poster projects:   Please see “Proper Poster
                    Preparation” on page 115.

                    For notebook requirements, see page 118.

                    Handmade items, must include information explaining how
                    the project was made and its intended use.

                    For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see
                    page 24 & 114.

State Fair:         One State Fair & One State Fair Alternate for each Level


Project rules for Pistols and Rifles:
    1. 4-H shooting sports members must have a “4-H Youth
       Development Projects, Events and Activities Release Form” on file
       current for each year of shooting sports participation signed by at
       least one parent or legal guardian. 4-H members will not be
       allowed to participate in the shooting sports project until a form has
       been submitted. This form must be signed and submitted annually.
       4-H members who have reached age 18 at the time the forms are
       distributed are not exempt from having a signed release form on
       file. However, these individuals are not required to have a parent or
       guardian signature.
    2. Each participant must be a member of a 4-H club.
    3. For Safety of all fairgoers, do not include any of the following in
       your exhibit: firearms, live ammunition, usable ammunition, bow,
       complete arrow, or arrowheads. Any ammunition or arrows used in
       your exhibit must be completely inert (unusable).


                                        237
    4. Projects involving firearms, bows, arrows, ammunition, may be
       exhibited as a photographic display on a poster or in a notebook
       following grade level guidelines.
       a. Notebooks must include detailed information about how the
            project was completed with photographs documenting the
            work. Photographs are encouraged as they help the judges see
            the progress and the finished product.
       b. The notebook must include research, planning, costs, and an
            explanation of how the final project will be used. It needs to be
            a 3 ring binder with a cover designed by the member that
            includes the words “Shooting Sports”, the member’s name,
            their grade and project Level, and the type of shooting sports
            they are doing (discipline) “Pistols and Rifles”.
       c. The Mont. Co. 4-H Exhibit card (that you get at check-in) must
            be slid down into the right hand corner of the notebook cover.
       d. The notebook should be divided by year in Shooting Sports
            with the dividers marked with year in shooting sports, grade,
            and discipline. For example – Year 1, 3rd grade, Level 1, or
            Year 5, 9th grade, Level 3. The current year work should be in
            the front of the notebook with the other year reversed
            chronologically (1st year in the back).


Handmade items must include information explaining how the project was
made and its intended use.

Level 1 – Grades 3-5
Display a poster showing what was learned in the 4-H Shooting Sports
        project.

Level 2 – Grades 6-8
Choose one of the following options.
Exhibits MUST meet the size restrictions or be presented in a notebook. All
exhibits, other than posters, must include an explanation of cost (time and
money) and procedures.
    1. Poster
    2. Small project or model no larger than 18x18x36 inches.
    3. Notebook, showing how a shooting sports item was made, or
         project completed. Include pictures of the item or project.



                                    238
Level 3-Grades 9-12
Choose one of the following options. All exhibits, other than posters, must
include an explanation of costs (time and money) and procedures (your
research, planning, and how you will use the finished product).
    1. Poster
    2. Project or model (any size) and explanation of costs and procedure.
    3. Notebook, showing how a shooting sports item was made, or
        project completed. Include picture of the item or project and
        explanation of costs and procedures.

Level Independent Study-Grades 9-12
Advanced Topic- Learn all you can about an advanced shooting topic and
        present it on a poster and/or in a notebook. Include a short
        manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe
        what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, “Advanced
        Shooting Sports-Independent Study”.
Mentoring – Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H
        member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges
        and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be
        useful in your life. Photographs and other documentation are
        encouraged. Title your poster. “Advanced Shooting Sports-
        Mentor.”

First Year Members (Regardless of age):
Exhibit Topic – Firearm Safety
        1. Members who are in their first year, regardless of age, must
           successfully complete an IDNR Hunter’s Education Class.
        2. Classroom Instruction Topics
           a. Firearm Safety
           b. Gun Care & Handling
           c. Safety in the Field
           d. Range Procedures (required)
        3. Members who are in their first year, regardless of age, may also
           complete Range Sessions. Five ranges sessions will be offered
           a. Members may attend a maximum of 3 Range Sessions (if
                desired). These will be held in the evenings in March,
                April & May at the Mont. Co. Fairgrounds.
                • Air Pistols
                • Air Rifles



                                   239
Second Year Members (Regardless of age):
Exhibit topic - Parts of a Rifle
        1. Members who are in their second year, regardless of age, must
            complete a safety test with a passing grade of 70%.
        2. Classroom Instruction Topics
            a. Rimfire Ammunition
            b. Rifles
            c. Range Safety
        3. Range
            a. Rifles – 22 LR
            b. Location – Crawfordsville Gun Club
            c. 5 Range Sessions in May & June

Third Year Members (Regardless of age):
Exhibit topic - Parts of a Pistol
   1. Members who are in their third year, regardless of age, must
        complete a safety test with a passing grade of 70% (may take only
        twice)
   2. Classroom Instruction Topics
        a. Rimfire Ammunition
        b. Pistols
        c. Range Safety
   3. Range
        a. Pistols -22 LR
        b. Location – To Be Announced

Fourth Year & Above (regardless of age)
Exhibit topic - Maintenance and Cleaning- 4th year member
Exhibit topic - Optics-5th year member
   1. Members who are in their fourth year, regardless of age, must
        complete a safety test with a passing grade of 70%. (may take only
        once)
   2. Classroom Instruction Topics
        a. Advanced Firearms Types
        b. Optics
        c. Centerfire Rifles
        d. Centerfire Pistols
   3. Range
        a. Centerfire Rifles and Pistols
        b. Location – To Be Announced



                                  240
                              Small Engines
Manual:                 Level 1      Grades 3-5    BU-08186 Crank It Up
                        Level 2      Grades 6-8    BU-08187 Warm It Up
                        Level 3      Grades 9-12   BU-07326 Tune It Up

Record Sheets:          (Complete and put in Green Record Book)
                        4-H 528     General Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:       Poster - For all poster projects: Please see “Proper
                       Poster Preparation” on page 115, OR

                       Display board, see details on page118,

                       Action Demonstration: See page 117 for details.

                       For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                       see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:           Grades 3-5: One poster or display board selected
                      Grades 6-8: One poster or display board selected
                      Grades 9-12: One poster or display board selected
                      Three Alternates will also be chosen.

NOTE: The following poster/display requirements and small engine
display requirements apply to exhibits for all three levels.

Actual Engine Display: The actual small engine may be displayed. It must
be mounted on a stable base no larger than 30” x 30”. For safety reasons, all
fluids (fuel and oil) must be removed. Note: It is strongly suggested that a
notebook with details and pictures of what was done to the engine
accompany the display.

Level 1: Grades 3, 4, 5
Educational display: Any educational display related to what you have
learned in this project. Some possibilities of exhibits might include:
    1. Picture poster showing what you have learned about small engines.
    2. Display of basic tools needed to maintain a small engine.
    3. And educational display related to what you have learned about two-
       cycle engines.
    4. And educational display related to what you have learned about four-
       stroke engines.


                                    241
    5. An educational display showing proper maintenance and care of a
       lawn mower.
    6. An educational display of proper safety labels and procedures of
       small engines.
    7. Small engines parts display board with a brief explanation of the
       purpose of the parts and how they work.
    8. Display related to some system that you learned about in small
       engines (filters, cooling, ignition, etc.).
Action demonstration on any aspect of small engines covered in this
manual.

Level 2: Grades 6, 7, 8
Educational display: Any educational display related to what you have
learned in this project. Some possibilities of exhibits might include:
    1. An educational display comparing the different types of engines.
    2. An educational poster illustrating and explaining the internal parts of
       an engine.
    3. An educational display showing how transmissions work.
    4. An educational display showing how to conduct a compression
      check.
    5. An educational display showing how to adjust a carburetor.
    6. A display using a real small engine with a brief explanation showing
       steps in preparing a small engine for storage.
    7. Carburetor parts display board with a brief explanation of the
         purpose of the parts and how they work together.
    8. An income and expense record of your lawn mowing business,
         including costs, hours worked, pay for individual jobs, etc.

Action demonstration on any aspect of small engines covered in this
manual.

Level 3: Grades 9, 10, 11, 12
Educational display: Any educational display related to what you have
learned in this project. Some possibilities of exhibits might include:
    1. An educational display showing how to use diagnostic tools on small
       engines.
    2. And educational display showing how to tear down and reassemble a
       small engine.
    3. An educational display related to the electrical system of a small
         engine.




                                    242
    4. An educational display about emissions systems on small engines
         and future trends.
    5. An educational display showing how to remove and sharpen a
         mower blade.
    6. An educational display about careers in small engines.
    7. An educational display about your work in finding resources about
         small engines on the Internet.
    8. An educational display about trouble-shooting common problems
         with small engines.
    9. An educational display about small engines designs.
    10. Any educational display related to what you have learned in this
         project.

Action demonstration on any aspect of small engines covered in this
manual.

                   Soil and Water Conservation
Manual: Level A Grades 3-4 4-H 795 Soil & Water Conservation A
        Level B Grades 5-6 4-H 796 Soil & Water Conservation B
        Level C Grades 7-9 4-H 797 Soil & Water Conservation C
        Level D Grades 10-12 4-H 798 Soil & Water Conservation D

Record Sheet:          (Complete and put in Green Record Book)
                       4-H 528 General Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:       Action Demonstration: See page 117 for details.

                      Videotape (see below), based on one of the activities as
                      listed in your manual for the level and year in which
                      you are enrolled. (Levels B-D only)

                      Model (see below), Build a model (22”x28”x10”
                      maximum) (Levels C-D only)

                      For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                      see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:           One State Fair Champion & one State Fair Alternate
                      will be chosen from each level.




                                   243
Exhibit:              Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned
                      in the soil and water conservation project this year.
                      Exhibits must be displayed horizontally, sized 22”x28”,
                      mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or other),
                      and covered in clear plastic or other transparent
                      material. Be sure to include a label with your name,
                      grade, and county. Choose one of the topics listed
                      below, appropriate for your grade in school, and create a
                      poster based on what you learned from the activity. Use
                      that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges know
                      which activity you completed. You can also use a
                      creative sub-title if you wish.

Level A: Grade 3, 4
Exhibit:
Display a poster based on one of the following activities from your 4-H
manual.
    1. 1a - Designer Soils – Show how you completed this experiment and
        what you found. Include results of “discovery” questions (found on
        page 2) and photos of your experiment on the poster.
    2. 4a – Grasses are Great! Make a poster as described in this activity.
        Include answers to the “discovery” questions (found on pg. 15).
        Display pictures or samples of each grain on your poster. Explain
        how grasses need soil and water to grow.
    3. 5a – Water Erosion in a Box – Show how you completed this
        experiment and explain what you found. Include answers to
        “discovery” questions (found on page 20) and photos of your
        experiment. Include an explanation of water erosion.
    4. 5b – Splash Erosion – Show how you completed this experiment
        and explain what you found. Include photos of your experiment.
        Include an explanation of splash erosion.
    5. 6c – Conservation Reporter – Interview at least one adult using the
        questions given in the activity ( pg. 27) and any others that seem
        appropriate. Include interview questions and answers on your
        poster. Include photographs (5x7 or smaller) of both the person(s)
        you interviewed and the conservation practice(s).




                                    244
Level B: Grade 5, 6
Exhibit:
Display a poster and/or videotape based on one of the following activities
from your 4-H manual.
    1. 4a – Dried Fruit Snacks – Show how you completed this activity.
        Include your data sheet (copy or make your own) and show your
        calculations.
    2. 5a – Figuring Factors of Soil Erosion – Show how different soil
        surface factors affect erosion. Include your answers to the questions
        in the activity and pictures or drawings.
    3. 6a – How Do Conservation Practices Work? – Follow the poster
        requirements given in the manual.
    4. 7b – Cabbage Juice pH Indicator – Show how acidity varies in
        different substances. Include the table (copy or make your own).
    5. 10a – Conservation Celebrities – Interview four people with
        different conservation careers as described in your manual. Take
        pictures of each person you interview.

Level C: Grade 7, 8, 9
Exhibit:
Display a poster and/or videotape and/or build a model (22”x28”x10”
maximum) based on one of the following activities from your 4-H manual.
    1. 2a – Where in the World if Carmen Sandy Loam? – Exhibit the
        items that you created in doing this activity, as explained in the
        manual.
    2. 5a – Use the USLE! – Show fairgoers how to Use the USLE.
        Include your worksheet.
    3. 6b – Cover Me! – Show how surface cover can be estimated using
        the simple method given in this activity and describe one other
        method used (from Get Real!).
    4. 8a – Frogs, Dragonflies, and Cattails – Show what you did and what
        you learned in completing this activity. Pictures or drawings can
        help tell the story.
    5. 8b – Marsh Modeling – Build a model, collage, or diorama showing
        a wetland as required in our manual.
    6. 9a – Build a Secchi Disk – Show how you built and used your
        Secchi Disk. Include your expenses (copy the chart or make your
        own). Include a picture or drawing of your disk.




                                    245
Level D: Grade 10, 11, 12
Exhibit:
Display a poster and/or videotape and/or build a model (22”x28”x10”
maximum) based on one of the following activities from your 4-H manual.
    1. 1a - Nominate a State Soil – Exhibit your nomination for a state
        soil. Include any materials you prepared and who you shared your
        nomination with.
    2. 1b – Positive Progress – Show what is being done in your
        community to conserve soil. Include answers to the questions given
        in the activity.
    3. 2a – Mini-monoliths – Prepare and display three mini-monoliths.
    4. 2c – Clod Comparisons – Compare two different soils as described
        in the activity. Include your density measurements and calculations.
        Use the tables given or make your own. Answer the Discovery
        Questions.
    5. 3a – Earthworm Census – Compare earthworm populations in soils
        under two different management practices. Answer the questions in
        the activity.
    6. 3b – Soil Slides – Display the results of your soil slide experiment.
        Give your hypothesis, results, and conclusions.
    7. 6a – Write a Conservation Plan – Exhibit your base map, overlays,
        tables, and other information you compiled to complete this activity.
    8. 6b – Make a Model – Make a model of a watershed representing
        plants, soils, water, at least three conservation practices, and other
        structures.

Level: Independent Study: Grades 9 – 12
Exhibit:
   1. Advanced Topic – Learn all you can about a soil/water topic of
        your choice a present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript,
        pictures, graphs, and list the references you used to describe what
        you did and what you learned. Title your poster, “Advanced Soil &
        Water Conservation-Independent Study.”
   2. Mentoring – Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a
        younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent,
        the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the
        experience might be useful in life. Photographs and other
        documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, “Advanced Soil
        & Water Conservation – Mentor.”




                                    246
                             Sportfishing

Manual:            Lev. 1 Gr. 3-5 - 4-H CCS BU-7598 –Taking the Bait
                   Lev. 2 Gr. 6-8- 4-H CCS BU-7599-Reel in the Fun
                   Lev. 3 Gr. 9-12- 4-H CCS BU-7600-Cast Into the Future

Record Sheet:      (Complete and put in the Green Book)
                   4-H 528     General Record Sheet

Exhibit options:   Poster -Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on page 115.

                   For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see
                   page 24 & 114.

State Fair:        One State Fair Champion and one State Fair Alternate will
                   be chosen from each Level.

Exhibit:           Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned
                   in the Sportfishing project this year. Choose one of the
                   topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school,
                   and create a poster based on what you learned from the
                   activity. Use that topic for your exhibit title, so the
                   judges know which activity you completed. You can
                   also use a creative sub-title if you wish.

Level 1: Grade 3, 4, 5
Exhibit a poster based on one of the following activities:
   1. Let’s Go Fishing – Complete the Angling Self Assessment and
         practice landing a fish as described in Playing a Fish. Display your
         self assessment to show what you currently know about fishing and
         indicate what you hope to learn in this project. Draw or take photos
         of you “Playing a Fish.”
   2. Pop Can Casting – Display a photo of you casting your pop can rig
         and your casting record. Optional – display a photo of you casting a
         regular fishing rig and your casting record with that rig.
   3. Hook, Line, and Sinker – Display at least two of the rigs listed in
         Fishing Deeper, #1. You can use a drawing or a picture to show
         these rigs. Answer the questions (Casting Out, Working the Lure,
         Setting the Hook, and Landing the Fish) on your exhibit.




                                    247
    4. Fishy Baits – Complete and display cards similar to those shown
       (natural baits, prepared bait, and artificial flies and lures). Answer
       the Casting Out questions on your exhibit.
    5. Which Fish is it? Copy the pages in your manual and use the fish
       and the crossword puzzle. Identify the fish and make a display that
       shows the correct answers in the puzzle. (Optional – enlarge the
       crossword puzzle).

Level 2: Grade, 6, 7, 8
Exhibit a poster based on the following activities:
   1. A Different Spin – Display a picture of you while casting and a
         completed Casting Record and Spinning Reel Parts diagram. Also,
         answer the Working the Lure and Setting the Hook questions. (You
         may copy the ones in your manual or make your own.)
   2. A Fine Kettle of Fish – Show a drawing or photograph of you
         cooking fish. Include your recipe and, if possible, pictures of you
         cleaning and/or cooking your fish.
   3. Clean up the Litterbug – Complete and display the chart shown on
         page 16. Draw or take a photo of the fishing place that you cleaned
         up (before and after).
   4. The Woolly Bugger – Take pictures or make drawings to show how
         a woolly bugger is made. Answer the Casting Out and Working the
         Lure questions.
   5. A Fish by Design – Draw, take pictures, or find pictures on the
         Internet or in magazines to show (and identify) different
         mouth/feeding fish, body shapes, and fish with different coloration.
         Briefly explain (3-5 sentences or bullet points) why fish have
         different mouths, body shapes, and coloration.

Level 3: Grades 9, 10, 11, 12
Exhibit a poster based on the following activities:
   1. A Reel Mess – Draw, take photos, or copy the reels shown in
         Cleaning a Reel. Label the reels, the parts of each reel, and where
         you might use it. Show how you cleaned a reel using pictures or
         drawings.
   2. Designing a Skillathon Station - Make two skillathon stations (you
         may use the suggestions page 9 or another topic of your choice).
         List the topic, realistic situation, task, and materials needed. Take
         photographs of younger 4-H members using your stations.
   3. Beads, Dog Hair, and Feathers – Collect materials and tie a fly.
         You can display your fly or a picture of the fly. Also, list and draw



                                    248
         or take pictures of the 7 materials in the matching game and indicate
         their potential use.
    4.   Collecting Aquatic Insects - Complete and display the chart on page
         18 (you may copy the chart in your book or make your own). Draw
         or take pictures of your kick net and your sampling procedures.
         Answer the questions in Casting Out and Working the Lure.
    5.   Cast Into the Future – Complete the Career Investigation Record
         after talking with someone currently working in an area related to
         fish or fishing. Include a picture of the person you interviewed and
         answer the questions in Casting Out, Working the Lure, Setting the
         Hook, and Landing the Fish.
    6.   Keep a Field Journal – Reproduce or copy 3-5 Field Journal entries
         on your display. Include photographs that show where you had the
         fishing experience, if possible.
    7.   Playing Know Your Fish – Make a “flap” quiz to teach fish facts.
         Show a picture or ask a question about a fish. Give the answer(s)
         under the flap. Choose 5-10 fish using at least 5 fish from your
         manual. Be sure to list multiple species if the information you
         provide applies to more than one of the species you choose.

Level: Independent Study: Grades 9, 10, 11, 12
Exhibit one:
   1. Advanced Topic – Learn all you can about a sportfishing topic of
        your choice and present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript,
        pictures, graphs, and list the references you used to describe what
        you did and what you learned. Title your poster, “Advanced Sport
        Fishing-Independent Study.”
   2. Mentoring – Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a
        younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent,
        the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the
        experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other
        documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, “Advanced Sport
        Fishing- Mentor.”




                                     249
                                    Sports
Manual:             Montgomery County Sports 4-H Project Manual

Record Sheet:       (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                    4-H Sports Record Sheet included in Manual.

Exhibit Options: Poster - For all poster projects: Please see “Proper Poster
                 Preparation” on page 115.

                    Division 10 – Report

                   For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see
                   page 24 & 114.

State Fair:        This is not a State Fair Project

County:            One County Champion and one Reserve Champion will be
                   chosen for each grade level.

Exhibit Requirements:
Division 1: Grade 3
Exhibit a poster with at least six different pictures showing you playing the
sport in which you have chosen for this project.

Division 2: Grade 4
Exhibit a poster showing the complete uniform to be worn. Include helmet,
kneepads, etc. Each item should be labeled with name of item and the price
of each item. This should allow someone not familiar with the sport an idea
of what is needed and how much it will cost.

Division 3: Grade 5
Exhibit a poster illustrating the dimensions of the field, court, alley, pool etc.
Each dimension should be clearly stated as well as the base line, free throw
line, serving line etc. Your poster should be specific enough to allow
someone to set up the field, court, etc. themselves in an area not already
marked.

Division 4: Grade 6
Exhibit a poster showing at least four different techniques used when
playing the sport. Each techniques should be labeled and have a brief
description on how it aids or does not aid when playing the sport.


                                       250
Division 5: Grade 7
Exhibit a poster showing at least four well-known athletes in the sport you
have chosen. Each athlete should have a brief description of who they are,
what team they play for, and a list of their accomplishments in the sport.

Division 6: Grade 8
Exhibit a sport safety poster. This may include safety items to wear, helmet,
gloves, etc. that are not a required part of the sport uniform or safety
techniques that can be used to avoid injury. You may show a first aid kit
with items that are to be kept close by, etc.

Division 7: Grade 9
Exhibit a poster showing an offensive or defensive play or position used
while playing the sport. Each player should be labeled with the proper
position. The poster should have the name of the play or position and
describe its effectiveness when playing the sport.

Division 8: Grade 10
Exhibit a poster showing a proper diet for an athlete in training. The poster
should show a three-day menu with the proper nutrition requirements.

Division 9: Grade 11
Exhibit a poster showing a workout schedule for an athlete in training for a
particular sport. The program shown should be for three days. Illustrations
may be used.

Division 10: Grade 12
Exhibit a report on the history of the sport. The report should include such
things as:
         1. When and where the sport was first played
         2. Legend athletes in the sport
         3. How the sport has changed over the years, etc.
The report should be typed, have a cover page and exhibited in a clear
plastic cover.




                                    251
                                Tractor
 Manual:           Level A Grades 3, 4    4-H 961 Starting Up: Getting to
                                          Know Your Tractor
                   Level B Grades 5, 6    4-H 962 Tractor Operation:
                                          Gearing Up for Safety
                   Level C Grades 7- 9    4-H 963 Moving Out: Learning
                                          About Your Tractor and Farm
                                          Machinery
                   Level D Grades 10-,1 2 4-H 964 Learning More: Leaning
                                          About Agricultural Tractors and
                                          Equipment

Record Sheet:            (Complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                          4-H 528 General Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:         Poster -Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on
                         page 115, and/ OR

                         Tractor Driving, and/ Or

                         Lawn and Garden Mower Driving

                         For General Exhibition & Completion
                         Requirements, see page 24 & 114.

Each tractor driving competition is divided into Jr. and Sr.
divisions.          Jr. – Grades 3-7
                         Sr. – Grades 8-12

Area Completion:         To be eligible for the Area Competition,
                         members must complete the written test and
                         parts identification. Scores from the test and
                         identification will be added to the driving scores
                         to determine the area representatives. The top
                         three (3) in each level are eligible to compete at
                         the Area IX competition.




                                    252
State Fair:               One poster from each Level will be chosen for
                          State Fair Champion & State Fair Alternate.
                          Driving winners at the Area level are eligible for
                          State Fair competition.
Exhibit:
Level A: Grades 3, 4
Choose one, two or all options for the fair:
    1. Poster
    2. Tractor Driving
    3. Lawn and Garden Mower Driving
NOTE: The subject matter content for the exhibit must correspond to the
subject matter content found in the Level A manual: Starting Up: Getting to
Know Your Tractor.

Level B: Grades 5, 6
Choose one, two, or all options for the fair.
    1. Poster
    2. Tractor Driving
    3. Lawn and Garden Mower Driving
NOTE: The subject matter content for the exhibit must correspond to the
subject matter content found in the Level A or B manuals: Starting Up:
Getting to Know Your Tractor, and Tractor Operation: Gearing Up for
Safety.

Level C: Grades 7, 8, 9
Choose one, two, or all options for the fair.
   1. Poster
   2. Tractor Driving
   3. Lawn and Garden Mower Driving

NOTE: The subject matter content for the exhibit must correspond to the
subject matter content found in the Level, A, B or C manuals: Starting Up:
Getting to Know Your Tractor, Tractor Operations: Gearing Up for Safety,
and Moving Out: Learning About Your Tractor and Farm Machinery.

Level D: Grades 10, 11, 12
Choose one, two, or all options for the fair:
   1. Poster
   2. Tractor Driving
   3. Lawn and Garden Mower Driving



                                     253
NOTE: The subject matter content for the exhibit must correspond to the
subject matter content found in the Level A, B, C or D manuals, Starting Up:
Getting to Know Your Tractor, Tractor Operation: Gearing Up for Safety,
Moving Out: Learning About Your Tractor and Farm Machinery, and
Learning More: Learning About Agricultural Tractors and Equipment.

The Tractor Project and Tractor Driving Activity are supported by
the Montgomery County Pioneer Association.
We send a great big THANK YOU to everyone who participated in
the activity, especially the volunteers!

                        Veterinary Science
Manual:       Level 1    Grades 3-5        4-H BU-8048
              Level 2    Grades 6-8        4-H BU-8049
              Level 3    Grades 9-12       4-H BU-8050

Record Sheet: (complete and put in your Green Record Book)
             Montgomery County Veterinary Science Record

Exhibit Options:         Exhibit according to level

                         Poster - Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on
                         page 115.

                         Action Demonstration: If you choose this option,
                         check with your 4-H leader as to the location and
                         time when your action demonstration will be
                         presented. See page 117 for details.

                         For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                         see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:              One State Fair Champion and one State Fair
                         Alternate will be chosen from each Level.




                                    254
Level 1: Grades 3, 4, 5
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. 22”x28” poster related to Chapter 1, 2 or 3 in your manual.
   2. Action demonstration

Level 2: Grades 6, 7, 8
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. 22”x28” poster related to Chapter 1, 2, or 3 in your manual.
   2. Action demonstration

Level 3: Grades 9, 10, 11, 12
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Develop and assemble a teaching aid. Display Teaching Aid and
        two-page typed report.
   2. Develop a project in conjunction with a veterinarian. Display the
        project with a report of the results, recommendations, findings, and
        conclusions.
   3. Write a one page outline of a workshop or demonstration you
        presented.

                                  Weather

Manual:     Level 1      Grades 3, 4                  4-H 346
            Level 2      Grades 5, 6                  4-H 379
            Level 3      Grades 7, 8, 9               4-H 399
            Level 4      Grades 10, 11,12             4-H 426

Record Sheets:           (complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                         Level 1                   4-H 346b-W
                         Level 2                   4-H 379a-W
                         Level 3                   4-H 399b-W
                         Level 4                   4-H 426b-W

Exhibit Options:         Exhibit according to Level

                         Poster - Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on
                         page 115.

                         For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                         see page 24 & 114.




                                   255
State Fair:              One State Fair Champion and one State Fair
                         Alternate will be chosen from each level.

Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the weather
project this year. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for
your grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title, so the
judges know which activity you completed.

Level 1: Grades 3, 4
Exhibit:
Grade 3
“4-H Weather Project – Level 1” (Title to use on the poster) Exhibit the
colored Weather Poster on a poster with the following items identified:
weather vane, wind sock, airport, wind cone, airplane, helicopter,
thermometer, rain gauge, stop watch, and meteorologist. In the lower right
corner (Attach Weather Information Sheet Here) make a sheet titled
“Weather Instruments” and explain how the following help us study
weather: meteorologist, airplane, rain gauge, thermometer, weather balloon,
weather vane, and wind sock.

Exhibit:
Grade 4
“Experiments with Weather-makers.” (Title to use on your poster)
Explain two (2) of the Experiments with Weather-makers (pp 3-7) using text
and drawings or pictures to create an educational poster. Title your exhibit:
Experiments with Weather-Makers. Record weather information for at least
two weeks on the Weather Information Sheet” from your manual (4-H 346a-
W) and attach it to your poster.

Level 2: Grades 5, 6
Exhibit:
Grade 5
“My Weather Instrument” (Title to use on your poster) Use pictures
(drawn or photographs) and descriptive text to show how to make and use
one of the weather instruments described in your manual (4-H 379). Use
your home-made instrument and display the data you collected for one week
using your weather instrument. You can make your own weather data sheet
or download 4-H 379b-W, available from the 4-H website, http://www.four-
h.purdue.edu/4-H_search/4h_search.cfm.




                                    256
Grade 6
“Three Weather Instruments” (Title to use on your poster) Make or
purchase weather instruments and collect data as indicated in the Weather
Record and follow the exhibit instructions. (4-H 379, pages 12 and 13).
Include two Weather Record Sheets 4-H 379C-W available from the 4-H
website    http://www.four-h.purdue.edu/4-H_search/4h_search.cfm        and
photographs of three of your weather instruments, as described in Weather II
manual. Home-made instruments are preferred.


Level 3: Grades 7, 8, 9
Exhibit:
Create an educational exhibit describing one of the following weather topics
(also on page 10 of your project manual). Use your creativity and
originality, and your own words. Do not just copy out of the books or off
the Internet. When using words or pictures from books or the Internet, you
MUST list your references. Pictures that you have taken are preferred,
especially when exhibiting information about clouds. Title your poster
exhibit, Weather III, with a subtitle listing the topic you chose. Special note
for Grade 7 only: include “Signs I Have Seen” (4-H 399, page 13).

Grade 7(only): include “Signs I Have Seen” (4-H 399, page 13).
   • How clouds are formed
   • Rain-Snow-Sleet-Lightning (or similar topic)
   • Damages cause by weather
   • Safety procedures and weather
   • Cloud seeding
   • Seasons
   • Formation of fronts
   • An interview with a Meteorologist
   • Differences between F-scale and EF-scale tornado ratings

Level 4: Grade 10 - 12
Exhibit:
Exhibit one of the following (station model, independent study, or
mentoring): Winter or Summer Sequence Station Model by following the
daily forecast sequence in your manual (page 14 & 23, 4-H 426). Title your
poster exhibit, “Weather IV” and subtitle “Winter Weather Sequence” or
“Summer Weather Sequence” (depending on which you did) weather
sequence. Use the correct information and symbols for the 7 entries listed



                                     257
below (only), or your poster will be too crowded and difficult for viewers to
read.

    1.   Wind direction and speed
    2.   Cloud cover in station circle
    3.   Visibility
    4.   Present weather
    5.   Air temperature
    6.   Dew point temperature
    7.   Pressure tendency

Independent Study: Learn all you can about a weather topic and present it
on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works
cited to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster,
“Advanced Weather –Independent Study”.

Mentoring: 4-H members who choose the mentoring option are to exhibit a
poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H member. Include your
planning, the time you spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring,
and how the experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other
documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, “Advanced Weather –
Mentor”.

                                  Weeds
Manual:                      4-H 247       Know Your Weeds

Record Sheet:                (Complete and put in your Green Book)
                             In Manual

Exhibit Options:             According to Division

                             Poster -Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on
                             page 115.

                             Notebook: For Notebook instructions, see page
                             118.

                             For General Exhibition &             Completion
                             Requirements, see page 24 & 114.




                                     258
State Fair:                   One State Fair Champion and State Fair Alternate
                              will be chosen from each Division I-III

Division I
Exhibit:
   1. Collect and identify 15 different weeds from the common and/or
        invasive plants of Indiana. Your collection of weeds must be taken
        from the list of common weeds in publication 4-H 247-W. Be
        aware that some weeds may be more prevalent at different times of
        the year. Each specimen should show flower and/or fruit, leaf,
        stem, and root characteristics, all of which are necessary for
        complete and accurate identification.
   2. Press weeds (see page 4, 4-H 247-W).
   3. Mount each individual weed on 8 ½ x 11” poster board by either
        taping or gluing the plant to the poster board.
   4. Cover the poster board containing the plant specimen with
        cellophane or clear sheet plastic or put it in a plastic sheet protector.
        Place the pages in a three-ring binder (punch holes of adequate size
        to allow easy turning of the pages in the binder).
   5. Label (label size, 1 ½” x 2”) each weed as to:
                • Name of weed (common and scientific names-
                    remember to italicize or underline scientific names)
                • Where found (lawn, garden, pasture, etc.)
                • How it reproduces (seed and/or underground root parts)
   6. Answer questions on record sheet 4-H 247A-W, and put a copy of
        the record sheet in your notebook.

Division II
Exhibit:
   1. Collect and identify 5 noxious and five poisonous weeds of
        Indiana. Your collection of weeds must be taken from the list of
        noxious and poisonous weeds in publication 4-H 247-W. Be aware
        that some weeds may be more prevalent at different times of the
        year. Each specimen should show flower and/or fruit, leaf, stem
        and root characteristics, all of which are necessary for complete and
        accurate identification.
   2. Press weeds (see page 4, 4-H 247-W).
   3. Mount each individual weed on 8 ½” x 11” poster board by either
        taping or gluing the plant to the poster board.
   4. Cover the poster board containing the plant specimen with
        cellophane or clear sheet plastic or put it in a plastic sheet protector.



                                      259
       Place the pages in a three-ring binder (punch holes of adequate size
       to allow easy turning the pages in the binder).
    5. Label (label size, 1 ½” x 2”) each weed as to :
            • Name of weed (common and scientific names-remember to
                italicize or underline scientific names).
            • Where found (lawn, garden, pasture, etc.)
            • How it reproduces (seed and/or underground root parts)
    6. Answer questions on record sheet 4-H 247B-W, and put a copy of
       the record sheet in your notebook.

Division III
Exhibit
   1. Collect and identify 15 different weed seeds from mature plants
        from the list of common, noxious, or poisonous weeds in 4-H-217-
        W. Five of these weed seeds must be taken from the list of noxious
        weeds in 4-H 247-W. Be aware that some weeds may be more
        prevalent at different times of the year.
   2. Clean the seeds and separate from the fruit (See page 3 of 4-H 247-
        W).
   3. Place one tablespoon of the dried weed seeds in a plastic zippered
        bag.
   4. Mount the plastic bags on poster board (22” x 28”). Mounting must
        be made to exhibit the poster in a horizontal position. Place your
        name, county, and club name in the lower right corner of the poster
        (A card with this information will be given to you at check-in, leave
        space for it. Write your name on the back of your poster.)
   5. Label (label size 1 ½” x 2”) each weed seed as to:
             • Name of weed (common and scientific names –remember
                 to italicize or underline scientific names)
             • Where found (lawn, garden, pasture, etc.)
             • Annual, biennial, or perennial.
   6. Answer questions on record sheet 4-H 247C-W, and attach a copy
        of the record sheet to the back of your poster.




                                    260
                                 Wildlife

Manuals: 4-H 903 4-H Wildlife      Manual Level A           Grade 3, 4
         4-H 904 4-H Wildlife      Manual Level B           Grade 5, 6
         4-H 905 4-H Wildlife      Manual Level C           Grade 7, 8, 9
         4-H 906 4-H Wildlife      Manual Level D           Grade 10, 11, 12

Record Sheets:              (Complete and put in Green Record Book)
                            Wildlife Record Sheet

Exhibit Option:              Poster -Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on
                             page 115, OR

                             Notebook: For Notebook instructions, see page
                             118.

                             For General Exhibition & Completion
                             Requirements, see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:                  One State Fair Champion & one State Fair
                             Alternate will be chosen from each Level

Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the wildlife
project this year. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your
grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges know
which activity you completed. You can also use a creative subtitle if you
wish.

NOTE: You must choose a different activity each year except for the Level
D wildlife management plan, which may be expanded upon in subsequent
years.
 •     List sources for images and information.

Level A: Grade 3
Exhibit:
Section 5 activity - Color the poster and 12 featured species (4-H 903a). Cut
out the animal pictures and place them on the poster in the habitat where you
could expect to find them. Each animal should have a label identifying the
animal and the habitat(s) it may be found in.




                                    261
Level A: Grade 4
Exhibit:
Present what you learned, on a poster or in a notebook, from one of the
following sections:
     1. Section 7: How We Grow – Show how six of the 12 featured
        species grow by listing the name of the young and a picture of the
        adult animal (as in your manual). You may draw your pictures,
        copy the pages in your manual, ask at your Extension office for the
        animal pictures that come with the poster for 3rd graders (4-H 903a),
        or find pictures in a magazine, on the internet, or from some other
        source.
     2. Section 8: Food Chains – Show the six food chains from the
        activity in your book and identify what foods each animal eats. Put
        the animals in correct “food chain” order. Use pictures from any
        source available to you: copy your manual, magazines, drawing, on
        the Internet, or from some other source.
     3. Sections 9-11: Bird Observations – Show your feeder or birdbath
        (draw or photo), tell where it is located, and include a two-week
        tally sheet showing bird activity. If you observed a bird feeder,
        describe the types of food you used.

Level B: Grades 5, 6
Exhibit:
Present the information, on a poster or in a notebook, given in one of the
following:

    1. Section 1: Habitats - Show good habitat and poor habitat for three
       of the 12 common Indiana wildlife species. You can use a
       photograph, make your own drawing, etc.
    2. Section 8: The Food Web – Present a food web using pictures you
       find in magazines or that you draw. Label the producers,
       consumers, decomposers, etc. Use wildlife found in Indiana.
    3. Section 9-12: Animal Adaptations – Show physical adaptations for
       three to five animals and list the purpose that the adaptation serves.
       For example, cracker beak for eating seeds; long legs for wading,
       heavy coat to withstand cold temperatures, etc. You may use your
       own drawings, pictures, from magazines or other sources, or copy
       the drawings from your manual. Use wildlife found in Indiana.




                                    262
Level C: Grades 7, 8, 9
Exhibit:
Present the information from one of the following sections on a poster or in
a notebook: Use wildlife in the United States.

    •   Section 1: Signs of Wildlife- Activity 1-Show signs of wildlife
        activity by collecting animal tracks. You may exhibit your actual
        tracks or pictures of your tracks.

    •   Section 2: Habitat, Activity 1 – Show how the four wildlife habitat
        requirements are provided to a wild animal on an aerial photo or
        topographic map of an Indiana landscape (from the Internet, a Soil
        and Water Conservation Office, county engineer, or soil survey)

    •   Section 3: Layering, Activity 4 - Show a horizontal layering scene
        for a wildlife setting. Explain how layering is used by wildlife in
        nature. You may sketch the pictures, take a photograph, find and
        label pictures from a magazine, etc. It is suggested that you use one
        ecosystem in your exhibit.

    •   Section 4: Wildlife by Numbers – Present one or more of the
        concepts from this section (carrying capacity and population
        dynamics and reproduction and critical life stages) to show fairgoers
        how animal population rates are affected.

    •   Section 5: Who Manages Indiana Wildlife – choose one of the
        following:
             a. Activity 1 – Design a new Indiana environmental license
                 plate using native Indiana wildlife. Explain why you
                 chose your design and give information about what the
                 environmental license plate program is all about.
             b. Activity 4 – Write a management plan for one of the
                 species listed in this activity. Be sure to address all the
                 items in the activity. Note: this work must be presented
                 in a notebook, not on a poster.

    •   Section 6: Careers – Profile a person who works with and for native
        Indiana wildlife (examples include, but are not limited to, IDNR,
        fish and wildlife, forestry, conservation officers, biologists,
        volunteers). Be sure to address all the items listed in the activity.



                                    263
Level D: Grades 10, 11, 12
Exhibit:
Present the information from one of the following sections on a poster or in
a notebook. Focus on wildlife found in the United States.
    1. Section 1: Wildlife Management, Activity 1 – Write a wildlife
         management plan. Include all the information requested in this
         section. You may present this topic multiple years if you include
         the following items:
         a. Evaluate your first year’s plan (what worked and what didn’t).
         b. Expand on your plan by adding land and/or species to be
              managed.
    2. Section 1: Wildlife Management, Activity 2 – Outdoor lab –
         Present the development or improvement you did for an outdoor
         lab.
    3. Section 2: Careers, Activities and 3-5 – Learn what a career in
         wildlife is like by completing Activities 3-5 (job search, interview
         & job shadowing). Present what you did and learned on a poster or
         in a notebook.
    4. Section 3: Current Wildlife Topics, Activities 1-5- Choose one of
         these activities and present what you did and learned. May only do
         this section one year.

Level: Independent Study: Grades 9-12
Exhibit
        1. Advanced topic – Learn all you can about a wildlife topic of
           your choice and present it on a poster. Include a short
           manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the references you used to
           describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster,
           “Advanced Wildlife-Independent Study.”
        2. Mentoring – Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a
           younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you
           spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the
           experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other
           documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, “Advanced
           Wildlife –Mentor.”




                                    264
                           Woodworking
Manual:                 Level 1           Grades 3-4        4-H BU-6875
                        Level 2           Grades 5-6        4-H BU-6876
                        Level 3           Grades 7-9        4-H BU-6877
                        Level 4           Grades 10-12      4-H BU-6878

Record Sheet:           (complete and put in your Green Record Book)
                        4-H 528 General Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:        One article as according to level, OR

                        Poster -Please see “Proper Poster Preparation” on
                        page 115.

                        For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements,
                        see page 24 & 114.

State Fair:             One poster and one project from each level is
                        selected for State Fair and State Fair Alternate.

County:                 One County Champion and one County Reserve is
                        chosen from each grade, HOWEVER, each County
                        Champion will not necessarily be going to the State
                        Fair. Exhibits chosen for the State Fair will be
                        awarded an additional “Selected for State Fair”
                        ribbon.

Level 1: Grades 3, 4
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Exhibit one article made using the plans in the Level 1 manual (BU-
        6875) or the additional plans provided. Tools that pose limited
        safety concerns can be used to complete the exhibit. Examples
        include: all hand tools, and power tools such as: power
        screwdriver, pad sander, cordless drill. Tools that pose greater
        potential for injuries should not be used. Examples include: table
        saw, router, band saw.
   2. Exhibit a poster on any topic covered in the Level 1 manual.




                                   265
Level 2: Grades 5, 6
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Exhibit one article made according to the Level 2 manual (BU-
        6876) plans, additional plans, or one that uses the skills discussed in
        either Level 1 or 2. Tools that pose limited safety concerns can be
        used to complete the exhibit. Examples include: all hand tools, and
        power tools such as: power screwdriver, pad sander, cordless drill.
        Tools that pose greater potential for injuries should not be used.
        Examples include: table saw, router, band saw.
   2. Exhibit a poster on any topic covered in the Level 2 manual.

Level 3: Grades 7, 8, 9
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Exhibit one article of your choice. The project should use only
        those skills and tools covered in Level 1, 2, and 3. (BU-6877)
   2. Exhibit a poster on any topic covered in the Level 3 manual.

Level 4: Grades 10, 11, 12
Exhibit one of the following:
   1. Exhibit one article of your choice. The project should use only
        those skills and tools covered in Levels 1, 2, 3, and 4.
   2. Exhibit a poster on any topic covered in the Level 4 manual.




                                     266
          Yesteryear (formerly Abraham Lincoln)
Manual:                   Project Book- “Yesteryear”

Record Sheet:             4-H 528 – General Record Sheet

Exhibit Options:          Poster, notebook or display on an event or person in
                          history. Topics may include period-appropriate
                          homesteads, toys, recipes, games, clothing, etc., as
                          well as historical information about the person or
                          event.

                   For all poster projects:      Please   see   “Proper   Poster
                   Preparation” on page 115.

                   For notebook instructions, see page 118.

                   For General Exhibition & Completion Requirements, see
                   page 24 & 114.

Grade Levels:             Mini- Grade 2
                          Level A: Grades 3-5
                          Level B: Grades 6-8
                          Level C: Grades 9 and above

County:                   A Champion and Reserve Champion will be awarded
                          in each level.

Suggested Exhibits:
Exhibit one poster, notebook or display. Project size is limited to 36x36x36.




                                     267
         2010 4-H Auction Buyers and Fund Drive Donors
Able Acres Farms                                Birge Farm Drainage
Action Realty/Judi Gray                         Keith Blaydes Family
Brad & Michelle Acton                           Kyle & Erin Blaydes
Agrigold Hybrids/Bryan                          Blondies Hair Salon
Eminheiser                                      Gary & Ronna Bohlander
Agrisource Inc/Kevin Pendleton                  Denny Bonebrake
Ahead of Hair                                   Mike Booher
Charlie & Jana Akers                            Booth Machinery Sales, Inc
All State/Martin Ruhl                           Boots Brothers Oil Co Inc
Allen Truck Sales, Inc                          Buddy Brady Family
Allen’sCountryCatering/Dave & Amy Allen         Branch #198 National Assoc
Ambiance, Inc/Kelly Beilecki                    Brattain Farm & Feed
Designs                                         Brenda’s Pet Grooming
American Legion Post #72                        Wayne Bringman
American Sewing Guild Indpls. Chapter           Brown Motor Sales
Anderson Transport                              Mark Burkett
Anderson Trucking                               Marvin & Lois Burkett
Jamie Anderson                                  Burkhart Funeral Home
Joel Andre DDS                                  Busenbark Lawn Equipment Sales
Arab Termite Pest Control                       C C & S Farms
Donald Armbruster                               C&R Seed Technology
Arthur Excavaion Farm Drainage                  Cain Brothers
Matt Austin                                     William E & Debbie Calder
B & L Engineering                               Paula Cahill & Family
Bane Equipment                                  Cargill Ag Horizons.
Banjo Corp                                      Carpenter Trucking
Bannon Farms                                    Dennis Carpenter Trucking
Frank Barnett                                   Mike Carrell & Family
Janni Barnett                                   Central Indiana Rubber Products Inc
Baumgardner Farms/Larry/Sandra                  Central Indiana Truck Loading
Beck Hybrids                                    Ceres Solutions Crop Insurance
Beck’s Hybrids/John Gable                       Ceres Solutions LLP
Phyllis Belisle                                 Ceres Solutions/ Gavilon Grain
Wade Bennett                                    Charlie Quigg Trucking
Big R                                           Jeff Chastain & Family
Lucy Birge                                      Richard Chastain



                                          268
Robert & Judy Chastain                       Michael Emmert – Pioneer Seed
Checks & Balances Bookkeeping                Scot Endicott & Family
Bruce & Roxana Clark & Family                Trey Etchison
Clark & Dale Farms                           Fall Creek Trucking
CLB Development Corp                         Farm Bureau Ins Co
Clifton & Quigg Fertilizer Service           Farm Credit Services
Cline Farms                                  Charles P (Pat) Fay
Co-Alliance LLP/Eric McClaskey               Feltner Brothers Club Lambs
Cohaire Construction Inc                     Marcy Ferguson
Gayle/Kim Conway Family                      Scott Ferling & Family
Jason Coon                                   Blake & Alisha Finlayson
Brian & Lisa Cooper                          Samuel/Carolyn Fisher
Monica Cornett                               Foster Farm Drainage Inc.
Jeffery & Cindy Cory                         Fountain Insurance Co
James Cravens                                G &E Foxworthy Farms
Crop Production Service, Attica              Ross & Marlene Foxworthy Family
Crop Production Service, Clarks Hill         Phil/Carol Francis
Crop Production Services, Inc                Randy & Brenda Francis
Cropland Genetics Seed/E J Dixon             Friends of Coal Creek Township
Julie Crull                                  Friends of Haley Grundy
Kurt & Jamie Curry                           Friends of Walnut Township
Ryan Dale                                    Friends of Wayne Township
Darlington Mini-Mart                         Dan & Marjorie Froedge & Family
Davidson Greenhouse & Nursery                Froedge’s Inc
Davidson’s Seed Service                      Bill Fugate & Family
Deckard Engineering/Surveying                Richard/Roxanna/ Clayton Fugate
Patrick Delaney                              Jim & Cheryl Fulwider
Denhart Feed And Mercantile                  Mindy Gann & Family
Jeremy Dennis                                GB Cattle
Greg Dice & Family                           Robin Gegner
Jim & Sarah Dicks                            Max & Marlene Gentry
Shane Dicks                                  Gilliland Farms
William Dicks                                Don Gilstrap
E J Dixon Family                             Patrick & Tonya Gilstrap
Terri Dixon                                  Rich Gilstrap
Bryan Donaldson Law Office                   Ty & Jordan Gilstrap
Douglas Excavating                           Adam Gleason
Bud Dowden                                   Glenwood Cooperative Assoc.
Adam Dryer                                   Gould Body & Paint, Inc.
Dave & Jill Duncan                           Richard Graham & Family
Edwards Farm Equipment                       David Green
Jeremy Edwards, Auction                      Joe Gregg & Family
Edwards VanMatre Construction                Terri Griffin



                                       269
Larry & Nancy Grimes & Family                  Neil Karle Farms
Lisa Guckes                                    Garrett Kelly
Hack Excavating, Inc                           Clarence Kemble Trucking
Ronald Haffner                                 Kenny Heating Company
Hageman Realty                                 Kenny Vice Ford Sales, Inc
Hair Express Inc                               Kyle & Mallory Kessler Hog Farms
Halderman Farm Management /Real Estate         Shannon Kessler Family
B&J Hall Farms                                 Wayne & Mark Kessler
Kathy Hall                                     Josh & Missy Kikta
Roger Hamilton                                 Kinkead Excavating
Steve & Carrie Hanna                           Justin Kirts
James Harpel                                   Garritt & Melissa Koopman
James Reese Harpel                             Kroger East
Harris, Harvey & Peebles                       Kroger South
Harris Henthorn & Weliever                     L & M Commodities, Inc
Sam Harshbarger Family                         L & M Visions
Hay-Bush Mechanical LLC                        Lafayette Bank & Trust
Robert & Judy Hayes                            Carin Lafollette
Helger Trucking & Tank Sales                   Carrie Lafollette
Heritage Seed/Steve Hudson                     Dave/Jill LaFollette
Hi-Temp Refractories                           LaFollette Trucking
Hobson Electric                                Land O Lakes Feed
Hopkins Crop Insurance/Todd Hopkins            Wayne Landis
Horner GMC, Buick, Pontiac                     Doug/ Laura Leatherman & Family
John & Spootie Howden                          Robert & Patricia Linn
Ulade Hreskowsky                               Brian, Patty & Hayden Lough
Alice Huddleston                               Jeff & Beth Lough
Curt Hudson Family Farms                       Lough Brothers Farms
John Hudson Farms                              Grant Lough
In Memory of Samuel Smith                      Greg & Jayne Lough Family
Infinity Pork                                  Martin, Sue, Paul & Holly Lough
Irving Materials Inc                           Teresa Lough
JR& Martha Isaacs                              Lowe’s Construction
Mark Isenberg                                  MainSource Bank
JA/sYard Works                                 Jeff & Kay Manning
JaRo Farms                                     Lisa Marlett
J & N Feed Supply                              Maxwell Farm Drainage Inc
Johnson/ Malott/Williamson Insurance           Maxwell Well Drilling
Jeff & Connie Jordan                           MBA&H Insurance/Brad Barnett
Jim & Judy Jordan                              Steve McBee
Journal Review                                 Errol McBride
Elizabeth Justice                              Tom & Deb McCandles
Karle Enviro Organic Recycling                 McClamroch Brothers



                                         270
Dave McClaskey & Family                     Palmers Hardware & Lumber Co
Jeff McClaskey & Family                     Peavy Grain
Amy McCutchan                               Jerry & Kathy Peevler Family
Kim/ Marka/Cassie McKeown                   Perry’s Alignment Plus
Larry McMullen                              John & Cathy Plank
Tom & Todd Mellish                          Pioneer Seed/Jeff Ramsey
Max & Mary Melvin                           Pioneer Seed/Mike Emmert
Hobie & Jacqi Mennen                        Pomp’s Tire Service
Sam & Vivian Merriman &Family               Marty Pool
Merritt Auction                             Powers Priebe Funeral Home
Merritt Excavating                          Steve & Linda Powers
Midwest Ag Finance, Inc.                    Charlie Quigg Trucking
Midwest Bale Ties                           Randy Ragsdale
Donna Miller                                Rancho Bravo
Gregory Miller, Attorn                      R L Myers Trucking Inc
Vicki Miller                                Randy & Sally Ray
Mitchell Agency                             Brian Redman
Montgomery County Farm Bureau Ins           Reed Tri Haul
Montgomery County Pork Producers            Remax/Donna Tanner
Montgomery County Sheep Association         Dan Rhoads & Family
Brian & Debbie Monts & Family               Darlington Mini Mart
MP Club Lambs                               Dave & Sheila Rhoads & Family
Morgan Glass & Paint                        Keith Rhoads Family
Mary Morrison                               Bill & Dorothy Rice
Gary Murphy & Family                        Mike Rice
Murphy Trailer Sales                        Rippy Farms
NAPA Auto Parts                             Rolling Acres Farms
Nathan’s Repair                             Grandpa & Grandma Rooze
Pat, Cathy & Adam Neely                     Richard & Candice Royer
New Ross Grain                              Dixie Ruggles
New Ross Veterinary Services                Steve Runyan Family
Parker & Martha Newsom                      S & S Wheels & Tires
Newtown Farm Service                        Mellisa Sanders
Jeff & Susie Nichols and family             Sankey Cattle Co.
Max & Lora Nichols Family                   Savvy Saloon
Nucor Steel Mill                            Jeff Schroll
Scott Odle Family Farms                     Schueck Steel Co
Old National Bank                           Maureen Schultz
One Way Inc                                 Clark Sennett Cattle Company
Osborn Farms                                Servies Auction Service
Sharon Oswalt                               Shelton Farms
Pace Dairy Food Co.                         A D & J Shelton Farm LL
Parke County REMC                           Silver Valley Farm



                                      271
Darrell/Betty Simpson Family                Troy & Angie Tucker
Devin Simpson                               Uncle Smiley’s
Gary/Karen Simpson Family                   Unverferth Mfg/Dennis Hohlbein
Steve & Emma Sloan                          Uselman Meat Processing
John Small                                  Valero Renewable Fuels, LLC
Brian/Rhonda Smith                          Karla Vaught
Smith Family Trucking                       Barry/Barbara Virgin
Smith Farms/Tek Smith                       Karla Vaught
Matt Smith                                  Walker Denistry
Carol Southern                              Bill Warren
Dan Southard Family                         Daryl & Sandy Warren
Specialty Hybrids/Phil Emmert               Waveland Charter
Specialty Hybrids/Shad Schenck              Waynetown Ag Center, Inc
State Employees, Community Campaign         WCI Family Farms
State Farm/Chad Budreau                     Weaver Popcorn Co
State Farm/Chris Bouwkamp                   Chris Webb
Terry Stephens and Family                   Robert Webster
Terry Stephens Farms                        Roby & Jodi Webste
Stewart Auction Service                     Webster Brothers
Lowell Stockdale                            John Welliever
Sugar Creek Daylily Gardens                 Welsh Grain Systems
Sugar Creek Fabricating                     Wendy’s of Montgomery Co
Sundance Barbershop                         Wernle, Ristine, & Ayres
Surb’s Tire Inc                             Stan Wethington Family
Robert Swanson                              Randy & Shelle Wheeler & Family
Jonathan & Christy Swick                    John Wilcox Excavating
T & S Trash Service                         Wilcox Trucking
Sue Tandy                                   Terry & Maria Wilcox
Tanner & Servies Insurance                  Rusty Williams & Family
The Fountain Trust Company                  Craig & Donna Wilson
The Tanning Hut                             Greg & Linda Wilson
Brian & Lori Thompson                       Stephen /Jacquelyn Wilson
JM Thompson Insurance, Inc                  Wright Implement Co., Inc
Dustin Thornburg                            Bob & Norma Young
Thrifty Farm Supply                         Zippy Lube
Tips N Toes
Tom’s Marine Sales
Marjorie Tribbett
Rex Tribbett
Michael/Kimberly Tricker
Tri-County Bank
Gene Truncellito
Dick & Judy Tulley



                                      272

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:0
posted:1/6/2013
language:Latin
pages:272